|
CHAPTER 1 – GOALS AND
OBJECTIVES.............................................................................1-1
|
INTRODUCTION.............................................................................................................................
1-1 |
GENERAL GUIDELINES ..................................................................................................................
1-1 |
KEY ISSUES...................................................................................................................................
1-2 |
GOALS
AND OBJECTIVES ...............................................................................................................
1-3 Goal No.
1.......................................................................................................................................................
1-4 Goal No.
2.......................................................................................................................................................
1-4 Goal No.
3.......................................................................................................................................................
1-5 Goal No.
4.......................................................................................................................................................
1-5 Goal No. 5.......................................................................................................................................................
1-6 Goal No.
6.......................................................................................................................................................
1-6 Goal No.
7.......................................................................................................................................................
1-7 Goal No.
8.......................................................................................................................................................
1-7 |
REGULATORY GUIDELINES ...........................................................................................................
1-8 Water
Quality..................................................................................................................................................
1-8 Historical,
Architectural, Archaeological, and Cultural Resources
............................................................... 1-9 Biotic
Communities.........................................................................................................................................
1-9 Endangered and Threatened Species
.............................................................................................................
1-10 Wetlands.........................................................................................................................................................
1-10 Floodplains ....................................................................................................................................................
1-11 Coastal Zone Management Program
.............................................................................................................
1-11 Farmland........................................................................................................................................................
1-12 |
MASTER PLANNING PROCESS ......................................................................................................
1-12 |
CHAPTER 2 – EXISTING CONDITIONS
...............................................................................
2-1 |
FORWARD.....................................................................................................................................
2-1 |
AIRPORT SETTING .........................................................................................................................
2-2 Climate............................................................................................................................................................
2-7 Wind Coverage
................................................................................................................................................
2-7 FAA Certification and
Classification.............................................................................................................
2-11 |
HISTORIC DATA ...........................................................................................................................2-12
Airport
History...............................................................................................................................................
2-12 Airport
Acreage..............................................................................................................................................
2-12 Previous Studies and
Reports.........................................................................................................................
2-13 |
ROLE OF AIRPORT .......................................................................................................................
2-13 Jacksonville
Airport Authority Plan/Duval County System Plans
................................................................. 2-13 Florida Aviation System Plans
(FASP)
..........................................................................................................2-13
National Plan of Integrated Airport Systems
(NPIAS)....................................................................................2-14
|
AIR
TRAFFIC CONTROL AND AIRSPACE STRUCTURE ....................................................................
2-15 Special Use
Airspace
......................................................................................................................................2-16 Traffic
Pattern.................................................................................................................................................2-18
|
|
|
General Airport
Information...........................................................................................................................2-18 FAR Part 77 Surfaces –
Obstructions to Navigable
Airspace.........................................................................2-21
|
EXISTING AIRSIDE FACILITIES .....................................................................................................
2-22 Approach &
Navigational
Aids.......................................................................................................................2-23 Runways
..........................................................................................................................................................2-26
Taxiways
.........................................................................................................................................................2-27
Aircraft Apron
Facilities.................................................................................................................................2-28
|
EXISTING LANDSIDE FACILITIES..................................................................................................
2-29 Land Use
.........................................................................................................................................................2-29 FBO Terminal Facilities
.................................................................................................................................2-30
Surface Transportation Network.....................................................................................................................2-34
Automobile Parking
........................................................................................................................................2-34
|
AIRCRAFT FACILITIES ... .………………………………………………………………………. 2-35 T-Hangar
Facilities.....................................................................................
................................................... 2-35 Tenant
Facilities................................................................................................
............................................. 2-35 Off Airport
Facilities.......................................................................................
............................................... 2-36 |
SUPPORT FACILITIES...................................................................................................................
2-36 Fixed Base
Operator.......................................................................................................................................2-37 Fuel Facilities
.................................................................................................................................................2-37
Security ...........................................................................................................................................................2-37
Aircraft
Washrack...........................................................................................................................................2-39
Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting
..................................................................................................................2-39
|
PUBLIC UTILITIES........................................................................................................................
2-40 |
STORMWATER DRAINAGE ............................................................................................................2-40
|
EXISTING
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS....................................................................................
2-40 Water
Quality.....................................................................................
............................................................ 2-40 Historical, Architectural,
Archaeological & Cultural Resources...................
............................................... 2-41 Biotic
Communities.........................................................................................................................................
2-41 Endangered and Threatened
Species..............................................................................................................
2-43 Wetlands..............................................................................................
........................................................... 2-51 Floodplains.....................................................................................................................................................
2-54 Coastal Zone Management
Program..............................................................................................................
2-54 Farmland..............................................................................................
.......................................................... 2-54 |
SUMMARY OF EXISTING CONDITIONS..........................................................................................
2-56 |
CHAPTER 3 – AVIATION ACTIVITY FORECASTS
............................................................ 3-1 |
INTRODUCTION
AND BACKGROUND..............................................................................................
3-1 Historical
Sources...........................................................................................................................................
3-2 Methodology
...................................................................................................................................................
3-2 Historic Data
..................................................................................................................................................
3-3 Historic Based Aircraft
...................................................................................................................................
3-4 Historic Annual Aircraft
Operations...............................................................................................................
3-5 Previous Aviation Activity Forecasts
..............................................................................................................
3-6 |
FORECASTING APPROACH ...........................................................................................................
3-10 Industry Trends and
Impacts of September 11,
2001.....................................................................................
3-11 |
FORECAST OF BASED AIRCRAFT..................................................................................................
3-13 |
|
|
Aircraft Using FAA TAF Growth
Rate...........................................................................................................
3-13 Projection of
Based Aircraft Using
FASP......................................................................................................
3-14 Projection of Based Aircraft Using Historical
Growth..................................................................................
3-14 Projection of Based Aircraft Using National Forecast
Projections............................................................... 3-14
Selected Based Aircraft Forecast (Used Average Growth Rate of 1.39%)
.................................................... 3-14 Projected
Based Aircraft Fleet Mix
...............................................................................................................
3-16 |
FORECAST
OF AIRCRAFT OPERATIONS.........................................................................................
3-20 Forecast of GA
(Non-Military) Aircraft
Operations......................................................................................
3-20 Military
Operations........................................................................................................................................
3-23 Local Versus Itinerant Split
...........................................................................................................................
3-24 Instrument Operations Forecast
....................................................................................................................
3-25 Peak Activity Forecast ...................................................................................................................................
3-26 |
SUMMARY OF AVIATION FORECASTS ..........................................................................................
3-28 |
CHAPTER 4 – DEMAND CAPACITY AND FACILITY
REQUIREMENTS........................ 4-1 |
INTRODUCTION.............................................................................................................................
4-1 General.......................................................................................................................................................
4-1 Airport
Reference
Code..............................................................................................................................
4-2 |
AIRSPACE CAPACITY.....................................................................................................................
4-3 |
AIRFIELD
CAPACITY .....................................................................................................................
4-7 Airfield Operational
Capacity....................................................................................................................
4-7 Airfield
Characteristics ..............................................................................................................................
4-8 Operational
Characteristics......................................................................................................................
4-12 Hourly Capacity of
Runways.....................................................................................................................
4-15 Annual Service Volume
.............................................................................................................................
4-16 Aircraft Group Capacity
Demand.............................................................................................................
4-19 |
ANNUAL AIRCRAFT DELAY .........................................................................................................
4-23 |
SUMMARY OF AIRFIELD CAPACITY ANALYSIS .............................................................................
4-23 |
FACILITY REQUIREMENTS ...........................................................................................................
4-25 Airport Role and
Service
Level..................................................................................................................
4-26 |
AIRFIELD
FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS .........................................................................................
4-26 Runway Requirements
...............................................................................................................................
4-26 Taxiway
Requirements
..............................................................................................................................
4-30 Airfield Lighting
........................................................................................................................................
4-34 Airfield
Signage.........................................................................................................................................
4-35 Pavement Markings...................................................................................................................................
4-35 Weather Instruments
.................................................................................................................................
4-36 |
GENERAL AVIATION REQUIREMENTS ..........................................................................................
4-37 Hangar
Demand........................................................................................................................................
4-37 |
Aircraft
Parking Apron
.............................................................................................................................
4-44 |
AIRPORT ACCESS ........................................................................................................................
4-50 |
AIRPORT
SUPPORT FACILITIES.....................................................................................................
4-51 Electrical Vault
.........................................................................................................................................
4-51 Aircraft Fuel
Storage
................................................................................................................................
4-51 FBO Terminal
Building.............................................................................................................................
4-53 |
|
|
Automobile Parking
Requirements............................................................................................................
4-54 |
GA
PASSENGERS AND AUTOMOBILE REQUIREMENTS...................................................................
4-55 Security
Fencing........................................................................................................................................
4-58 |
SUMMARY OF FACILITY REQUIREMENTS.....................................................................................
4-59 |
CHAPTER 5 – AIRPORT ALTERNATIVES
ANALYSIS ...................................................... 5-1 |
GENERAL
.....................................................................................................................................
5-1 |
DEVELOPMENT CONSIDERATIONS................................................................................................
5-1 City of Jacksonville
Planning and
Development.............................................................................................
5-2 Previous Master
Plan......................................................................................................................................
5-3 |
PREFERRED CONCEPT SUMMARY.................................................................................................
5-4 |
DEVELOPMENT CONCEPTS ...........................................................................................................
5-5 Runway Length
Analysis
.................................................................................................................................
5-5 Airport Elevation
Adjustment..........................................................................................................................
5-7 Temperature Adjustment
.................................................................................................................................
5-8 Pavement Conditions
......................................................................................................................................
5-8 Instrument Approach Analysis .......................................................................................................................
5-10 Air Traffic Control
.........................................................................................................................................
5-10 GA Security Requirements
.............................................................................................................................
5-10 |
AIRFIELD CONCEPTS ..................................................................................................................
5-11 Airfield Concept 1
(No Build/Limited Development)
.....................................................................................
5-12 Airfield
Concept 2 (Constrained Development).............................................................................................
5-15 Airfield Concept 3 (Unconstrained
Development).........................................................................................
5-21 Environmental Assessment.............................................................................................................................
5-30 Evaluation of Concepts
..................................................................................................................................
5-30 Recommended Airfield
Concept.....................................................................................................................
5-31 Land Use
........................................................................................................................................................
5-39 Airport
Operations.........................................................................................................................................
5-41 Corporate and Light General Aviation
..........................................................................................................
5-41 Airport Commerce and Industrial Park
.........................................................................................................
5-42 Residential
Development................................................................................................................................
5-43 Mixed Use
......................................................................................................................................................
5-44 Low Density Uses for Approach/Transition Zones
........................................................................................
5-46 |
LANDSIDE FACILITIES
– BUILDING AREAS.................................................................................
5-46 GA and Related
Aeronautical Development Areas
........................................................................................
5-49 North Landside
Development.........................................................................................................................
5-51 North Landside Concept 1
.............................................................................................................................
5-51 North Landside Concept
2..............................................................................................................................
5-54 North Landside Concept 3
.............................................................................................................................
5-57 Evaluation Criteria
........................................................................................................................................
5-60 Recommended North Landside
Development.................................................................................................
5-61 Potential Environmental
Impacts...................................................................................................................
5-61 Regulatory Requirements...............................................................................................................................
5-62 State
Permit....................................................................................................................................................
5-62 City of Jacksonville Concurrency Compliance
..............................................................................................
5-62 |
|
|
Midfield Concept Development .....................................................................................................................
5-63 Midfield Concept
1........................................................................................................................................
5-64 Midfield Concept 2
.......................................................................................................................................
5-67 Evaluation Criteria
........................................................................................................................................
5-72 Recommended Midfield
Development............................................................................................................
5-72 Potential Environmental Impact
....................................................................................................................
5-73 Regulatory
Requirements................................................................................................................................
5-73 State
Permit....................................................................................................................................................
5-73 City of Jacksonville Concurrency Issues........................................................................................................
5-73 Industrial/Commerce Park
Development.......................................................................................................
5-74 West Industrial Development..........................................................................................................................
5-74 East Commerce Park
Development................................................................................................................
5-77 South Commerce/Industrial
Development......................................................................................................
5-79 Potential environmental Impacts
...................................................................................................................
5-83 Regulatory
Requirements................................................................................................................................
5-83 State and Federal Permits..............................................................................................................................
5-84 City of Jacksonville Concurrency
..................................................................................................................
5-84 |
SUPPORT FACILITIES..................................................................................................................
5-85 Roadways, Ground
Access and Signage ........................................................................................................
5-85 Airport
Maintenance
Hangar.........................................................................................................................
5-85 Security and Fencing ......................................................................................................................................
5-85 Fuel Storage
...................................................................................................................................................
5-85 Electrical Vault
..............................................................................................................................................
5-85 Air Traffic Control Tower ..............................................................................................................................
5-86 |
CONCLUSIONS............................................................................................................................
5-86 |
CHAPTER
6 – AIRPORT LAYOUT PLAN
.............................................................................
6-1 COVER SHEET ..............................................................................................................................
6-2 AIRPORT LAYOUT DRAWING ........................................................................................................6-2
GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL AREA DRAWING ........................................................................
6-3 INNER APPROACH ZONE PROFILES...............................................................................................
6-3 AIRPORT AIRSPACE DRAWING .....................................................................................................
6-3 AIRPORT LAND USE DRAWING ....................................................................................................
6-4 AIRPORT PROPERTY MAP.............................................................................................................
6-5 SUMMARY....................................................................................................................................
6-5 |
CHAPTER 7 – IMPLEMENTATION AND CAPITAL
IMPROVEMENT PLAN .................. 7-1 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................................
7-1 FUNDING SOURCES ......................................................................................................................
7-2 Federal Funding
............................................................................................................................................. 7-2 State
Funding..................................................................................................................................................
7-3 Local (Sponsor) Funding
................................................................................................................................
7-8 Other Funding Sources
...................................................................................................................................
7-9 |
|
|
Third Party/Private Development .................................................................................................................. 7-10 FINANCIAL
FEASIBILITY.............................................................................................................
7-10 |
Capital Improvement Plan
............................................................................................................................. 7-10 |
Program Phasing and Cost Estimates
...........................................................................................................
7-10 |
Short-Term
Developments..............................................................................................................................
7-11 |
Intermediate-Term
Developments..................................................................................................................
7-12 |
Long-Term Developments
..............................................................................................................................
7-12 |
CIP Summary
................................................................................................................................................. 7-26 CASH FLOW ANALYSIS ..............................................................................................................
7-32 |
Projected Operating Revenues and
Expenses
................................................................................................ 7-33 |
Cash Flow Assessment
...................................................................................................................................
7-37 CONCLUSIONS............................................................................................................................
7-43 |
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A – GLOSSARY OF TERMS
..............................................................................
A-1 APPENDIX B -FAA/FDOT AND RELATED DATA ............................................................
B-1 APPENDIX C – REGIONAL GUIDANCE
LETTER............................................................... C-1
APPENDIX D – AIRCRAFT NOISE
ANALYSIS...................................................................
D-1 APPENDIX E – PRELIMINARY ESTIMATES OF PROJECT COSTS
................................. E-1 APPENDIX F -PUBLIC INVOLVEMENT AND
RUNWAY EXTENSION LETTERS........F-1 APPENDIX G -FAA PROJECT PRIORITY FUNDING
........................................................ G-1 APPENDIX H -
FLORIDA PUBLIC
LAW...............................................................................H-1
APPENDIX I - HERLONG AIRPORT TITLE SEARCH
INFORMATION..............................I-1 |
|
|
|
|
TABLE 3-12
FORECAST ANNUAL GENERAL AVIATION AIRCRAFT OPERATIONS...................3-22
TABLE 3-13 HISTORIC AND FORECAST MILITARY OPERATIONS
................................................3-24 TABLE 3-14 LOCAL VS.
ITINERANT OPERATIONS
.............................................................................3-25
TABLE 3-15 PROJECTED ANNUAL INSTRUMENT OPERATIONS
....................................................3-26 TABLE 3-16 FORECAST
PEAK GENERAL AVIATION ACTIVITY
ONLY.........................................3-27 TABLE 3-17 COMPARISON OF
TAF AND AIRPORT OPERATIONS FORECAST............................3-28 TABLE
3-18 AIRPORT PLANNING FORECASTS FORECAST LEVELS AND GROWTH RATES .3-29 TABLE
4-1 AIRCRAFT APPROACH CATEGORIES
.............................................................................
4-3 TABLE 4-2 AIRCRAFT DESIGN
GROUPS...............................................................................................
4-3 TABLE 4-3 EXIT TAXIWAY LOCATIONS
.............................................................................................
4-11 TABLE 4-4 FAA AIRCRAFT
CLASSIFICATIONS.................................................................................
4-12 TABLE 4-5 RUNWAY END
UTILIZATION.............................................................................................
4-14 TABLE 4-6 CALCULATION OF HOURLY
CAPACITY........................................................................
4-15 TABLE 4-7 HOURLY CAPACITY OF RUNWAY COMPONENT CALCULATION MATRIX........
4-17 TABLE 4-8 ANNUAL AIRFIELD CAPACITY
.........................................................................................
4-18 TABLE 4-9 GA DAILY OPPORTUNITY COSTS ....................................................................................
4-21 TABLE 4-10 SUMMARY OF AIRFIELD CAPACITY ANALYSIS
......................................................... 4-24 TABLE 4-11
WIND COVERAGE PERCENTAGES ..................................................................................
4-28 TABLE 4-12 BASED AIRCRAFT DEMAND
..............................................................................................
4-38 TABLE 4-13 FORECAST PERCENT OF BASED AIRCRAFT DEMAND
............................................. 4-39 TABLE 4-14 HANGAR STORAGE
DEMAND
(2005-2025).......................................................................
4-40 TABLE 4-15 HANGAR DEMAND
(2005-2025) ............................................................................................4-42
TABLE 4-16 CONVENTIONAL AND CORPORATE HANGAR APRON REQUIREMENTS (BASED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FIGURE 1-1 STEPS IN THE MASTER PLANNING
PROCESS................................................ 1-14 FIGURE 2-1
AIRPORT LOCATION MAP
.....................................................................................
2-3 FIGURE 2-2 JACKSONVILLE AIRPORT SYSTEM
.................................................................... 2-4
FIGURE 2-3 AIRPORTS IN THE
REGION....................................................................................
2-6 FIGURE 2-4 ALL WEATHER WIND ROSE
..................................................................................
2-9 FIGURE 2-5 IFR WIND ROSE
........................................................................................................2-10
FIGURE 2-6 NPIAS AIRPORTS NORTHEAST FLORIDA
....................................................... 2-15 FIGURE 2-7
AIRSPACE CLASSES
...............................................................................................
2-16 FIGURE 2-8 AIRSPACE OBSTRUCTIONS .................................................................................
2-17 FIGURE 2-9 APPROACH AND DEPARTURE PATTERNS FOR RUNWAYS 7 &
25............2-19 FIGURE 2-10 APPROACH AND DEPARTURE PATTERNS FOR RUNWAYS 11
& 29..........2-20 FIGURE 2-11 TYPICAL PART 77
SURFACES..............................................................................
2-22 FIGURE 2-12 EXISTING AIRFIELD
..............................................................................................
2-24 FIGURE 2-13 CITY OF JACKSONVILLE LAND USE MAP
...................................................... 2-31 FIGURE 2-14 CITY
OF JACKSONVILLE AIR INSTALLATION COMPATIBLE USE ZONES |
(AICUZ).......................................................................................................................
2-32 FIGURE 2-15 NORTH AVIGATION
EASEMENT........................................................................
2-33 FIGURE 2-16 SJRWMD FLUCFCS MAP
.......................................................................................
2-42 |
|
|
FIGURE
2-17 FFWCC EAGLE NEST LOCATIONS
.................................................................... 2-45 FIGURE
2-18 FFWCC WADING BIRD COLONY LOCATIONS
............................................... 2-46 FIGURE 2-19 FFWCC WOOD
STORK COLONY LOCATIONS ............................................... 2-47
FIGURE 2-20 FNAI ELEMENT OCCURRENCE MAP ................................................................
2-48 FIGURE 2-21 USFWS NWI MAP
.....................................................................................................
2-52 FIGURE 2-22 NRCS SOILS MAP.....................................................................................................
2-53 FIGURE 2-23 FEMA FLOODPLAINS
MAP...................................................................................
2-55 FIGURE 3-1 BASED AIRCRAFT FORECASTS ..........................................................................
3-16 FIGURE 3-2 BASED AIRCRAFT FLEET MIX
FORECASTS................................................... 3-20 FIGURE 3-3
FORECAST OF GENERAL AVIATION OPERATIONS.....................................
3-23 FIGURE 4-1 JACKSONVILLE SECTIONAL
................................................................................
4-5 FIGURE 4-2 U. S. AIRSPACE CLASSES
........................................................................................
4-6 FIGURE 4-3 AIRFIELD DIAGRAM WITH OPTIMUM TAXIWAY RANGES
...................... 4-10 FIGURE 4-4 CAPACITY LEVEL COMPARISON
...................................................................... 4-19
FIGURE 4-5 PAVEMENT RATING
MATRIX.............................................................................
4-33 FIGURE 4-6 GENERAL AVIATION PASSENGERS
.................................................................. 4-57
FIGURE 5-1 AIRFIELD CONCEPT 1
..........................................................................................
5-16 FIGURE 5-2 AIRFIELD CONCEPT 2
..........................................................................................
5-20 FIGURE 5-3 TURF RUNWAY ALTERNATIVES
....................................................................... 5-25
FIGURE 5-4 AIRFIELD CONCEPT 3
..........................................................................................
5-27 FIGURE 5-5 PREFERRED AIRFIELD CONCEPT
................................................................... 5-39
FIGURE 5-6 LAND USE MAP ........................................................................................................
5-40 |
|
|
FIGURE
5-7 RESIDENTIAL AIR PARK .....................................................................................
5-45 FIGURE 5-8 NORTH LANDSIDE CONCEPT 1
..........................................................................
5-53 FIGURE 5-9 NORTH LANDSIDE CONCEPT 2
..........................................................................
5-56 FIGURE 5-10 NORTH LANDSIDE CONCEPT 3
..........................................................................
5-59 FIGURE 5-11 MIDFIELD CONCEPT 1
..........................................................................................
5-65 FIGURE 5-12 MIDFIELD CONCEPT 2
..........................................................................................
5-71 FIGURE 5-13 WEST INDUSTRIAL ZONE
....................................................................................
5-76 FIGURE 5-14 EAST COMMERCE PARK
......................................................................................
5-78 FIGURE 5-15 SOUTH INDUSTRIAL PARK
..................................................................................
5-82 FIGURE 5-16 PREFERRED OVERALL DEVELOPMENT
......................................................... 5-88 AIRPORT LAYOUT
PLAN COVER SHEET
(1)..............................................................................
6-6 AIRPORT LAYOUT PLAN DRAWING SHEET (2)
........................................................................ 6-7
AIRPORT LAYOUT PLAN DATA SHEET (3)
.................................................................................
6-8 AIRPORT LAYOUT PLAN TERMINAL AREA DRAWING (4) ...................................................
6-9 AIRPORT LAYOUT PLAN INNER APPROACH RUNWAY 7-25 (5)
........................................ 6-10 AIRPORT LAYOUT PLAN INNER
APPROACH RUNWAY 11-29 (6) ....................................... 6-11
AIRPORT LAYOUT PLAN AIRSPACE DRAWING (7)
................................................................ 6-12 AIRPORT
LAYOUT PLAN ON AIRPORT LAND USE (EXISTING)
(8).................................... 6-13 AIRPORT LAYOUT PLAN ON AIRPORT
LAND USE (FUTURE) (9) ...................................... 6-14 AIRPORT
LAYOUT PLAN AIRPORT PROPERTY MAP (SHEET 1 OF 2) (10) ......................
6-15 AIRPORT LAYOUT PLAN AIRPORT PROPERTY MAP (SHEET 2 OF 2) (11)
...................... 6-16 |
|
|
|
|
|
INTRODUCTION |
Due to
recent changes at the Airport and areas surrounding its environs, the
Jacksonville Aviation Authority (JAA) undertook an update of the Master Plan
for Herlong Airport (HEG), which was previously updated in 2000. One of the
primary reasons for the update is based upon the Federal Aviation
Administration requirements associated with airports receiving development
grants to conduct periodic updates to their airport development plans. In
addition, Duval County is experiencing a tremendous increase in residential
relocation that has resulted in an increase in construction of residential
and commercial developments around the airport. |
GENERAL GUIDELINES |
The goal of
the master plan update is to define current and future aviation demand at
HEG, the means and alternatives for addressing this demand, the role of the
airport in the local, regional and national aviation system, and the need for
and financial feasibility of new infrastructure and airport facilities. This
project was funded with grants from the U.S. Department of Transportation
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), the Florida Department of
Transportation (FDOT) and the Jacksonville Aviation Authority (JAA) and was
programmed to begin in 2005 with completion of the study by the end of 2006. |
The airport’s
master plan serves a variety of functions including projecting future
aviation activity and development as a financial planning tool and guiding
on-airport and adjacent land uses. The primary objective of the master plan
update is to create a 20-year development program that will maintain a safe,
efficient, economical, and environmentally acceptable airport facility for
the JAA, City of Jacksonville, and Duval County. By achieving this objective,
the document should provide guidance to satisfy general aviation demand in a
financially feasible and responsible manner. This chapter provides general
direction to the study with respect to the development of concepts and plans
relating to the future development of Herlong Airport. The general approach
is to consider alternative airport development plans, necessary to provide a
“balanced” airport system. |
|
August 2007 Final
Report |
|
KEY ISSUES |
Overall, this
master plan provides a comprehensive overview of the airport’s needs during
the next 20 years, including issues related to the timing of proposed
development, costs for this development, methods of financing, management
options, and a clear plan of action.
Prior to the start of this master plan update, key issues within the
functional categories of facilities, business, operational, properties and
environmental issues, were identified by Airport Management as requiring
attention, including: |
|
August 2007 Final
Report |
|
4
Conduct
review of the land area needs of the airport, and the potential absorption of
land |
for aviation related development. 4
Conduct review of land use on and
adjacent to the airport for possible impacts. 4 Consider potential relocation of Gateway NFLE and
Pistol Club. 4 Develop
a current and up-to-date Property Map (formerly Exhibit A). |
.
Environmental Issues 4
Provide overview of environmental
factors that may act to limit or guide the development of airport property. 4
Obtain inventory of permitted projects
including existing on-airport ponds. |
GOALS AND OBJECTIVES |
The overall
goal of the master plan update is to provide HEG with detailed planning
guidance to ensure that Airport facilities and associated land uses will be
adequate to meet short-, intermediate-, and long-term aviation demand. This
document will serve as a management guide for the implementation of necessary
improvements to meet potential aviation activity demand over a planning
period of 20+ years, through the end of 2025. |
The key objectives associated with this study
include: |
4
Identify
the needed airside, landside, and airspace improvements and recommend options
to further optimize the economic aspects of the airport while enhancing the
safety and operational capability; |
4
Establish
an implementation schedule for short-, intermediate-, and long-term
improvements and ensure that they are financially feasible; |
4
Identify
short-term requirements and recommend actions to optimize short-term funding
opportunities to be incorporated into the Florida Department of
Transportation (FDOT) Joint Automated Capital Improvement Program (JACIP); |
4
Insure
that short-term actions and recommendations do not preclude long-range
planning |
options; 4 Incorporate the interests of the public and
government agencies into the planning process; 4 Remain sensitive to the overall environmental
characteristics and needs of the area |
surrounding the airport; and 4
Incorporate current comprehensive land
use (both on- and off-airport property) and recommend developments that are
compatible with existing and future land uses. |
Therefore, in
order to address the various internal and external factors impacting HEG, a
list of goals was identified based upon the key issues and objectives
impacting HEG in order to provide a guide for the study development. Recommended goals are presented in no
particular order, and, thus, no one goal has priority over the other. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Goal No. 1 |
Continue to meet and enhance the level of service
provided to all Airport users. |
Objectives: |
4 Provide
adequate runway capacity for estimated demand in terms of aircraft type and |
annual and hourly operations. |
4 Provide
adequate runway length to meet existing and forecast operations needs. |
4
Provide opportunities for development
of services associated with potential charter and |
corporate GA,
military, flight training, and recreational flying operations. |
4 Provide
for potential integration of military and non-military operations. |
4
Provide other aviation related support
facilities required for a full range of aviation |
services. |
4 Provide insight into the estimated future needs of hangar facilities.
|
Goal No. 2 |
Provide
guidelines for future development, while satisfying anticipated demand. |
Objectives: |
4 Implementation of non-aviation development to enhance revenue
diversification. |
4 Provide
adequate airside and landside facilities to meet anticipated demand. |
4 Effectively
market potential commercial and non-commercial aviation facilities. |
4
Develop self-sustaining commerce and/or
industrial parks, which will benefit the Airport |
and community as a whole. |
4
Develop a schematic for incorporating 3rd party
funding for future development. |
|
August 2007 Final
Report |
|
Goal No. 3 |
Provide an Airport that is safe and reliable. |
Objectives: |
4
Provide
navigational aids (NAVAIDS) including global positioning system (GPS) and
non-GPS approach options, flight support services, and meteorological
facilities, which enhance the safety and reliability of operations under all
weather conditions. |
4
Protect
FAA mandated safety areas, runway protection zones (RPZs), and other clear |
zones. 4 Minimize possible obstructions to air navigation. 4
Provide adequate fire fighting, rescue
and emergency services, access roads, facilities, |
equipment, and personnel to maintain minimum
response time under all conditions. 4 Ensure that airside and landside operations and
facilities meet all applicable security |
standards. 4 Ensure that aircraft parking facilities are
adequately sized and easy to negotiate. 4 Develop facilities to meet the demands of the
current and future critical aircraft. 4 Address the need and timeline for a control tower
with the expected development of the |
SATS and Air Taxi segments of the industry. |
Goal No. 4 |
Develop the Airport and its vicinity to minimize
negative environmental impacts. |
Objective: |
4 Identify
the major environmental issues of concern. 4
Minimize potential
environmental impacts, and provide special attention to minimizing noise
impacts, air and water pollution, and wetland impacts. |
4
Consider
the use and development of airport property to minimize any adverse impacts
on other environmental concerns while maintaining a safe environment for
users and adjacent land owners (i.e. timber harvesting and wildlife
control). |
4
Design
and select noise abatement measures that minimize the number of people
exposed to noise above Day-Night Noise Level (DNL) greater than 65 decibels,
if applicable. |
4
In
selecting noise abatement actions, avoid actions that would adversely affect
capacity, impose restrictions on Airport use that would be discriminatory, or
that could erode prudent margins of safety. |
4
When
necessary, encourage local construction restrictions to reduce impact of
Airport/aviation. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Goal No. 5 |
Promote the development of compatible land use in
undeveloped areas within the Airport vicinity. |
Objectives: |
4
Promote
land use planning and development objectives, for on- and off-Airport land
use, which are compatible with the anticipated long-range needs of the
Airport and the community as a whole. |
4
Designate areas for future development
hangar homes, maintenance, commerce park, etc. 4 Locate Airport facilities so that growth may be
controlled through land-use planning and zoning. 4
Consider the impacts of the Gun Club on
Airport Operations. |
Goal No. 6 |
Develop an
Airport that supports local and regional economic goals while accommodating
new opportunities or shifts in development patterns. |
Objectives: |
4
Achieve
a level of service and user convenience such that the Airport is a positive
factor in regional economic development decisions. |
4
Achieve
capacities of the airfield, the terminal area systems, and industrial
park/Commerce Park, so that the Airport may be an attractive location for GA,
maintenance, and other aviation related activities. |
4
Provide
appropriate and achievable commercial opportunities adjacent to and on the
Airport. |
4
To
assure economic feasibility, identify an equitable distribution of user
charges; distribute the burden of capital investment, maintenance, and
operating costs, while keeping overall costs within an acceptable level. |
4
Identify
financial alternatives and funding sources available for the implementation
of |
aviation and non-aviation projects. 4
Quantify financial resources available
for project funding. 4 Develop
an airport layout plan (ALP) that easily integrates with existing and
proposed |
transportation
infrastructure, to encourage economic growth. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Goal No. 7 |
Minimize
aircraft delay associated costs to all airfield users (i.e. military
operations, recreational pilots, experimental aircraft, flight training
facilities, etc.). |
Objectives: |
4
Minimize
airspace congestion and delays for GA aircraft through procedural changes
and/or provision of additional NAVAIDS. |
4 Minimize airside congestion through construction of
runways, taxiways, and aprons, when the costs of providing the additional
capacity are less than the additional operating costs associated with aircraft
delays. |
Goal No. 8 |
Ensure
adequate and convenient ground access to the Airport. |
Objectives: |
4
Provide safe access and easy-to-follow
signs to Airport roadways and facilities. 4 Provide adequate lane capacity on roads leading to
the Airport, to serve existing and future activity. 4
Provide adequate land capacity on
internal circulation roadways serving functional areas (terminal, GA,
commerce park, etc.). 4 Provide
parking facilities (for GA, terminal, commerce park, etc.) that are
conveniently located and easily accessible. 4 Maintain close coordination with Regional Planning
Council, Metropolitan Planning Organizations (MPO), FDOT, and other
transportation groups. |
These goals
and objectives reflect policy goals to be reached through the master planning
process. They include the ultimate development of self-supporting facilities
to serve the existing and future aviation needs of the region; the
achievement of compatible land uses in the vicinity of the Airport; and
provisions for the type of development that will yield the most public
benefit of the investment represented by the Airport. Finally, these goals
must be manageable within existing limitations of funds and design
principles. |
As noted, the
airport is located within a residential populated area and, therefore, any
future developments identified in this study will consider potential
community impacts. Considering this,
to ensure community and government participation in this study, a Technical
Advisory Committee (TAC) |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
was created
to provide technical review of the working papers and to provide input into
the entire master plan process. The committee was assembled by Airport
Management and includes representatives from JAA, FAA, FDOT, City of
Jacksonville, Duval County, airport tenants and the public/community.
Multiple opportunities will be available for community and governmental
representatives to participate in this study, including through
representatives serving on the study’s technical advisory committee and
through three public meetings held in conjunction with the CPAC
meetings. It is important to note that
the study results and the future developments presented in this report
represent a plan to guide the Jacksonville Aviation Authority in meeting
demand as they develop; therefore, no development should be undertaken until
there is a clearly identified need for it. |
REGULATORY GUIDELINES |
This Master Plan
is prepared in accordance with Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Advisory
Circulars AC 150/5370-6B, Airport Master Plans, and AC
150/5300-13, Change 10, Airport Design, in
conjunction with the FDOT’s Guidebook for Airport Master Planning and
other related standards. Furthermore, current guidance will be incorporated
from the FAA Airports District Office (Orlando), FDOT Aviation Office, JAA,
and other local government agencies. Planning efforts of the city, county,
region, state, and nation have been coordinated in the Master Plan to provide
the most preeminent plan for the benefit of HEG and all of the participating
organizations. |
In addition,
in order to assist JAA in considering the environmental factors that may
impact future development at HEG, the following national, state and local
legislation was considered. This
overview of regulatory guidelines will assist the sponsor and the planning
consultant in developing alternatives that are tailored to the airport’s
size, unique setting and operating environment while also considering the
airport’s environmental setting, the identification of environmentally
related permits and the potential impacts of recommended development
projects. An in-depth analysis of
existing environmental conditions at HEG is provided in Chapter Two, Inventory
of Existing Conditions. |
Water Quality |
Legislation |
The Federal
Water Pollution Control Act, as amended by the Clean Water Act provides the
authority to establish water control standards, control discharges into
surface and subsurface waters, develop waste treatment management plans and
practices, and issue permits for discharges and for dredged and filled
materials into surface waters. The
Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act requires consultation with the United
States Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) and the Florida Fish and Wildlife
Conservation Commission (FFWCC) when any alteration and/or impounding of
water resources is expected. The Federal National Pollution Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) permit program provides regulations that govern
the quality of stormwater discharges into water resources of the United
States. |
|
August 2007 Final
Report |
|
Regulatory Agencies |
The United
States Army Corps of Engineers (COE), the Florida Department of Environmental
Protection (FDEP), and the Saint Johns River Water Management District
(SJRWMD) have jurisdiction over and regulate activities that alter the
landscape and disrupt water flow to wetland areas and surface waters through
the Environmental Resource Permitting (ERP) Program in Florida. The program
forwards permit applications to other state and federal agencies including
the FFWCC and the USFWS. Permitting
requirements for construction that exceeds five acres are specified by NPDES
regulations and administered by the FDEP.
|
Historical, Architectural,
Archaeological, and Cultural Resources |
Legislation |
The National
Historic Preservation Act of 1966 and the Archaeological and Historic
Preservation Act of 1974 provide protection against development impacts that
would cause change in historical, architectural, archaeological, or cultural
resources. |
Regulatory Agencies |
The
Department of State, Division of Historical Resources is responsible for
promoting historical, archaeological, museum, and folk culture resources in
Florida. |
Biotic Communities |
Legislation |
The Fish and
Wildlife Coordination Act (48 Statute 401 as amended; 16USC et. Seq.)
considers impacts to habitat and wildlife.
Section 2 of this act requires consultation with USFWS, the United
States Department of the Interior (USDI), and state agencies that regulate
wildlife whenever water resources are modified by a federal, public, or
private agency under federal permit of license. |
Regulatory Agencies |
The USFWS
and FFWCC have authority under the act to provide comments and
recommendations concerning vegetation and wildlife resources. |
|
August 2007 Final
Report |
|
Endangered and Threatened Species |
Legislation |
The
Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA), as amended, requires federal agencies,
in consultation with and assisted by the USFWS, to ensure that their actions
are not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of listed species or
result in the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat of such
species. Section 7 of the Act states
that federal agencies must review their actions: If those actions will affect
a listed species or its habitat, they must consult with the United States
Fish and Wildlife Service. |
Regulatory Agency |
The USFWS,
the Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (FDACS), and the
FFWCC have jurisdiction over and administer native endangered and threatened
species permits for Florida. During the consultation process, the USFWS will
determine the significance of potential impacts to federally protected
species and will recommend methods to avoid or mitigate for impacts that may
occur as a result of the proposed projects.
|
The FFWCC
Threatened and Endangered Species Section reviews and issues permits that
involve Florida’s protected terrestrial animal species. The FFWCC Bureau of Protected Species
Management reviews and issues permits that involve Florida’s protected
aquatic wildlife species. The FDACS Division of Plant Industry is responsible
for providing protection to Florida’s protected native plant species that are
classified as endangered, threatened, or commercially exploited. |
Wetlands |
Legislation |
Executive
Order 11990, Protection of Wetlands, mandates that each federal agency take
action to minimize the destruction, loss, or degradation of wetlands, and
preserve and enhance their natural values. On the federal level, wetlands are
regulated according to Section 404 of the Clean Water Act, which requires a
permit for dredging and filling activities that take place in Waters of the
United States, including wetlands. |
The legal
framework for the regulation of activities in wetlands by the State of
Florida and by the State’s Water Management Districts is provided, in part,
by Chapter 373 of the Florida Statutes, the Florida Water Resources Act of
1972, specifically 373.414 which states that an activity regulated under
this part will not be harmful to water resources; water quality standards
will not be violated; and such activity in, on, or over surface waters or
wetlands, is not contrary to the public interest. If such an activity significantly degrades
or is within an Outstanding Florida Water, the applicant must |
|
August 2007 Final
Report |
|
provide
reasonable assurance that the proposed activity will be clearly in the public
interest. Specifics concerning permit requirements are codified in Chapter
40, parts A through E, of the Florida Administrative Code. |
Regulatory Agencies |
In Northeast
Florida, the COE, the FDEP, and the SJRWMD have jurisdiction over and
regulate activities that alter the landscape and disrupt water flow to
wetland areas and surface waters through the State ERP Program. |
Floodplains |
Legislation |
Executive
Order 11988, “Floodplain Management” defines floodplains as lowland areas
adjoining inland and coastal waters, especially those areas subject to one
percent or greater chance of flooding in any given year. |
Regulatory Agencies |
The Federal
Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) has produced Flood Insurance Rate Maps
(FIRMs) for communities participating in the National Flood Insurance
Program. The maps detail the 100-year
and 500-year base flood elevations. The State of Florida administers and
requires compensation for floodplain impacts through the ERP program. SJRWMD has jurisdiction over Northeast
Florida. |
Coastal Zone Management Program |
Legislation |
The Coastal
Zone Management Act (CZMA) aims to preserve, protect, develop, and where
possible, restore and enhance the resources of the nation’s coastal
zone. The Florida Coastal Management
Act of 1978 (Chapter 380, Part II, Florida Statutes) authorized the FDEP to
develop a comprehensive state coastal management program based upon existing
Florida Statutes and Rules. |
Regulatory Agency |
The FDEP is
responsible for directing the implementation of the Florida Coastal
Management Program (FCMP). The program
is based on a cooperative network of nine agencies including the FDEP, the
Florida Department of Community Affairs (DCA), FFWCC, Department of State
(DOS), Governor’s Office of Planning and Budgeting (OPB), Department of
Transportation (DOT), |
|
August 2007 Final
Report |
|
Department of
Health (DOH), and the Division of Forestry within the DACS. SJRWMD is also a cooperating member in the
consistency review process for Northeast Florida. |
Farmland |
Legislation |
The Farmland
Protection Policy Act of 1981 (FPPA) requires the evaluation of farmland
conversion to non-agricultural areas. Prime farmland is land best suited for
producing food, feed, forage, fiber, and oilseed crops. This land has the
quality, growing season, and moisture supply necessary to produce sustained
crop yields with minimal energy and economic input. |
Regulatory Agencies |
The National
Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) has jurisdiction and should be
consulted if farmland is to be converted to non-agricultural use by a
federally funded project. The
consultation determines whether the farmland is classified as “prime” or
“unique.” If it is, the Farmland
Protection Act requires rating the farmland conversion impacts based upon the
length of time farmed, amount of farmland remaining in the area, level of
local farm support services, and the level of urban land in the area. |
MASTER PLANNING PROCESS |
The Master
Plan provides an effective written and graphic representation of the ultimate
development of the Airport and associated land uses adjacent to the Airport,
while establishing a schedule of priorities and phasing for the various
improvements proposed. The planning document presents a conceptual
development plan, over a 20+-year period, for the Airport. Realistic master
planning is a continuing and evolutionary process due to the justification
and funding required during the implementation process. Many adjustments are
likely to take place to meet the changing industry before facilities are designed,
approved, and built to completion. |
An approved
Airport Master Plan provides long-range recommendations for development of an
airport and is essential for an airport to qualify for federal and/or state
assistance for realization of the plan. Government assistance is provided in
the form of financial grants to the airport sponsor. The grants are provided
by the FAA through the Airport Improvement Program (AIP) funded by the
Federal Aviation Trust Fund and by the FDOT through the Aviation Fuel Tax that
funds approximately 60 percent of the State Aviation Program and through the
Public Transportation Fund for the remaining 40 percent. |
This master
plan update provides a systematic outline of the development actions required
to maintain and further develop airfield and landside facilities. This process provides the officials
responsible for |
|
August 2007 Final
Report |
|
scheduling,
budgeting and ultimate funding of airport improvement projects with an
advance notice of the future needs of the Airport. By phasing airport
improvements, the development can be conducted in an orderly and timely
fashion. |
To accomplish
the objectives identified, the study included the following tasks: |
4 Conduct
an inventory of existing documents related to the airport, the physical
airport facilities, demographics of the airport service area, and airport
environment; 4 Collect historical operational
data, conducting tenant interviews, and forecasting aviation activity through
the year 2025; |
4
Conduct
a comprehensive analysis of current airport facilities, determination of
trends and activities affecting the airport, the identification and analysis
of potential trends in the aviation industry including potential impacts to
future operations; |
4 Evaluate
and compare the airfield capacity to expected aviation activity; 4 Determine
the airport facilities required to meet forecast demand; 4 Create
a concise Airport Layout Plan (ALP) drawing set reflecting the proposed |
improvements throughout the master planning time
period 4 Compile a schedule of the
proposed improvements, including cost estimates, phasing and financial
feasibility of each proposed improvement; and 4 Develop a cost feasible Capital Development Plan
(CIP) in FDOT JACIP Format. |
A graphic
representation of this process is depicted in Figure 1-1, Steps in
the Master Planning Process. |
Throughout this process, reviews of the master plan
report were conducted at key points such as at the completion of the
forecasts and during development of the alternatives. This ensured that input was received from
key stakeholders, such as JAA, FAA and FDOT.
The individual report chapters provide a detailed explanation of these
key steps. It should be noted that
each step in the master plan process was built upon information and decisions
made during the previous steps. Taken
as a whole, the master plan process addressed key issues as identified above
as well as illustrated how the study objectives were met. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Figure
1-1 |
Steps in the Master Planning Process |
|
August 2007 Final
Report |
|
|
|
|
|
FORWARD |
As outlined
in the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Advisory Circular (AC)
150/5070-6B, Airport Master Plans and the Florida Department of
Transportation (FDOT) Guide to Airport Master Planning, the initial
step in the Master Plan Update for Herlong Airport (HEG) is the collection
and evaluation of information about the Airport and the area it serves. This
chapter provides a physical inventory and description of facilities and
services now provided at the Airport. The inventory will include: |
.
The background information about the
Jacksonville area and a description of development that has recently taken
place at the Airport. . The
population and socioeconomic information, which provides a sign of possible
future development in the Jacksonville area. . A comprehensive review of the existing regional
plans and studies to determine potential influence on the development and
implementation of the Airport Master Plan. |
An accurate and complete inventory is essential to
the success of any master-planning document. The objective of the inventory
task is to provide background information essential to the completion of the
Master Plan Update. The inventory task for HEG was accomplished through
physical inspection of the facilities, field interviews, telephone
interviews, and review of available and appropriate administrative records.
Additional information was collected from documents and studies about the
Airport and the Jacksonville area. These documents include the following: |
.
Airport Master Plan Update, December
2000 |
.
The existing Airport Layout Plan (ALP),
2004 |
.
Jacksonville Aviation Authority (JAA)
Financial Statements |
.
JAA fuel and aircraft operations
records for HEG, and |
.
Miscellaneous reports generated by the
University of Florida Bureau of Economic and |
Business
Research, Florida Aviation System Plan and FAA Aerospace Forecasts,
2005-2016. |
This chapter
provides a general description of HEG and its service area. It describes data
relevant to the Airport’s history, geographic location, climate, and
operational role in today’s aviation environment. |
In addition, an inventory of all primary airfield
components was included in the August 2005 inventory process. The August 2005
inventory included the following data pertaining to: |
. Runway and taxiway: |
|
Existing Conditions 2-1 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
o Lengths and widths
o Designations,
o Lighting and marking
o Orientations, and |
o Separations . Meteorological data; . Pavement conditions;
. Landing and navigational
aids; . Air traffic control
procedures and airspace configuration; and
. Obstacles to the
surrounding airspace, and . Runway protection zones |
The following sections provide a concise account of
applicable airfield assets at the Airport. |
AIRPORT SETTING |
The
Jacksonville Airport System consists of four airports (Herlong, Jacksonville
International Airport (JAX), Craig (CRG) and Cecil Field (VQQ)), with each
serving a distinct need within the Jacksonville and northeast Florida
transportation system. Herlong Airport
located approximately eleven (11) miles southwest of downtown Jacksonville,
is promoted as “Jacksonville’s premier general aviation recreational and
sport flying airport”. The Airport is
currently a prime recreational site for small private planes, hot air
balloons, skydiving, gliders and other small or experimental aircraft.
Herlong supports JAX by accommodating sport aeronautical operations, thereby
serving as a reliever airport to JAX. |
The existing
airport property covers 1,434 acres located approximately three (3) miles
southwest of Interstate 10 and 295 as shown in Figure 2-1, Airport
Location. The current airport elevation, defined as the highest point on
the usable runways, is 87 feet above mean sea level (MSL). According to the
2000 Airport Layout Plan, the existing latitude and longitude coordinates for
HEG’s airport reference point (ARP) is 30° 16’ 30” N and 81°48’ 20” W. As part of the review, these coordinates
were verified. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-2 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
The Airport
is bound by Normandy Boulevard, a four-lane divided highway, to the north and
residential communities to the south, east and west. New single family housing at the time of
this writing is located along Normandy Boulevard directly north of the
Airport entrance road. Due to high
demand for residential housing, significant development is occurring adjacent
to the airport. Impacts associated with residential use will be discussed in
more detail in Chapter 5, Demand Capacity and Facility Requirements.
|
|
As shown in Figure
2-2, Jacksonville International Airport (JAX) is located approximately 25
nautical miles to the northeast, Craig Airport (CRG) is located 15.5 nautical
miles to the east and Cecil Field (VQQ) is located approximately 10.2
nautical miles to the southwest of the Airport. All three airports serve Duval County and
the Jacksonville Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA). |
In addition
to the airports within the Jacksonville Airport System, three major military
installations are located within a 25 nautical mile radius of Herlong Airport
including Whitehouse Naval Outlying Field (NOLF), Jacksonville Naval Air
Station and Mayport Naval Station. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-4 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Other
airports, which serve the Jacksonville region and are located within a
40-nautical mile radius of HEG are outlined in Table 2-1 and shown in Figure
2-3, Airports in the Region. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-5 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
CLIMATE |
Weather
conditions are an important consideration in the planning and development of
an airport. Temperature is a critical component in determining runway length,
and wind speed and direction determine runway orientation. Also the frequency of cloud cover limits
local area visibility and designates the need and type of navigational aids
(NAVAIDs) and lighting. These issues
will be discussed in further detail in Chapter 5, Demand Capacity
and Facility Requirements. |
The northern
Florida region enjoys mild climate during the winter months and hot and humid
temperatures with afternoon thunderstorms during the spring and summer. Freezing temperatures occur occasionally
with occasional snow flurries during the winter about once every 5-7
years. |
Historical
data from the National Weather Service (NWS) in Jacksonville reflects
temperatures typically ranging from 52.8° F in January to 82.1° F in
July. The mean daily maximum
temperature recorded for the warmest month of the year (July) was 91.7°F.
Data collected over a 30-year period indicates monthly average total
precipitation range from 2.19 inches during November to 7.93 inches during
August. The average annual rainfall total is 51.31 inches per year. |
WIND COVERAGE |
Historical wind conditions were evaluated to
determine the percentage of wind coverage at HEG. New wind rose data was
compiled from the National Oceanic and Atmosphere Administration’s National
Climatic Data Center (NCDC), located in Asheville, NC. As aircraft takeoff and land into the wind,
it is recommended by the FAA that sufficient runways be provided to achieve
95 percent wind coverage. The 95 percent wind coverage is computed based on
the crosswind not exceeding |
10.5 knots
(12 MPH) for the smallest aircraft with ARCs of A-I and B-I; 13 knots (15
MPH) for ARCs A-II and B-II; 16 knots (18 MPH) for ARCs A-III, B-III, C-I
through D-III; and 20 knots (23 MPH) for ARCs A-IV through D-VI. The “95 percent” criterion is applicable to
all weather conditions: visual flight rules (VFR), instrument flight rule
(IFR) and below minimum conditions. If
95 percent wind coverage is not provided at an airport for the maximum
crosswind component of the critical aircraft, then the addition of a
crosswind runway should be considered. |
FAA
Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5300-13, Change 10, Airport Design, suggests that a period of
at least ten (10) consecutive years of on-site wind data should be examined
when carrying out an airfield wind coverage evaluation. According to the Master Plan Update, the
prevailing winds at HEG are predominantly from the northeast direction, from
the coastal regions. |
Using Airport
Design, Version 4.2D, all weather, VFR and IFR wind coverage percentages
was analyzed. This information is
presented in Table 2-2. Wind
coverage is only included for the crosswind speed that corresponds to the
approach category and airplane design group that would utilize that runway.
No change was noted from the previous master plan update. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-7 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
All weather
wind rose and IFR wind rose data is provided in Figures 2-4 and 2-5,
respectively. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-8 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
FAA CERTIFICATION AND
CLASSIFICATION |
FAA Classification |
As a
planning tool and guide, the FAA classifies aircraft based upon two key
characteristics: Approach Speed and Wingspan. The Approach Speed Category
ranges from A to E, with the letters representing approach speed of aircraft.
The Airplane Design Group ranges from I to VI. The Roman Numerals represent the aircraft’s
wingspan. Table 2-3 provides a
complete list of the Approach Speed Categories and Airplane Design Group
according to FAA Advisory Circular 150/5300-13, Change 10, Airport
Design. These two categories are then used to determine the Airport
Reference Code (ARC), which signifies the most demanding aircraft type
expected to utilize the facility. The
ARC is then used to determine the standards and dimensions of the critical
surface and separations of the airfield facilities. |
Based upon
current aircraft operations and the longest length of its primary runway, the
ARC of HEG is a B-II. |
Although HEG
does accommodate limited business jet aircraft, the majority of aircraft
operations at HEG are comprised primarily of single-engine and multi-engine
piston aircraft equal to or less than 12,500 pounds, ultralight and glider
aircraft. Thus, its primary runway
length of 4,000 feet accommodates existing aircraft demand. However, if the significant increase in the
use of HEG by larger multi-engine piston, turboprop and turbine engine
aircraft continues, then the current runway length will not adequately meet
both manufacturer and FAA runway length requirements for safe operation. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-11 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Based upon
aircraft records, there are currently 162-based aircraft on the field as of
2005. The existing based aircraft
fleet mix is shown in Table 2-4. |
HISTORIC DATA |
AIRPORT HISTORY |
HEG was
constructed by the U.S. Navy during World War II and was used primarily as a
training base. In 1947, the U.S. Navy deeded the property to the City of
Jacksonville. In the mid-1960’s, the
City turned over ownership of the Airport to what was then known as
Jacksonville Port Authority (JAXPORT).
In 2001, the Jacksonville Airport Authority (now the Jacksonville
Aviation Authority) was created by the State legislature to own and operate
public airports in Duval County (JIA, Craig, Herlong and Cecil Field). |
As part of
the Jacksonville Airport System, HEG became Jacksonville’s premier
recreational and sport flying airport. In 2001, it was the recipient of the
Florida Department of Transportation’s General Aviation Airport of the Year
award. |
AIRPORT ACREAGE |
Current
airport acreage encompasses approximately 1,434 acres. The southern portion of the airport
property includes several acres of low-lying areas exhibiting wetland
characteristics and undeveloped wooded areas. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-12 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
PREVIOUS STUDIES AND REPORTS |
The following studies and reports were obtained from
the Airport and other sources during the |
inventory phase of this project: |
.
Herlong Master Plan Update, December
2000; |
.
Airport Spill Prevention Control Plan
(SPCC); |
.
Herlong Airport Building Condition
Survey, 2004; |
.
Florida Aviation System Plan: Northeast
Florida Metropolitan Area; |
.
National Plan of Integrated Airport Systems
2002-2005; |
.
FAA Aerospace Forecast, 2005-2016; and |
.
Florida Aviation System Plan 2025
Statewide Overview |
These
documents were reviewed for valuable historic data and significant insight
into the process of long-range planning at the Airport. |
ROLE OF AIRPORT |
JACKSONVILLE AVIATION AUTHORITY (JAA) PLAN/DUVAL COUNTY
SYSTEM PLANS |
Herlong
Airport is owned and operated by JAA.
The Airport’s current role as identified in the Florida Aviation
System Plan (2005 – 2009) is to accommodate general aviation activity,
provide vital aircraft storage facilities, and operational general aviation
relief to commercial passenger service airports in the Northeast Florida
Metropolitan Area. As a result, HEG is
one of five designated reliever airports in the Northeast Florida
Metropolitan Area. |
Herlong
Airport, Craig Airport, Fernandina Beach Municipal Airport, St. Augustine-St.
Johns County Airport, and Cecil Field all provide reliever service to JAX,
the region’s only commercial service airport, by accommodating a significant
portion of GA activity in the region.
Since Herlong Airport is promoted as “Jacksonville’s premier general
aviation recreational and sport flying airport”, it is recognized not only by
JAA but FDOT and FAA as an essential element within the regional and national
airport system. |
Currently,
JAA serves as the Fixed Base Operator (FBO) at HEG providing terminal
facilities, hangar space, tie-down areas and fueling. Within the last five years, JAA built 24
new individual T-Hangar facilities to meet demand for aircraft storage. During the inventory phase of the master
plan update, aircraft storage at the airport was at 100 percent capacity. |
FLORIDA AVIATION SYSTEM PLANS (FASP) |
The Florida
Aviation System Plan (FASP) is the FDOT’s 20-year aviation system plan for
development at Florida’s publicly owned airports. The FASP is an on-going system supported by
multiple databases that provide current data on Florida’s aviation
industry. Because the plan must |
|
Existing Conditions 2-13 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
reflect and
keep pace with Florida’s aviation growth, it often addresses a variety of
issues including intermodal transportation networking, economic impact of
airports on local and regional economy, and the development of long-range
visions for aviation planning. The
overall purpose of the FASP is to enhance Florida Department of
Transportation’s (FDOT’s) goal of “providing a quality system that meets the
existing and future growth needs of the state of Florida.” |
HEG is
located in the Northeast Florida Metropolitan Area as defined by the FASP,
which is comprised of the six counties: Baker, Clay, Duval, Putnam, Nassau
and St. Johns. The current primary
airport within the region is the Jacksonville International Airport (JAX)
operated by the JAA. As stated
earlier, JAA also operates Craig, Herlong and Cecil Field airports. |
Craig
Airport, located just minutes from Downtown Jacksonville and area beaches,
acts as a general and corporate aviation reliever airport to JAX. Craig Airport provides aircraft sales,
service and maintenance, avionics repair, complete airframe and power plant
maintenance, electronics and instrument sales, aerial advertising, aircraft
charter services, flight training and aircraft and automobile rentals. However, due to its proximity to
residential neighborhoods, the airport has become noise sensitive and has
implemented a Noise Abatement Program. |
Cecil Field,
a military base decommissioned in 1999, is defined as a public-use airport
within the FASP system, which provides maintenance, repair and overhaul (MRO)
services to general aviation and specialty cargo operations. However, as
stated earlier, consideration is being given to reconfiguring Cecil Field
back to a military facility, which may have an impact on Herlong operations. |
Other
airports within this Continuing Florida Aviation System Planning Process
(CFASPP) Metropolitan Area include St. Augustine, Fernandina Beach, Kay
Larkin (Palatka), Keystone Airpark, and Hilliard (Turf). Most of these airports have a 5,000-foot or
greater runway, which accommodates both private and corporate air traffic.
Many also contain sufficient industrial park space suitable for a wide
variety of industrial and business interests. They also provide easy access
to some of the worlds most sought after visitor destinations and a number of
recreational interests. |
Military aviation
and other activity continue to play a vital economic role within the
Northeast Metropolitan Area. The Navy’s Fleet Area Control Surveillance
Facility Jacksonville (FACSFACJAX) is located at Naval Air Station
Jacksonville. FACSFACJAX, as an active
member of the Area Committee, has maintained an excellent rapport with the
Northeast Metropolitan Area's aviation community and the FAA's Air Route
Traffic Control Center (ARTCC) in Hilliard, Florida. |
NATIONAL PLAN OF INTEGRATED
AIRPORT SYSTEMS (NPIAS) |
The FAA
integrates individual master planning efforts into the National Plan of
Integrated Airport Systems (NPIAS).
The NPIAS provides a standardized system to evaluate airport roles,
effectiveness and eligibility for grants-in-aid on a national level. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-14 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
There are a
number of FAA classifications for general aviation airports according to the National
Plan of Integrated Airport Systems (NPIAS) 2007 - 2011, which includes
over 3,344 airports. Principally, an
airport’s role identifies the aircraft it can accommodate, or in the case of
commercial service airports, the routes and markets it serves nonstop. |
With respect
to category of service, HEG is designated as a Reliever Airport. Reliever
Airports are high capacity general aviation airports in major metropolitan
areas, which provide pilots with an attractive alternative to using congested
hub airports. They also provide general aviation access to the surrounding
area. The 260-reliever airports have
an average of 228-based aircraft, and together account for 27 percent of the
Nation's general aviation fleet.
Airports within the northeast Florida metropolitan statistical area
are shown in Figure 2-6. |
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL AND AIRSPACE
STRUCTURE |
|
The National Airspace System (NAS)
is defined as the common network of U.S. airspace, including |
the following: |
.
Air navigation facilities, |
.
Airports and landing areas, |
.
Aeronautical charts and
information, |
.
Associated rules, regulations and
procedures, |
.
Technical information, |
.
Personnel, and |
.
Materials. System components shared
jointly with the military are also included. |
Airspace in and around HEG like many airports in
Florida includes a combination of civilian and military airspace. Since HEG is not equipped with an air
traffic control tower (ATCT), it’s airspace is designated Class E
(controlled) with floor 700 feet above MSL and extends upward to 18,000 feet
MSL. However, HEG is surrounded by Class D and C airspace due to its
proximity to the |
|
Existing Conditions 2-15 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Whitehouse Naval Outlying Field, Jacksonville Naval
Air Station and Mayport Naval Station, as well as Jacksonville International
Airport and Cecil Field. As a result,
contact with Jacksonville Air Traffic Control is recommended during approach
and departure procedures. Airspace
Classes as shown in Figure 2-7 illustrates an example of standard
Class E airspace in relation to all other airspace. |
Figure 2-7 Airspace Classes |
|
Source: Federal Aviation Administration, Air Traffic Division, 2005 |
SPECIAL USE AIRSPACE |
Military
operations areas and airports located in the surrounding region are of
considerable importance when evaluating sources of competition for airspace
and aviation services. Whitehouse
NOLF, Jacksonville NAS and Mayport NAS are home to a number of training
operations within the region. As a result, many training exercises take place
in the numerous special use airspace areas surrounding the airport. Special
use airspace areas include Alert Areas, Military Operating Areas (MOAs), and
Restricted Areas (RAs), which are located east, north and west of HEG. Civilian pilots operating near military
operations areas are required to adhere to all applicable NOTAMS and contact
the appropriate controlling agency for clearance. The special use airspace areas typically
have a high volume of rotary and high-speed fixed wing activities and can
have ceilings as high as 17,500 feet. |
In relation
to Herlong Airport, the Mayport MOA is located to the east, Quick Thrust MOA
is located to the north and Moody and Live Oak MOAs are located to the
West. An RA exists to the southwest
near Camp Blanding. Because of the
location of these alert areas and commercial airspace associated with JAX, it
is virtually impossible to access HEG without first contacting the
appropriate air traffic authorities.
Special use airspace within the vicinity of HEG is illustrated in Figure
2-8, Airspace Obstructions. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-16 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
TRAFFIC PATTERN |
The pattern elevation for HEG, based upon the 2006
Approach Plates, is approximately 1,100 feet above mean sea level (AMSL),
with a field elevation of 87 feet MSL.
Departures for Runway 7 should climb on heading 060° to 800 feet prior
to turning on-course. Additionally,
departures for Runway 11 must climb straight ahead along the runway heading
to 800 feet AMSL before turning on-course |
Arrivals to Runways 11, 29, 7 and 25 typically
maintain a left hand traffic pattern.
Aircraft maintain the downwind leg within one-half mile of the
runways, and keep the base leg within one-half mile of the runway. The
traffic pattern for Runways 7-25, 11-29 and Glider Traffic are shown in Figures
2-9 and 2-10. Since no control tower exists at HEG, all aircraft
should comply with non-towered traffic control procedures. |
GENERAL AIRPORT INFORMATION |
Use of a close-in traffic pattern and strict
adherence to this pattern at the Airport is important. The airspace at HEG is currently a one-mile
cutout of Cecil Airfield’s Class D airspace.
Pilots and aircraft that wish to use instrument approach procedures at
HEG according to the 2006 Approach Plates may utilize a circling or straight
NDB-A approach to Runway 25 or a straight-in GPS aproach to Runway 25. To aid
this approach, precision approach path indicators (PAPI’s) are located on the
left sides of Runways 7 and 25, providing adequate clearance to existing
obstructions. However, due to technical problems with the existing PAPI
system, primarily associated with power surges and outages, the operating
reliability of this system is limited. Table 2-5, Non-Precision
Instrument Approach Minimums (VOR/GPS), provides a summary of
non-precision instrument approach minimums at HEG. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-18 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Aircraft en
route to, or in the vicinity of, HEG may receive pertinent information about
the Airport, weather and current traffic patterns, through Unicom frequency
123.0 (CTAF). Local air traffic should
be monitored through this frequency when conducting operations at the
Airport. |
FAR PART 77 SURFACES –
OBSTRUCTIONS TO NAVIGABLE AIRSPACE |
Federal
Aviation Regulations (FAR) Part 77 Obstructions to Navigable Airspace
establishes standards for determining obstructions in navigable
airspace. An obstruction is defined as
any object of natural growth, terrain, or permanent or temporary construction
and/or alteration, including related equipment and materials used therein,
which penetrates any portion of the “imaginary surfaces”. FAR Part 77 defines
“imaginary surfaces” which govern the vertical height of obstacles within the
vicinity of airports. These surfaces
will vary in size and slope depending on available approaches at each runway
end. |
By
superimposing these “imaginary surfaces” over the airport, it is possible to
determine the severity of existing obstructions. The Part 77 Surfaces also provide vertical
boundaries for existing and new construction alterations. Once objects have
been identified as obstructions, FAA must review them to determine if they
pose a “hazard to air navigation”. If
determined as such, the obstacle must be removed or altered to eliminate the
penetration. If the obstruction were
to remain, dramatic changes to the airfield and/or approach procedures may be
required. An example of such changes
may be a displaced runway threshold or increasing approach minimums to
provide obstruction clearance. Figure 2-11 illustrates typical FAR
Part 77 surfaces. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-21 |
August 2007 Final Report |
Figure 2-11
Typical Part 77 Surfaces |
|
|
Source: Federal Aviation Administration, Airports Division, 2000 |
EXISTING AIRSIDE FACILITIES |
A description
of each of the components of the Airport as they existed in August 2005 is
summarized in the following subsections. These airport components include:
the airfield, general aviation facilities, on-airport access and parking, and
other miscellaneous, ancillary facilities as shown in Figure 2-12, Existing
Airfield. |
The description
of the following facilities provides the basis for the airfield
demand/capacity analysis and the determination of facility requirements to be
presented in the subsequent chapters.
The airside facilities generally include those required to support the
movement and operation of aircraft. While
this most certainly involves the airport’s runways and taxiways, it also
includes the following: |
|
Existing Conditions 2-22 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
.
Available instrument approaches; |
.
Airfield lighting; pavement
markings; |
.
Takeoff and landing aids; and |
.
Airfield signage. |
Figure 2-12, Existing Airfield, depicts
the current physical airside facilities at HEG. |
In addition
to the physical characteristics of the runway, there are other safety-related
criteria. These criteria are defined
not only in FAA AC 150/5300-13, Change 10, but also by FAR Part 77, Objects
Affecting Navigable Airspace. While there are various imaginary surfaces
associated with each runway, the criteria for each will be discussed in Chapter
4, Demand Capacity and Facility Requirements. Details pertaining
to the requirements for a Runway Safety Area (RSA), Runway Object Free Area
(ROFA), and Runway Protection Zone (RPZ) will be addressed as part of the
facility requirements determination, while the FAR Part 77 surfaces will be
included in the text associated with the Airport Layout Plan set. |
APPROACH & NAVIGATIONAL AIDS |
The Airport currently utilizes several visual
navigational aids (NAVAIDS), including runway lighting and two, four-box
precision approach path indicator lights (PAPI-4) on Runway 7-25. Since Runway 7-25 is the primary runway,
JAA replaced the older visual approach slope indicator lights (VASIs) with
PAPI-4s. The Runway 7 PAPI-4 is located to the north of the runway, and the
Runway 25 PAPI-4 is located south of the runway. Both were installed approximately 200
linear feet from their respective thresholds as shown in Figure 2-12, Existing
Airfield. The PAPI-4 consists of a light array, situated perpendicular to
the runway that serves as a visual reference to guide pilots. A typical four light array will display two
white lights and two red lights when the aircraft is flying ‘on’ the glide
slope. Aircraft flying below glide
slope will see the PAPI as all red and to those flying above the glide slope
the PAPI will appear all white. However, since its installation the reliability
of the PAPI-4 system has been limited due to on-going technical problems,
primarily associated with power spikes, which, at the time of this writing,
JAA is trying to resolve. Currently, Runway 11-29 is not equipped with any
type of approach lighting system since it provides primarily crosswind
coverage. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-23 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
A
non-precision instrument approach procedure utilizing Global Positioning
System (GPS) equipment is published for Runway 25 with visibility minimums as
low as one mile. Since a GPS approach
is based upon a system of satellites, no ground equipment for this
non-precision approach is required. |
The airport Non-Directional Beacon (NDB) is an
antenna, which emits a low-to-medium frequency signal to en route and
approaching aircraft. The NDB antenna
at HEG is a two-tower antenna located approximately 600 feet south of Runway
7-25 and 300 feet west of closed runway 16-34. According to FAA Instrument Approach Plate
data, dated January 2007 to February 15, 2007, the NDB approach is designated
as a non-precision approach with the following approach visibility minimums: |
.
Aircraft Category A - One (1) Statute
Mile Approach Visibility |
.
Aircraft Category B - One and
one-quarter (1 1/4) Statute Mile Approach Visibility |
.
Aircraft Category C - One and one-half
(1 1/2) Statute Mile Approach Visibility, and |
. Aircraft Category D - Two (2) Statute Mile Approach Visibility. |
Although an
NDB approach is designated as a non-precision approach, it requires higher
approach minima compared to a GPS or ILS non-precision approach. In addition, as a result of new technology,
NDB approaches and equipment are being phase out of use by the FAA. Although the NDB at HEG is still is good
working order, consideration in the mid to long-term should be given to
replacing the equipment with newer technology. |
Other visual
aids at the Airport include a lighted wind cone and segmented circle located
immediately north of the NDB antenna and a rotating beacon located near
Normandy Boulevard west of the airport main entrance. An automated weather observing system is
also situated on the airfield near the NDB antenna and provides local weather
information to pilots. |
Both Runways
7-25 and 11-29 are equipped with medium intensity runway lighting (MIRL).
Runway edge lights are used to outline the edge of the runway during periods
of darkness or restricted visibility conditions. Pilots must use the
Unicom/CTAF frequency 123.0 in order to activate the MIRL and PAPI’s at
HEG. |
Pilots en
route to or from the Airport may use a Very High Frequency Omni-directional
Range/Tactical Air Navigation (VORTAC) at Craig Airport, frequency 114.5,
channel 92, located approximately 16 nautical miles northeast of HEG. In addition, a global positioning system
(GPS) approach to Runway 25 is available for approach in less than visual
flight rule (VFR) conditions. Weather minimums must be at least one-mile
visibility and 600-foot ceilings to use this approach. Additional Airport
information is available via the CTAF/Unicom frequency 123.0, AWOS frequency
119.275, ASOS at JAX (14 NM NE) and ASOS at Craig Airport (16 NM East),
Jacksonville Approach Departure Control frequency 124.4, and/or Notice to
Airmen (NOTAM) announcements. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-25 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
RUNWAYS |
The Airport
has two non-parallel active runways, Runway 7-25 and Runway 11-29 and two
closed runways as illustrated on Figure 2-12, Existing Airfield.
It was reported in the previous Master Plan updated in 2000 that the
operations on both runways are not considered independent despite the fact
that they don’t intersect. Therefore,
for operational purposes, the runways are considered intersecting runways due
to the limited separation and overlapping safety areas. |
Runway 7-25 |
Runway 7-25
is the primary runway with a length of 4,000-feet and 100-feet in width as
published in the Airport Facility Directory (AFD). Runway 7-25 is designated to accommodate
aircraft meeting ARC B-II design criteria, and is marked for a non-precision
approach. According to FAA AC
150/5300-13, Change 10, runways with an ARC B-II designation with not
lower than ľ-statue mile approach visibility are required to have a Runway
Safety Area (RSA) of 300-feet in width and an Object Free Area (OFA) of
500-feet in width, both, centered from the runway centerline. Both RSA and OFA require a length beyond
the runway end of 300-feet. |
The runway
is made of asphalt and appears to be in good condition. Runway pavement should be capable of
withstanding aircraft traffic that it is intended to serve. Therefore, pavement strength determines the
maximum load bearing that the runway could sustain and is dependent on the
aircraft’s undercarriage configuration.
There are three types of undercarriage configurations: single wheel,
dual wheel, and dual wheel tandem.
According to the FAA AFD, Runway 7-25 pavement has a maximum weight
bearing capacity of 30,000 pounds for single wheel. |
The 2000 MPU
reported a discrepancy in the pavement strength for this runway when compared
to the FAA Airport Facilities Directory (AFD) (2/24/00) and the 1994
MPU. The 1994 Master Plan listed the
pavement strength at an estimated 21,600 pounds and the FAA AFD (2/24/00)
listed the pavement strength at 30,000-pounds for single wheel gear
(SWG). As a result, the 2000 MPU
suggested that Airport management conduct a detailed assessment of the
pavement strength on Runway 7-25. Thus, based upon JAA's assessment, it was
determined that the pavement strength on Runway 7-25 was indeed 30,000-pounds
for SWG. At the time of this writing, the FDOT has contracted the URS
Corporation to provide a pavement evaluation for all public airport within
the state. |
Runway 11-29 |
Runway 11-29
is the shortest of both runways with a published length of 3,501-feet ft and
100-feet in width. With an ARC B-II designation, the same RSA and OFA
standards as depicted above for Runway 7-25 are applicable to Runway
11-29. As illustrated in Table 2-10,
there are also no issues associated with the required FAA RSA and OFA
standards. |
Runway 11-29
is also constructed of asphalt and reported to be in good condition from the
last inspection. The pavement strength is listed in the FAA AFD with a weight
bearing capacity of |
|
Existing Conditions 2-26 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
30,000-pounds
for single wheel. It is currently marked for a visual approach only, and
pavement markings are in poor condition.
|
Because the
wind criteria indicates that the alignment of Runway 7-25 provides 95 percent
or better wind coverage in all weather conditions, the FAA does not provide
any funding for Runway 11-29 or any supporting taxiways or lighting
associated with that runway. |
TAXIWAYS |
Taxiways are
provided to permit the safe and expeditious surface movement of aircraft to
and from the runway and other facilities on the Airport. HEG is served by two
parallel and two connecting taxiways. According to AC 150/5300-13, Change
10, taxiways serving airplanes in Airplane Design Group (ADG) II are
required to have a taxiway width of 35-feet and a taxiway centerline to
runway centerline separation distance of 240-feet. As stated in the AFD, all taxiways have
pavement strengths of approximately 30,000-pounds for single wheel gear
aircraft as comparable to the pavement strengths of the two runways. During the initial site visit in August
2005, all taxiways, with the exception of the taxiways and closed runways
within the southern portion of the airfield, were reported to be in
"fair to good" condition based upon FDOT pavement criteria. In addition, Taxiways A, B and C are
equipped with low, medium and high intensity lighting systems. |
Two closed
runways and a closed taxiway are located south of the maintained
airfield. These pavements are in poor
condition, but are used by aircraft operating out of the hangars located on
the south side of the airfield as well as skydiving and glider operations. |
Taxiway A |
Taxiway A is
a parallel taxiway that serves Runway 7-25 and the general aviation
facilities located on the north side of the airfield. As a primary taxiway serving a runway with
an ARC B-II, Taxiway A has a width of 50-feet and a taxiway centerline to runway
centerline distance of 500-feet. Both
exceed applicable FAA standards. This taxiway is constructed of asphaltic
concrete (asphalt) and is in fair condition based upon physical observations
and FDOT pavement criteria. Since this
taxiway supports Runway 7-25, FAA will provide funding for maintenance and
improvements but only to a 35-foot width. |
Taxiway B |
Taxiway B is
a stub taxiway with dimensions measuring 50-feet in width and approximately
500-feet in length. Since Taxiway B supports Runway 7-25, FAA will provide
funding for maintenance and other improvements but only to a width of 35 feet
based upon the critical aircraft requirements. Taxiway B, with the existing
fillets, is located approximately 1,800-feet from the threshold end of Runway
25 and provides access to the general aviation facilities located north of
the airfield. Based upon recent
inspection and FDOT pavement criteria, pavement is in fair to good
condition. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-27 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Taxiway C |
Taxiway C
provides access from the eastern end of Runway 7-25 to Runway 11-29, Taxiway
D, and the closed runway pavements to the south of the airfield. Taxiway C is constructed of asphalt, and is
in fair condition with a total width of 50-feet. Since a section of Taxiway C
supports operations on Runway 7-25, the taxiway is considered eligible for
FAA funding but only to a 35-foot width. |
Taxiway D |
Taxiway D is
a full-length parallel taxiway that serves Runway 11-29. Taxiway D also exceeds applicable FAA
design criteria with a width of 50-feet and a runway-taxiway separation of
500-feet between centerlines. The taxiway is constructed of asphalt and is in
fair condition based upon physical observation and FDOT pavement
criteria. Taxiway D at this time is
not eligible for federal funding since it primarily supports operations on
Runways 11-29. |
Taxiway E |
Taxiway E
provides access from Runway 7-25 to the southwest closed runway. In order to provide an additional exit
taxiway to the northwest GA area and access to future development in the
southwest quadrant, JAA intends to rehabilitate the existing pavement and
extend Taxiway E to connect with the existing Taxiway A. Until issues with the existing glider
landing area are resolved, JAA has placed the Taxiway E extension on
hold. The existing width of Taxiway E
is 40 feet, which will serve B-II aircraft.
The current pavement condition is considered fair to poor due to
physical observations of pavement degradation. |
AIRCRAFT APRON FACILITIES |
Aircraft
parking aprons are located within the general aviation terminal area as shown
in Figure 212, Existing Airfield. Aircraft parking aprons are
generally divided into two user categories, those for the station of based
aircraft and the other for the temporary parking of itinerant aircraft. At HEG, the East and West aprons are used
primarily for the parking of based aircraft, including the two large asphalt
tie-down aprons. The East and West aprons measure approximately 15,000 square
yards and 14,000 square yards, respectively and were reported to be in fair
to good condition. Collectively, both
aprons can accommodate 95 aircraft and they also provide direct access to
neighboring hangar facilities. |
Transient
aircraft parking is provided on the FBO apron that is located south of the
Airport terminal facility and one row on the west apron. The apron pavement
is in relatively good condition. The
transient apron measures approximately 3,100 square yards and can
simultaneously accommodate approximately six (6) aircraft. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-28 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
EXISTING LANDSIDE FACILITIES |
The majority
of landside facilities at HEG are located north of the airfield adjacent to
Normandy Boulevard. Landside facilities consist of a mix of aviation and
non-aviation facilities, including the remodeled terminal, fuel storage,
automobile parking and various tenant facilities. |
Aviation
related facilities, which are dependent upon direct airfield access, are constructed
adjacent to airport aprons and taxiways. Non-aviation related facilities,
such as vehicle parking, are located further north adjacent to Normandy
Boulevard and Herlong Roads. |
LAND USE |
A majority of
the aviation activity is centered on the northside of the airfield. This area adjacent to Normandy Boulevard
includes the Airport’s main entrance, tenant and Airport management
facilities, fueling facilities, housing for JAA airport police, and the
majority of aircraft storage hangars and facilities. In addition, most of the
airport tenants and tenant facilities are located adjacent to the terminal
area, which is comprised of aviation related properties north of Runway 7-25
and parallel to Taxiway A. However, some non-aviation operations include facility
rentals within the bulk hangar and office spaces on the west side of the
Airport Entrance Road. Interest from
non-aviation businesses in the Airport may allow for the development of a
commerce park. This would allow non-aviation businesses to be relocated to
facilities not adjacent to the Airport operating area, therefore providing
more space for aviation related activities. |
The existing
airfield is surrounded by undeveloped tracts of Airport property, which
provide a buffer between the airfield and residential communities surrounding
the Airport. These areas are used for
silviculture according to the JAA Forest Management Plan which includes
cutting trees to generate revenue in support of airport operations and
replanting trees for future revenue generation. |
Existing On-Airport Land Use |
Existing on-airport land use
consists of the following categories: . Airfield Operational Areas (AOA) -
include runways, taxiways, and other facilities that aid in the movement of
aircraft. . Terminal Area – includes aircraft
hangars, aircraft parking aprons, aircraft fueling facilities and aviation
related tenant facilities directly relating to aircraft activity. |
.
Non-Aviation
Related Development – includes the non-aviation related commercial
development located adjacent to Normandy Boulevard and west of the Airport
Access Road. |
.
Drainage
– includes areas reserved for permitted drainage and stormwater management,
such as man-made or natural ponds, swells or drainage ditches. |
. Wooded Area/Open Space – includes cleared and
undeveloped airport property located along the southern and eastern part of
the airfield that is currently underutilized by airport management. This area primarily serves as a buffer
between the airport and residential neighborhoods and the Gateway Rifle and
Pistol Club as well as providing an additional source of revenue associated
with tree harvesting. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-29 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Off-Airport Land Use and Controls |
Land use
adjacent to the airport includes residential development north, east and west
of the airfield as shown in Figure 2-13, City of Jacksonville Land
Use Map. Typically residential development adjacent to an airport unless
related to a "fly-in" community is often limited to property
outside the 65 LDB noise contour. In
the case of HEG all residential activity is located outside the 65 LDN noise
contours and is, therefore, not impacted by airport operations. In addition,
the Airport is bordered on the south by the Gateway Rifle and Pistol Club,
which is located on a 22.5 acre out-parcel south of the Airport
fenceline. |
In 1978, the
City of Jacksonville established an Air Installation Compatible Use Zones
(AICUZ) Ordinance as shown in Figure 2-14, City of Jacksonville Air
Installation Compatible Use Zones, to preserve public investment as well
as protect the public’s safety and health. This ordinance objective is to
provide protection for planned airport operational capabilities as well as
ensure compatible development. Zoning
regulations within the AICUZ are contained in Part 10 of the city of
Jacksonville Zoning Code. |
At the time
of this writing, significant residential development is occurring in the
western quadrant of the City of Jacksonville, including north of Normandy
Boulevard across from the Airport Entrance Road. Although residential
development is on-going, based upon 2006 property title data, JAA has an
avigation easement over some of this property as shown in Figure 2-15,
North Avigation Easement. This will be discussed in more detail within
later chapters of this report. In
order to ensure land use compatibility as outlined in the FAA Land Use
Guidelines, AC 150/5050-6 Airport Land Use and Compatibility
Planning, adjacent land use and zoning issues will need to be addressed
as part of this MPU. |
FBO TERMINAL FACILITIES |
A building
condition survey performed in October 2000, determined that the Herlong
Terminal/Hangar and the associated offices were in fair to good
condition. The existing terminal
facility was renovated in 2001 to add more pilot amenities, and is,
therefore, now considered in good condition. |
The Terminal
Building provides a pilot lounge, two conference rooms, restrooms, kitchen,
and office facilities for Airport and Fixed Based Operator (FBO) staff. JAA serves as the Fixed Base Operator at
Herlong. The FBO provides airport terminal, hangar space, tie-down areas, and
fueling facilities at the airport. In
addition, the FBO staff, including airport management, is responsible for
airport inspection and maintenance, security, and overall operational
control. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-30 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
|
SURFACE TRANSPORTATION NETWORK |
U.S.
Interstate 10 (I-10), Interstate 95 (I-95) and Interstate 295 (I-295) provide
regional access to the Airport. I-10 runs in an east – west direction and
merges into I-95 at its most eastern portion.
The I10 corridor is located north of the Airport and south of the
Jacksonville Business district. I-95
runs in a north-south direction. The I-95 corridor is located to the east of
the airport location. I-295 is an
eastern loop that runs in a north-south direction. I-295 intersects I-10, provides access to
the Jacksonville Business district and reconnects to I-95. The Airport is located approximately 3
miles southwest of the intersection of I-10 and I-295. |
Normandy
Boulevard (Highway 228), the primary highway and arterial access to the HEG,
is located north of the Airport, and connects the main airport entrance
directly to I-295. I-295 connects
directionally with I-10 and I-95.
Normandy Boulevard is a 2-lane, divided highway that runs east west.
Herlong Road is a two-lane road intersecting Normandy Boulevard approximately
one mile east of the Airport. Herlong Road is bordered by residential
development and provides access to the western section of the airport. |
AUTOMOBILE PARKING |
Public
parking at the Airport includes parking areas located along the east and west
edges of the airport entrance road, adjacent to the new bulk hangar to the
west of the entrance road and another parking area to the north of the new
T-Hangar facilities along the northwest side of the airfield. Access to all
of these parking facilities is through the main access road along Normandy
Boulevard. The majority of automobile parking is located outside the
perimeter fenceline with the exception of five parking spaces located within
the perimeter fence adjacent to the terminal facility. |
28 parking
spaces along the east edge of the Airport Road and seven spaces along the
west edge of the entrance road serve as the primary parking facility for many
of the airport tenants and visitors. However, the use of this parking area
often delays vehicles entering or exiting the secure area via Gate 1. This is
especially true during peak days of the week (usually Saturday) and special
events, where parking both inside and outside the perimeter fence is
inadequate to meet demand. Airport
users who have automobile access to the airfield often park on the ramp and
above the underground fuel tanks due to lack of adequate parking. |
On the other
hand, during visits to the Airport, the parking facilities adjacent to the
T-Hangars are not used to any significant degree. This may be due to the fact
that many T-hangar users often park their vehicles inside their hangar. This
demonstrates that HEG does not lack adequate parking to meet current demand,
but rather that the location of automobile parking on the airport is
inadequate. An evaluation of
automobile parking including the location and the number of facilities
needed, will be evaluated in greater detail in the Demand Capacity and
Facility Requirements Chapter. An approximate number of parking spaces
available are listed in Table 2-6, Existing Automobile Facilities.
|
|
Existing Conditions 2-34 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Individual
airport tenants and airport buildings, such as White Line Trucking and the
Accessory Overhaul Group, which are not located near the Terminal Building
have their own individual parking facilities. |
AIRCRAFT FACILITIES |
As stated
earlier, the majority of aircraft storage and operating facilities are
located along the north side of the airfield adjacent to Normandy Boulevard
and Herlong Road. This is primarily due to ease of access to facilities and
lack of utilities available on the southern and western portion of the
airport property. |
T-Hangar Facilities |
The primary
type of aircraft storage at HEG consists of T-Hangar facilities. Three rows of T-Hangars (approximately 48
units) are located northeast of the terminal facility. Two of the three hangars measure 356 feet
in length and house 16 units each. The
third T-Hangar is 412 feet in length and provides 16 larger hangars. |
An
additional two rows of T-Hangars (approximately 24 units) was constructed on
the west side of the airfield south of Normandy Boulevard and west of the
bulk hangar. All hangars are owned and
operated by JAA and are leased to individual aircraft owners. |
Tenant Facilities |
In addition
to the airport terminal facility and T-Hangar facilities, JAA recently
constructed a 20,400 SF bulk hangar, which is occupied by several aviation
and non-aviation tenants and housing several aircraft. These facilities and associated tie-down
spaces are leased directly by JAA. Typical aircraft include single-engine
piston, ultralights and gliders. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-35 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
HEG is host to a diverse group of tenants including
business which offer flight training, avionics sales and services, aircraft
sales, thrill rides, skydiving and motorcycle training operations. Current
airport tenants include: |
.
A&M Motorcycle .
ACME Barricades .
Advanced Disposal .
Butch Toney .
Dream Catcher Aviation .
First Coast Aircraft Sales .
Hipps Group, Inc. .
Jacksonville Navy Flying Club .
Mercair . NFL Soaring Society . NFL Flight Center . RC Worldjet, Inc. . Royal Atlantic Aviation .
Skydive Jacksonville |
In addition to various aviation and non-aviation
tenants, the Jacksonville Aviation Authority Police Department (JAA Police)
leases and maintains a living quarters trailer immediately north of the
airport terminal building. The airport
also leases small portions of property along the west edge of the closed
runway along the south side of the airfield to individual tenants. Two
portable style hangars are located along the west apron and three separate
individual hangar facilities are located south of the port-a-port
hangars. None of these hangars have
direct vehicular access, and, therefore, must traverse the airfield to gain
access to their respective hangars. |
Off Airport Facilities |
The Florida Army National Guard operates an
approximate 4.05-acre complex near the northwest corner of the airport
property south of Normandy Boulevard.
This non-airport facility is used for non-aviation operations and
provides no direct access to the airfield. However, members of the National
Guard utilize the southern portion of the airfield including closed runways
for physical training every morning. |
SUPPORT FACILITIES |
Support
Facilities ensure the efficient and safe operation of aircraft at HEG. These services include the Fixed Based
Operator (FBO), police, fueling services and airport maintenance which all
serve a key role in the support of the airport and its operations. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-36 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
FIXED BASE OPERATOR |
JAA serves
as the FBO at Herlong by providing aviation services for general aviation
aircraft and flight crews. These include terminal facilities for pilots,
hangar space, tie-downs and fueling.
As recommended in the last MPU, JAA recently constructed 24 new individual
T-Hangar facilities south of Normandy Boulevard to meet aircraft owner
demands. |
JAA Flight
Services offices are located in the refurbished terminal building. The FBO provides competitive prices for
both aircraft storage and 100 low lead (LL) and Jet A fuel. A detailed discussion concerning the
management of the FBO and Airport will be included in Chapter 4, Facility
Requirements. |
FUEL FACILITIES |
The current
airport fuel system is located immediately west of the terminal building and
adjacent to the main entrance of the Airport.
Fuel distribution is provided by JAA, which is the local FBO. Two underground fuel storage tanks
consisting of one 15,000 gallon capacity for Jet A and one 15,000 gallon
capacity for Avgas provide fuel at the Airport. It is the intent of JAA to relocate these
facilities above ground by the year 2009 to comply with the Revised Spill
Prevention, Control and Countermeasure Rule as outlined in Title 40 Code of
Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 112 (Oil Pollution Prevention). There are two
fuel trucks at the Airport that provide 8,000 gallons Avgas and 1,200 gallons
Jet A for aircraft curbside fueling service.
It is the intent of JAA to relocate these facilities above ground by
the year 2009. |
Waste
products associated with the fuel storage area are typically placed in drums
which are stored in a small storage shed located west of the terminal and are
disposed properly on an as needed basis. |
Self Service Fueling |
A
self-storage fueling station was constructed in 2002 in the area between the
East Apron and the FBO Transient Apron. This station provides Avgas through a
self-service pump and payment kiosk, which allows aircraft operators to have
24-hour access to fuel at the Airport. This self-fueling facility consists of
a 1,500-gallon, above ground storage tank located beyond the Taxiway A object
free area (OFA). |
SECURITY |
In the
aftermath of September 11, 2001, airport security came under intense
scrutiny. Historically, GA airports have not been high-security facilities,
and the federal government has not, to date, regulated GA airport security as
it has done with commercial service airports. The main terrorist threat at GA
airports is the possible theft or hijacking of aircraft for use as terrorist
weapons. |
In May 2004,
a report entitled, "Recommended Security Guidelines related to General
Aviation Airports" was developed by State Aviation Officials from the
continental United States, Puerto Rico and Guam. The report provides advice, recommendations
and guidance to federal authorities for developing a national policy as well
as appropriate standards of airport security for public-use general |
|
Existing Conditions 2-37 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
aviation
airports. As a result, the FDOT in
conjunction with the FAA is recommending the following best practices to
general aviation airports throughout the State. These practices include: |
.
Establishing
security criteria at GA Airports based upon the airport’s location, runway
length, and number of based aircraft. According to the criteria outlined in
the report, HEG is designated as a Category 2 Airport, which is
defined as an “airport located within a major metropolitan area with a runway
length of 4,001 feet or greater and/or 200 or more based aircraft". |
.
It
is recommended that all public GA airports prepare a comprehensive airport
security plan, which would be subject to periodic review and approval by both
the TSA and FDOT. |
.
It
is recommended that all public GA airports install adequate outdoor area
lighting to improve the security in and around: (a) aircraft parking and
hangar areas, (b) fuel storage areas, and (c) access points to the aircraft
operations area. |
.
Criminal
record background checks should be required on all airport, fixed base
operator (FBO) and airport tenant employees with access to the aircraft
operations area (AOA). Criteria similar to that used in FAR Part 107 should
be developed and approved by FDOT to determine what offenses would disqualify
individuals from being granted access. |
.
All GA airports require security
fencing to help prevent unauthorized access to the aircraft operations area,
fuel facilities, and other sensitive areas. . All GA airports are required to install signage
around the AOA, fuel facilities, and other sensitive areas to deter
unauthorized entry. |
However, it
is important to note that under the current rules, security-related expenses
at GA airports are not usually eligible for funding under the FAA Airport
Improvement Program (AIP), but may receive a portion of funding from the
FDOT. However, based upon the existing
and anticipated threat level, the ability of GA airports to implement various
recommendations will be contingent upon the identification of necessary
funding to finance the projects. |
Furthermore,
FDOT has implemented an aviation security test project, referred to as the
Integrated General Aviation Airport Security System (IGASS) Demonstration
Project, which evaluates potential threats as well as general aviation
operations at airports of various size and level of operations throughout the
state of Florida. Based upon the
findings of this study, FDOT in conjunction with the FAA and TSA will
implement various security requirements.
|
Current
security equipment and facilities located at HEG consist of the following: |
JAA Police Trailer |
On-airport
security consists of a JAA Police trailer located immediately north of the terminal
facility. The trailer is currently used as a residence by JAA Police staff
and its conspicuous location near the airport’s main entrance provide
adequate security near the primary airfield facilities. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-38 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Security Lighting |
The previous
MPU recommended that additional lighting be added to the terminal area in
order to assist users unfamiliar with the Airport and increase safety and
security for terminal area activities.
As a result, two lighted 15 to 20 foot poles with 4 lights each was
constructed on either side of the Bulk Hangar facility, providing a
significant amount of light to the terminal apron area and automobile parking
area adjacent to the facility.
Additional lighting was added to the terminal building when it was
refurbished and to the apron area adjacent to the aircraft wash rack and
self-fueling facility. All lighting
complies with FAR Part 77 imaginary surface limitations and all other
applicable airport design requirements. |
Security Fence |
The existing
Airport perimeter fence encompasses the airfield and all aircraft movement
areas. Access gates at the FBO facilities and throughout the fence provide
adequate vehicular and pedestrian access.
|
In 2003 and
2004, the Airport refurbished portions of the existing fence to prevent
unauthorized access into the Airport.
A portion of the southwest section of the Airport was not fenced due
to forested wetlands, which has allowed limited access by local wildlife. With the acceptance of new GA security
regulations, security improvements at the Airport will be considered in order
to limit unauthorized access by both wildlife and local residents. |
AIRCRAFT WASHRACK |
An aircraft
washrack located at the eastern side of the terminal facility aircraft hangar
is provided for airport tenants and users.
The washrack consists of a hose and storm drain. The storm drain collects stormwater runoff
and aircraft wash runoff. A valve
located along the terminal hangar must be manually opened during aircraft
washing activities to divert associated runoff in a separate collection
system. This prevents oil and grease
from entering the Airport’s general stormwater system. The collection system aircraft wash runoff
is periodically pumped for proper disposal. |
AIRCRAFT RESCUE AND FIRE FIGHTING
FACILITIES |
Aircraft
rescue and fire fighting services at HEG is provided by Jacksonville Fire and
Rescue (JFRD). JFRD responds to all aircraft and structural emergencies on or
off airport. Brush and Rescue Station
32 is the first to respond to an aircraft incident. At least five gates, three along Normandy
and two along Herlong Road, provide access to the airfield. Station 32 is located within two miles from
the airport. Response to an aircraft
incident consists of two brush trucks, five engines, one safety truck, two
tankers and JFRD Hazardous Response Team in addition to Sheriff, FAA and JAA
personnel. On-airport safety equipment consists of fire extinguishers, which
are inspected annually and maintained by local vendors. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-39 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
PUBLIC UTILITIES |
JEA provides
Herlong Airport with electrical, water and sewer services. Water service is delivered to the airport
through a water main that runs along Normandy Boulevard. JEA’s water treatment plant provides
potable water, and their wastewater treatment plan provides sewer treatment
services to HEG. Water and sewer lines run to each hangar on the north side
of the airfield. |
Facilities
located on the south side of the airfield adjacent to the closed runways do
not have electricity, water and sewer access.
Utility improvements will be considered as part of this MPU. |
STORMWATER DRAINAGE |
A number of
areas have been identified to accommodate additional drainage requirements at
the Airport. Existing drainage facilities are located along the South
Airfield Access Road, East Airfield Access Road, and the realigned airport
entrance road. |
The existing
retention/detention facility located north of Taxiway A was reportedly sized
to accommodate build-out of the airport property north of the Runway 7-25
centerline. Additional stormwater
management facilities will need to be constructed to accommodate any increase
in impervious surface in this region between recommended airport improvement
and the previous plan. |
Future
stormwater management facilities should be designed to minimize wildlife
attractants and reduce the frequency and risk of aircraft-wildlife
collisions. Since the collection of
stormwater runoff for off airport disposal is cost prohibitive, JAA has used
remote portions of the Airport’s existing property for stormwater
mitigation. |
EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS |
The following
sections provide a summary of the results of the literature review and
preliminary environmental survey of the existing natural features within the
Airport. |
WATER QUALITY |
The FDEP,
Division of Water Resource Management (DWRM), monitors water quality
statewide in association with the administration of various programs to
protect Florida’s drinking water, groundwater, and surface waters. DWRM
monitors 29 surface water basins within the State. Herlong Airport falls
within the Ortega River Planning Unit of the Lower St. Johns Basin.
Stormwater leaving the Airport flows into tributaries of Wills Branch to the
east and McGirts Creek to the west.
Wills Branch has been documented to suffer impairment as evidenced by
elevated levels of fecal coliform bacteria, copper, total suspended solids,
nutrients, and turbidity. Wills Branch
is also documented to have less than optimal levels of dissolved oxygen. Impairment to McGirts Creek is evidenced by
elevated levels of fecal coliform bacteria.
|
|
Existing Conditions 2-40 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Based upon
existing information and an overview by the consultant's environmental
scientists, it is not believed that HEG contributes to the impairment of
either Wills Branch or McGirts Creek. However, a definitive answer cannot be
obtained until a water quality analysis is performed which is typically included
as part of the environmental assessment process. |
HISTORICAL, ARCHITECTURAL, ARCHAEOLOGICAL, AND CULTURAL RESOURCES |
A review of
archaeological and historical literature and records pertaining to the
Airport area was conducted in August 2005. Based on the results of this
research effort, there are no recorded archaeological sites and no historic
resources within or adjacent to Airport property. Therefore, no known cultural resources that
are listed, determined eligible, or considered potentially eligible for
listing in the National Register of Historic Places are located within the
Airport boundary. |
A site
location predictive model was also employed in an effort to evaluate the
probability for undocumented prehistoric site occurrences on Airport
property. The model examined variables
including soil drainage, distance to fresh water, topography, and proximity
to resources such as food, stone, and clay. The investigator concluded that
the Airport property was considered to have a generally low probability for
prehistoric period site occurrence. |
In addition,
based on the results of the cultural resources record search, no historic
structures are recorded within or adjacent to the Airport, and there is no
potential for undocumented historic structures on Airport property. |
BIOTIC COMMUNITIES |
The SJRWMD
classified the existing land use and cover in Duval County according to the
Florida Land Use, Cover, and Forms Classification System (FLUCFCS) (Figure
2-16). A field survey was conducted on August 22, 2005 to verify the land
use and land cover designations assigned by the FLUCFCS mapping for the
Airport area. For the purposes of this
study, field verified FLUCFCS (2005) and SJRWMD FLUCFCS (2000) data were used
to identify the biotic communities and land use types that are within the
existing Airport property boundary.
Based on the 2000 SJRWMD data (Figure 2-13), FLUCFCS types that
are present on Airport property include: |
|
Existing Conditions 2-41 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
The field
survey of the Airport property area verified that the 2000 SJRWMD FLUCFCS
data was reasonably accurate for the majority of the Airport property
area. However, there were some notable
differences between the 2000 FLUCFCS data and the conditions that were
observed during the survey of the Airport property. The majority of these
differences were due to silvicultural activities consistent with the
Airport’s Forest Management Plan that occurred subsequent to the 2000 SJRWMD
FLUCFCS analysis of the area. The 2000
FLUCFCS data identifies an area in the northwest corner of the Airport
Property as one relatively large tract of upland mixed coniferous/hardwood
and the adjacent areas as mixed wetland hardwoods and mixed scrub-shrub
wetlands. Based on field observations, trees were harvested in this
area. The upland sections are
regenerating with pine seedlings and various herbaceous species and the
wetland sections are regenerating with mixed scrub shrub and emergent aquatic
vegetation. |
Some of the
land cover south of Runway 7 and west of the closed runway in the southwest
portion of the airfield was also reclassified due to silvicultural
activities. The areas north of the Airport Perimeter Road, mapped by FLUCFCS
(2000) as pine flatwoods, have been clearcut and are now regenerating with
pine. An area located west of the perimeter road, on the east side of a
former agricultural field on the west side of the Airport property is mapped
as shrub and brushland on the FLUCFCS (2000) mapping, but based on field observations
appeared to be predominantly mixed coniferous/hardwood uplands. However, more detailed survey and wetland
mapping will be required for construction of specific projects proposed in
the Master Plan at the time of project design. |
ENDANGERED AND THREATENED SPECIES |
Available GIS maps and literature were compiled and
reviewed to determine the types of plant communities and wildlife occurrences
that have been previously documented within the project study area. Data
sources used in this evaluation included: |
.
FFWCC’s 1999 Bald Eagle Nesting
Territory Locations and Activity Status (Figure 2-17); |
.
FFWCC’s Wading Bird Colony Locations (Figure
2-18); |
.
FFWCC Wood Stork Colony Locations (Figure
2-19) |
.
FNAI (Florida Natural Areas Inventory)
Matrix of Habitat and Distribution of |
Rare/Endangered
Species for Duval County (Figure 2-20); |
Listed fauna
that may potentially occur at the Airport can be found below in Table 2-7 and
listed flora that may potentially occur can be found in Table 2-8. |
Based on a
review of FNAI element occurrence data, no state or federally listed plant or
animal species are documented to occur within the Airport, and no suitable
habitats for state or federally listed plants are documented to be present in
the vicinity of the Airport. |
FFWCC bald
eagle nest location data (Figure 2-17), wading bird colony location
data (Figure 2-18), and wood stork colony location data (Figure
2-19) also indicate that none of these species is documented to nest
within the immediate vicinity of the Airport.
The nearest bald eagle nest is |
|
Existing Conditions 2-43 |
August 2007 Final Report |
approximately
5.46 miles southeast of the Airport, which is significantly more distant than
the USFWS recommended 1,500-foot radius secondary nest buffer protection
zone. The nearest wading bird colony that does not contain wood stork nests
is located approximately 6.75 miles south of the Airport. The nearest wood
stork colony is located approximately 20.94 miles east of the Airport, which
is outside the 18-mile radius wood stork colony core foraging area. |
|
An
environmental site visit was performed on August 22, 2005. During the visit, a gopher tortoise (Gopherus
polyphemus), a species of special concern in the State of Florida, was
observed just outside of the perimeter fence on the south side of the closed
taxiway between the closed runways on the south side of the Airport
property. An additional gopher
tortoise was observed on a dirt road south of this area. A gopher tortoise
carcass was also observed on the northern edge of the eastern RPZ for Runway
7/25. |
Gopher
Tortoise mitigation would only be required if new construction takes place in
an area with gopher tortoise burrows. During the initial EO survey, no gopher
tortoises or their burrows were found near any of the active or closed
runways. The closest sign was a gopher tortoise carcass found in a ditch near
the approach end of Runway 25. All
other evidence of gopher tortoises was found outside the perimeter
fenceline. However, since the
consultant's environmental team did not examine the entire airfield, it is
not possible to definitively state that there are no burrows within the
airport property. It is important to note that any new construction will
require a gopher tortoise survey of the impacted area(s) as part of the
environmental assessment and permitting process. |
Marginally suitable to suitable habitats exist on or
near the Airport for other listed animal and plant species that appear on the
USFWS and/or the FNAI lists for Duval County.
Therefore, there is low to moderate potential occurrence of other listed
plants and animals within the Airport based upon the initial field work
completed as part of the Environmental Overview (EO) process. An in-depth review and survey will be
conducted as part of the environmental assessment and permitting process if
required. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-44 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
|
|
|
LEGEND: |
USFWS = United States Fish and Wildlife Service FFWCC
= Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission E = endangered species T
= threatened species SSC = species of special concern |
Source: Official Lists of Endangered and Potentially
Endangered Species in Florida, FFWCC. 2004 |
|
Existing Conditions 2-49 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
LEGEND: |
USFWS = United States Fish and Wildlife Service FFWCC
= Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission E = endangered species T
= threatened species SSC = species of special concern |
Source: Official Lists of Endangered and Potentially
Endangered Species in Florida, FFWCC. 2004 |
|
Existing Conditions 2-50 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
WETLANDS |
Available GIS maps and literature
were compiled and reviewed to determine the types of wetland |
systems that may occur within the
project study area. Data sources used
in this evaluation included: |
.
USGS Quadrangle Map; |
.
USFWS NWI maps (Figure 2-21); |
.
FLUCFCS maps (SJRWMD 2000) (Figure
2-16); |
.
National Resource Conservation Service
(NRCS) soil data (Figure 2-22); and, |
.
Project aerial photography. |
The NWI map data indicates that there are three
wetland types within the project area, freshwater emergent wetlands (Cowardin
classification codes PEM1C and PEM1F), freshwater forested/shrub wetlands
(codes PFO1/4C, PFO1C, PFO3/6F, PFO3C, PFO3F, PFO4/1C, PFO4A, PFO5/UBH,
PFO6/3F, and PFO6F), and freshwater ponds (codes PUBH and PUBHX, Figure
2-21). Field observations made during the site visit conducted on August
22, 2005 resulted in the preliminary identification and verification of 10
wetland types that fall within the following FLUCFCS categories (Figure
2-16): |
.
Reservoirs - pits, retention ponds,
dams (5300) |
.
Bay swamp (6110) |
.
Mixed wetland hardwoods (6170) |
.
Cypress (6210) |
.
Hydric pine flatwoods (6250) |
.
Wetland forested mixed (6300) |
.
Freshwater marshes (6410) |
.
Wet prairies (6430) |
.
Emergent aquatic vegetation (6440) |
.
Mixed scrub-shrub wetland (6460) |
Based upon the NWI and FLUCFCS data, wetlands occur
in numerous areas throughout the Airport’s property, but are particularly
prevalent on the eastern portion of the Airport and in the undeveloped area
south of Runway 11/29. Based upon the preliminary field visit, upland areas
identified on the NWI and the FLUCFCS maps have the potential to contain
wetlands. A formal wetland
determination is necessary to determine the location, area, and boundary of wetlands
within the Airport before individual project construction can begin. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-51 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
|
FLOODPLAINS |
A review of
FIRM mapping indicates that portions of the Herlong Airport property area are
within the FEMA designated 100-year floodplain. The eastern side of the
Airport property is within designated Zone AO, which is defined as an area of
100-year floodplain that is subject to flood depths of one to three feet,
usually due to sheet flow on sloping terrain.
An additional area of 100year floodplain that is designated Zone AE
is located in the extreme southwest corner of the Airport property. The Zone
AE designation describes an area of 100-year floodplain for which the base
flood elevation has been determined.
The base flood elevation line of this portion of 100-year floodplain
is at approximately 47.5 feet above sea level, referenced to the National
Geodetic Vertical Datum of 1929. The remainder of the Airport is not mapped
as being within the 100-year floodplain (Figure 223). |
COASTAL ZONE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM |
The entire
State of Florida is located within a coastal zone due to the distance between
the east and west coasts. As a result,
all Florida counties have a Coastal Zone Management Program which evaluates
and maintains coastal zone consistency. Coastal Zone Consistency means that
the project will not have any impact to the Florida shoreline. JAA already complies with the Duval County
Coastal Zone Management Program since all airports within the JAA system
comply with Federal, State and Local environmental laws and regulations. If and when JAA applies for a permit or
performs an environmental assessment associated with specific projects at
HEG, both Duval County and U.S. Corps of Engineers will evaluate the project
for Coastal Zone Consistency. |
FARMLAND |
Based on
information obtained from the NRCS Field Office Tech Guide for Duval County,
there are no prime or unique farmland soils, and therefore no farmlands that
would be subject to the conditions of the Farmland Protection Policy Act, on
Airport property. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-54 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
SUMMARY |
The
information in this section provides the foundation upon which the remaining
elements of the Master Plan process will be developed. Information on current
infrastructure and operations will serve as a basis for the development of
forecasts of aviation activity and facility requirements. |
This information will provide guidance to assess
potential changes to facilities and/or procedures necessary to meet the goals
of the Airport planning process. Analysis of the inventory of Airport
facilities determines and prepares for the needs presented by the Airport
users in the short-, intermediate, and long-term. The inventory of existing
conditions is the first step in the complex process to determine the steps
that are needed to meet projected aviation demands in the community. The
information collected is based upon year 2005 numbers, which serves as the
baseline/foundation for the analysis and forecasting of future airport
activity and facilities. |
|
Existing Conditions 2-56 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
|
|
INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND |
This chapter
presents projections of aviation activity at Herlong Airport (HEG) that will
be used as the basis for facility planning at the Airport over the
twenty-year planning period. The objective of the forecasts is to provide
airport management with realistic estimates of future aviation activity. From
this information, a benchmark of facilities may be obtained and compared to
determine the adequacy of existing airport facilities. Projections of
aviation demand provide the basis for: |
.
Determining the Airport’s future role
regarding the types of aircraft that need to be |
accommodated
as well as the types of future demand. |
.
Evaluating the capacity of existing
Airport facilities to meet projected aviation demand. |
. Estimating the type and size of airside and landside facilities
required in future years. |
In addition,
external factors including recent and on-going aviation industry trends and
projections will be evaluated as to their impact on HEG. HEG is designated
under NPIAS as a general aviation reliever airport. As a general aviation
airport, it serves a variety of aviation activities, including personal and
recreational flying, corporate flying, glider and ultra light flying, and
other similar activities. The Airport currently accommodates flight training
activity, and future prospects envision HEG increasing its role as a provider
of flight training services. As a result, particular attention was given to
such factors as fuel prices, FDOT funding, the national and local economy,
airspace restrictions and other security measures instituted after September
11, 2001, as well as such aviation trends as the development of the light
sport aircraft and the approval of the Sport Pilot License. |
Nationally,
the use of general aviation for business travel has increased dramatically
due in part to the development of the fractional aircraft ownership industry
as well as extensive commercial airport and airline security measures. In
addition, corporate aviation activity is expected to increase as a result of
economic recovery and development of very light jet aircraft, such as the
Eclipse 500 and Cessna Mustang, which sell for less than $2.5 million.
Interest in this type of aircraft has grown significantly and is expected to
continue in the future. Furthermore, learn-to-fly programs, approval of the
Sport Aircraft license, aircraft safety improvements, as well as the
development of smaller, quieter and more cost effective aircraft models is
anticipated to further drive recreational general aviation activity at HEG. |
|
|
The standard
planning period for an airport master plan is twenty years. Forecasts for HEG
are presented in 5, 10, 15 and 20-year key increments, where 2010, 2015, 2020
and 2025 were designated as the key planning years. The base year for this analysis is 2005.
Forecast development and historic operations collected from Airport
Management were verified from a number of sources including based aircraft
operations, fuel sales as well as a survey of airport operations performed over
a two-week period. The development of
forecasts also includes analyses of historical data as provided by the
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), the Florida Department of
Transportation (FDOT) and socioeconomic data from the region and the state of
Florida. This data was supplemented with information obtained from Airport
Management and FAA Airport Master Record (5010) forms to obtain a complete
picture of operational activities, emerging trends, and the community’s
overall vision for the Airport. |
HISTORICAL SOURCES |
It
is important that the historical data gathered and presented in this chapter
is as accurate as possible, as successful aviation forecasting is dependent
on such data. However, airports
without air traffic control towers (ATCT) do not typically record historic
information on a regular basis. Therefore, several sources were consulted to
obtain historic data. These sources
include: the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Terminal Area Forecast
(TAF) and 5010 Airport Master Records, Florida Department of Transportation
(FDOT), Florida Aviation System Plan (FASP), and the 2000 HEG Airport Master
Plan Update. In addition, information from HEG Airport Manager and staff, and
tenant interviews were also used and incorporated in this section. Finally, the consultant utilized the
formulas and recommendations outlined in the report, “Model for Estimating
General Aviation Operations at Non-Towered Airports using Towered and
Non-Towered Airport Data,” June 2001 by GRA Inc. as recommended by FAA
Headquarters to develop an effective baseline for determining future
operations. |
METHODOLOGY |
Various
methods of forecasting aviation demand exist and are widely used throughout
the industry. In order to adequately identify the future needs of the
airport, a number of projections were developed. In this chapter, the following
elements were analyzed and subsequent projections prepared. |
. Based
Aircraft |
. Single-Engine
. Multi-Engine
(piston and turboprop) . Jet . Rotor |
|
|
. Aircraft
Operations |
. General
Aviation . Local/Itinerant . Instrument |
. Peak
Activity |
. Peak Month . Average Day
Peak Month . Peak Hour |
Previous
forecasts and their accuracy over time were also considered to identify
historical trends and their relationship to national, state and local
socioeconomic and aviation activities.
These methods were applied to develop the most accurate forecasts
possible at HEG, and will be discussed in greater detail throughout this
chapter. |
Additionally,
the activity forecasts in this section were developed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth in Federal Aviation Administration (FAA)
Advisory Circulars (AC) 150/5070-6B, 150/5300-13, and other applicable
federal and state publications. |
Although
these forecasts cover an extended timeframe, aviation, social and economic
trends can only be reasonably projected for the first five years. Unexpected events in any of the above
trends, which cannot be factored into the assumptions of the forecast, can
cause dramatic changes within the 20-year planning period. Therefore,
aviation activity forecasts and master plans themselves must continually be
evaluated and updated on a regular basis, approximately every five years. |
HISTORIC DATA |
Traditionally,
HEG has served as a general aviation reliever airport to the commercial
passenger service airports in the region, primarily to Jacksonville
International Airport (JAX). As such,
HEG is one of three highly active general aviation airports in the
Jacksonville Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA), which also includes Craig
Airport and Cecil Field. |
Based
upon historical data and discussions with Airport management, the Airport
primarily serves single-engine, multi-engine, rotorcraft, as well as a
significant number of glider and ultra light aircraft. Based upon data
obtained from the FBO, HEG accommodates 170 based aircraft, the majority of
which are single-engine piston.
Although historically based turbojet aircraft have remained stagnant from
2003 through 2005, it is anticipated, based upon new technology and the
anticipated increase in turbine aircraft worldwide that based turbojet
aircraft at HEG will likely increase.
However, while the potential exists for jet aircraft to be based at HEG,
historical data shows that the Airport primarily supports smaller general
aviation aircraft. This is primarily
due in part to limited runway length rather than the functional role the
Airport can support. |
|
|
Reviewing
activity at the Airport, operations at HEG are dominated by general aviation
and sport aircraft activity. However, approximately 2,240 itinerant military
operations occurred in 2005 as a result of helicopter training primarily in
the form of “Touch and Go” operations.
|
Aircraft
operations forecasts provided in the 2000 Master Plan Update, 2006 FAA
Terminal Area Forecasts (TAF) and 2004 Florida Aviation System Plan (FASP)
which were available at the time of this writing, incorrectly identified
corporate general operations as air taxi operations. JAA has corrected this error by adding the
air taxi operations to the transient general aviation operations in recapping
each of these past forecasts. |
Historic Based Aircraft
|
In
order to realistically forecast based aircraft, a reliable source or
combination of sources must be obtained. Table 3-1 compares historic
based aircraft data obtained from the 2006 FAA TAF, 2004 FASP, 2000 Master
Plan Update with information obtained from airport management. |
Historic
based aircraft fleet mix data was obtained from Airport Management records as
well as site visits. This data is provided in Table 3-2. |
|
|
The number
of historic based aircraft numbers varied noticeably amongst the sources
noted above. However most followed similar patterns of fluctuation,
especially in 2001, during which the negative offset of the September 11
terrorist attacks contributed to a decline in aviation activity as a whole,
for both general aviation and non-general aviation alike. Subsequent years following 2001 saw
dramatic increases in both the number of based aircraft and annual operations
occurring at HEG. Since HEG does not have an Air Traffic Control Tower
(ATCT), a precise, thorough log of aircraft activity could not be consulted;
therefore, it is generally assumed that information provided by Airport
management and obtained from the 2004 Florida Aviation System Plan (FASP) (published
January 10, 2005) fairly represent the historical numbers depicted in the
previous table. |
Historic Annual Aircraft
Operations |
The FAA
defines an operation as either a single aircraft landing or takeoff. Under this definition, an aircraft “touch
and go” is considered two operations, since the aircraft conducts a landing
and a takeoff. Past aircraft operations at HEG are recorded in the 2006 FAA
TAF, 2005 FAA 5010 Form, 2004 Florida Aviation System Plan (FASP), 2000
Master Plan Update, and by Airport Management. These data sources are
compared in Table 3-3. The historical operations provided by JAA
management were considered the most accurate and were, therefore, used to
determine based aircraft and annual operations forecasts. |
|
|
Since HEG
does not have an air traffic control tower on site, the consultant used fuel
flowage information, aircraft operation counts obtained from the FBO staff,
Jacksonville ARTCC data as well as a sample week of operations during the
historic peak month, to obtain the historic annual operations for 2005. This discrepancy between the base year 2005
annual operations and previous years may be attributable to the cost of
operating an aircraft, i.e. maintenance, fuel, storage, etc. as well as the
long-term impacts of new security procedures as a result of September
11. |
PREVIOUS AVIATION
ACTIVITY FORECASTS |
Since
the 2000 Master Plan Update, there have been no significant forecasting
efforts at HEG. Although new forecasts were created for this Master Plan
Update (MPU), data contained in the previous plan (2000 MPU) prove invaluable
for comparison purposes and are used to supplement the analyses conducted
during this study. |
2000 Master Plan
Update |
For
the purposes of this study, the 2000 Master Plan forecast was reviewed in
order to obtain a historical trend of both based aircraft and aircraft
operations. The 2000 Master Plan
Update based aircraft forecast is shown in Table 3-4. For comparison
purposes, forecast data was extrapolated to the year 2025. |
|
|
According to
the 2000 forecast, based aircraft were estimated to grow at an average yearly
rate of 2.63%. |
Table 3-5 depicts the 2000 Master Plan Update forecast of
operations for the planning period. Local operations forecast in the previous
master plan and extrapolated through 2025 by The LPA Group Incorporated
reveal an average annual growth rate of 2.88 percent. Itinerant operations reveal an average
annual growth rate of 3.59 percent.
Whereas itinerant operations as a percentage of total operations are
projected to steadily increase, local operations as a percentage of total
operations are projected to decline over the forecast period. It should be noted that the 2000 Master
Plan forecast indicates local operations are projected to grow from 48,600 in
2005 to over 84,000 in 2025. However, itinerant operations are forecast to
grow at a faster rate resulting in declining percentage of local operations. |
|
|
FAA Terminal Area Forecast |
Terminal
Area Forecasts (TAF) are prepared by the FAA to meet the planning needs of
their offices concerned with future traffic levels at the nation’s airport
facilities. Except for specific
regional or state requests, the airports included in the FAA’s TAF report
must meet at least one of the following |
.
|
Currently exceed 60,000 itinerant or 100,000 total
aircraft operations. . Reported
10 or more based aircraft on the latest available Airport Master Record (FAA
5010 Form). |
HEG is included within the FAA TAF since it has
consistently reported ten or more based aircraft. |
Forecasts in the FAA TAF are calculated using a
number of methods. Typically,
projections are calculated using regression analysis with various national
economic indicators as the independent variables. Table 3-6 depicts
the figure contained in the 2006 TAF for HEG. |
As reflected
in the 2006 TAF, the FAA has forecast a straight-line projection of activity
over a 20year period for aircraft operations. This forecast indicated that
there is a 0.85 percent annual average growth rate for based aircraft and a 0
percent annual average growth rate for annual operations throughout the
20-year planning period. While the
2006 FAA TAF Forecast for based aircraft appears to have some validity, the
flat operations forecasts appears to be in error. Therefore other forecasts will be analyzed.
|
|
|
2004 Florida Aviation System Plan |
2004 Florida
Aviation System Plan (FASP) is a broad blueprint that guides the development
of Florida’s 131 public airports. This plan is necessary to ensure that
airports work together effectively as a statewide transportation system,
provide a link to a global air transport network, and effectively interface
with regional surface transportation. |
The latest
edition of the FASP (2004) was based on data collected up to and including
2003. The FASP incorporates traditional aviation planning techniques to
identify future air traffic demands.
In addition, the FASP includes a strategic planning element to allow
FDOT to respond to aviation and economic trends, including emerging
technologies, projected funding shortfalls and shifting priorities. Table
3-7 depicts the 2004 FASP forecast for HEG during the 2003-2024
period. Data shown for the year 2024
was determined by using growth rates derived from the FASP forecast. |
The average annual growth rate associated with the
FASP general aviation based aircraft forecast is |
1.95 percent
over the 2003-2025 period. During the same period, the FASP projects general
aviation operations to increase at a rate of 0.99 percent annually. |
The National Forecast |
The national
forecast is a forecast created by the FAA to project aviation growth for the
U.S. The FAA Aerospace Forecasts,
Fiscal Years 2006-2017, was used to express national trends in the general
aviation industry in order to determine the correlation between national
trends and activity at HEG. Using a market share analysis of historic airport
activity to the national activity as presented in the FAA Aerospace Forecast,
resulted in a 1.11 percent average annual growth rate (AAGR) for based
aircraft and 1.14 percent AAGR for aircraft operations through the
twenty-year planning period. The results of these calculations are shown in Table
3-8. |
|
|
Forecasting Approach |
Historic
trends are one of the primary considerations that can influence activity
forecasts at an airport. By tracing these trends, it is possible to determine
the impact that economic fluctuations, as well as changes in the industry
have had on activity at the airport.
The study of historical trends is particularly valuable at those
airports having an air traffic control tower (ATCT) recording takeoff and
landing operations for several years. |
Historic
data for HEG from sources such as the FAA TAF, FAA Form 5010, or FASP seem to
be inconsistent. Thus, 2005 historic data obtained from HEG staff, JAX ARTCC
and fuel flowage data was used as the base year for the operations and based
aircraft forecasts. Since 5-plus years of historic data was available for most
items, airport activity could be compared to various local economic indices
including population, employment and per capita income. A linear forecast based upon the average
annual growth rate for the period 1997-2005 was applied to the base year
annual operations. However, this forecast methodology was discounted since
fluctuations in historical data are attributed to some extent by outside
events which may or may not occur in the future. |
The multiple regression methodology
using population, employment and per capita income was also developed to
project future aviation activity at HEG.
However, no correlation was found between the socio-economic indices
and aircraft operations and based aircraft and was, therefore, ultimately
discounted. Finally updates to the National Forecast (FAA Aerospace
Forecast), Florida Aviation System Plan, and Terminal Area Forecasts, as well
as projections of general aviation activity based |
upon
market share analysis were considered feasible methods of forecasting
aircraft operations and based aircraft at HEG. |
|
|
Industry
trends, as well as national and local economy reviews, were also used to
project aircraft activity at the Airport. The best source of information on
the nation’s general aviation activity is contained in the 2005 FAA Aerospace
Forecasts. Given the nature of the
airport operations, primarily General Aviation (GA), projections of future
activity based upon these forecasts, adjusting for local trends, was
considered a reasonable forecasting approach.
Several factors were considered which might influence the course in
which activity at the airport develops.
These included evaluating anticipated general aviation development,
airport geographical constraints, and industrial/business development on and
surrounding HEG. The primary goal of
the analysis was to develop an approach that gives reasonable attention to
these factors while at the same time providing a rational basis upon which to
support the forecast selection. |
It is also
noteworthy that substantial demographic and economic growth in an area rarely
triggers an equal general aviation activity expansion. Nowadays, general aviation growth at an
airport usually falls within a narrow range, at a rate usually somewhat lower
than the socioeconomic data alone would suggest. Unless an airport has readily
developable land and funds, as well as excessive general aviation demand,
annual average growth rates over a 20-year planning period usually fall under
five percent. Therefore, a projection of aircraft activity assuming national
growth and customized for local conditions can be just as useful. Additionally, GA growth relies on many
other factors, which include: level of services offered, competitive pricing,
space availability, airfield characteristics, local area attractiveness, and
pilot perception of services. While
these factors cannot be tailored into the equation leading to the airport
activity forecast, these do contribute directly to the level of operations at
HEG. As a result, these forecasts
assume that Airport Management, Fixed Based Operator (FBO), and other tenants
will actively support GA activity and initiate the appropriate measures to
either maintain or extend air traffic at the airport. |
INDUSTRY TRENDS AND
IMPACTS OF SEPTEMBER 11, 2001 |
Decreases
in general aviation activity were experienced across the nation in the late
1980’s and early 1990’s due to significant increases in the cost of owning a
general aviation aircraft. A large
part of this cost was directly attributable to increasing product liability
costs, as well as increasing operating costs. Unfortunately, this period,
which was also affected by a national recession, ultimately forced the
closure of nearly every manufacturer of general aviation piston aircraft.
Legislators responded to the severe downturn with the passage of the General
Aviation Revitalization Act of 1994. The signing of this act provided a
renewed era of growth for the general aviation market, which has led to
recovery in the industry up through the end of 2001. |
After passage of the General Aviation Revitalization
Act, two of the largest manufacturers of small aircraft resumed production in
the general aviation market. The
Cessna Aircraft Corporation re- |
entered the
single-engine piston aircraft market for the first time since 1986. In addition, the New Piper Aircraft
Corporation emerged from Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection to restart and
increase its previous production schedule.
Other aircraft manufacturers and aviation suppliers also began hiring
and expanding their production. Overall, revitalization of the industry has
had a positive effect on the number of active general aviation aircraft, and
therefore on the number of operations these aircraft conduct in the U.S.
According to the 2005 FAA Aerospace Forecasts, annual shipment of U.S.
manufactured general aviation aircraft has constantly increased from 1994 to
2000. This was significantly facilitated by the strong economic cycle of the
mid to late 1990s. |
|
|
Indeed,
the unfortunate events of September 11, 2001 exacerbated a decline already
evident within the general aviation industry and the economy as a whole. Whereas the commercial aspect of aviation
has received the immensity of Federal assistance and attention, the
widespread decline of aviation activity spread throughout the industry.
Between 2001 and 2003, rising fuel costs sharply impacted the delivery of new
aircraft, especially jet aircraft, and were further hampered by the generally
weak-to-recover economy. Nonetheless,
the general aviation industry staged a rather significant return to growth in
2004, spurred primarily by the increase in dollars spent on advancing
avionics research as well as other aircraft technologies. Impelled by the need to stimulate growth in
the pilot population, “learn to fly” programs have been heavily promoted by
the industry. |
General
aviation has seen fluctuating changes among the several segments within the
industry, particularly between business/jet aircraft and the smaller, but
growing sport aircraft market. But
despite a slowdown in the demand for business jets over the past several
years, the 2005 FAA Aerospace Forecast assumes that business use of general
aviation aircraft will expand at a more rapid pace than that for
personal/sport use. The business/corporate side of general aviation should
continue to benefit from a growing market for new micro jets. In addition, corporate safety/security
concerns for its corporate staff, combined with increased processing times at
some U.S. airports have made fractional, corporate, and on-demand charter
flights viable alternatives to travel on commercial flights. |
According
to the 2005 FAA Aerospace Forecasts, GA aircraft shipments reversed a 3-year
decline in 2004, whereby U.S. manufacturers of aircraft shipped 1,758 units
to various customers, an increase of 10.2 percent over the same period in
2003. Shipments increased for each of
the three aircraft categories: turboprops, from 163 to 194 (up 19.0 percent);
business jets, from 384 to 403 (up 4.9 percent); and pistons, from 1,590 to
1,758 (up 10.6 percent). The
resilience of the piston aircraft market indicates that there is growing
interest in the low-end market for general aviation aircraft. Likewise, the stimulation
of interest in the new light sport aircraft market could further propel
growth among the general aviation aircraft market in the future. New aircraft models are also stimulating
interest in the high-end market for general aviation aircraft, particularly
the market for new business jet aircraft.
The upward trend for new aircraft deliveries is a positive sign to the
lulls experienced within the general aviation market during the last few
years and signifies a recovery in the economy as a whole. |
|
|
The number of general aviation pilots is
projected to total 575,790 in 2016, an increase of almost |
1.6
percent annually over the FAA’s forecast period. A significant reason for such growth is due
to the certification of nearly 12,000 new sport aircraft pilots spurred by
the new sport pilot license. As well,
according to the 2005 FAA Aerospace Forecast, the number of private pilots is
projected to total 273,600 by 2016, representing an approximate annual
increase of 1.2 percent. However,
according to the FAA, some student pilots, particularly foreign nationals,
who represent nearly 20 percent of the student pilots in the US, are
continuing to experience increased scrutiny and lengthy background checks as
a result of new security legislation imposed by the Federal Government. |
While
the general aviation industry will be facing challenges in the years ahead,
recent signs of recovery are an important indication of future trends. The most important driving force of this recovery
will be the U.S. economy. According to
the 2005 FAA Aerospace Forecasts, the active general aviation aircraft fleet
is forecast to increase at an average annual growth rate of 1.10 percent and
general aviation hours flown are forecast to increase by 1.60 percent
annually from 2004 to 2016. |
Signs of macroeconomic recovery are
evident in the recent growth indication of the general aviation industry. The
Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA) indicated that real GDP in the second
quarter of 2005 grew at an annual rate of 3.3 percent, whereas in the first
quarter the economy grew at an annualized rate of 3.8 percent. Of interest to business/jet aircraft market
is the significant growth in corporate profits, which increased 17.7 percent
between the second quarter of 2004 and the same period during 2005. However,
longer-term prospects of growth are still uncertain, especially as the
outcomes of the war in Iraq remain grim and the potential for future
terrorist strikes on the U.S. are still perceived as likely. Therefore, as indicated in the FAA
forecast, the general aviation industry will likely remain under the
influence of larger economic and political effects, both from within the |
U.S.
and abroad. |
Forecast of Based
Aircraft |
The
development of future facilities such as hangars, aprons and tie-downs is
heavily driven by the forecasted number of based aircraft expected at HEG
during the planning period.
Projections for the anticipated number of based aircraft were generated
using the following methods. |
AIRCRAFT USING FAA
TAF GROWTH RATE |
The
TAF forecast of based aircraft at HEG assumes an annual average growth rate
of 0.88 percent from 2005 through 2015.
Using this annual growth rate, anticipated based aircraft using the
TAF methodology was extrapolated through 2025 resulting in 193 based aircraft
by the year 2025. Table 3-9 outlines the TAF methodology. |
|
|
PROJECTION OF BASED
AIRCRAFT USING FASP |
The next forecast method is based upon
the Florida Aviation System Plan (FASP).
The FASP indicates that the number of based aircraft at HEG is
expected to grow at an average annual rate of |
1.93
percent. As shown in Table 3-9, the FASP forecasts relatively higher
based aircraft growth at HEG over the planning period. |
PROJECTION OF BASED
AIRCRAFT USING HISTORICAL GROWTH |
Another
method of deriving the based aircraft projection is by using the historical
growth rate. The historical data gives
a relatively inaccurate picture of an extended growth rate due to significant
increases in based aircraft activity between 1998 and 2005. Using historical based aircraft data from
the years 1998 through 2005 resulted in an average annual growth rate of 5.35
percent. Table 3-9 depicts the
results of that calculation. |
PROJECTION OF BASED AIRCRAFT USING NATIONAL
FORECAST PROJECTIONS |
An
additional viable method of forecasting based aircraft is to use market share
analysis. This data is used to derive
projections of based aircraft through the application of national trends in
the aviation industry. The national
forecast was obtained from 2005 FAA Aerospace Forecasts, which forecasts the
number of active aircraft in the nation.
The Aerospace forecast defines an active aircraft as any aircraft
flying at least one hour during the year.
According to the 2005 FAA Aerospace forecast, the number of active
general aviation aircraft at HEG is expected to increase at an average annual
growth of 1.10 percent over the next twelve years. This growth rate was applied to the base
year to extrapolate the forecast national growth for the remainder of the
planning period, as indicated in Table 3-9. |
SELECTED BASED AIRCRAFT FORECAST |
When
selecting the forecast of based aircraft, all the previously mentioned
forecasting methods were taken into account. Forecasts were analyzed,
reviewed and compared to determine how they compare to the expected growth at
the airport. The selected based
aircraft forecast should be the best representation of what is expected to
occur at HEG. The selected forecast
can be one of the previously mentioned methods or a combination of them. |
Previous forecast projections with the exception of
the historic (linear) forecast appear valid, and, therefore, were used to
develop the preferred based aircraft forecast. Although HEG has seen an increase in based
aircraft since 1998 due primarily to the construction of several hangar
facilities, it is unlikely that such liberal growth can be sustained for an
extended period of time. Therefore, |
applying the
2006 FAA TAF, 2004 FASP and 2005 FAA Aerospace, 224 based aircraft were
projected for the year 2025. This represents an average annual growth rate of
1.39 percent over the twenty-year planning period. Figure 3-1 is a graphical
representation of the selected forecast. Table 3-9 depicts the
selected forecast data. |
|
|
|
|
PROJECTED BASED
AIRCRAFT FLEET MIX |
Aside
from determining the number of based aircraft, it is also vital to determine
the aircraft fleet mix in order to develop the appropriate sized
facilities. Understanding the future
fleet mix would allow the airport to develop the facilities to accommodate
various types of aircraft that are forecasted to operate at the airport. The future fleet mix was determined by
studying the national fleet mix forecast and comparing it with the fleet mix
based at HEG. |
National Projection of
Active General Aviation Fleet |
Every
year the FAA generates the active general aviation forecast as part of the
FAA Aerospace Forecast. This forecast
breaks the general aviation aircraft into distinctive categories. A breakdown
of the national activity fleet in 2003 included: 68.15 percent single-engine
aircraft, 8.38 percent multi-engine piston, 3.45 percent turboprop, 3.99
percent turbojet, 3.26 percent rotorcraft and 12.77 percent other aircraft
(i.e. experimental, sport, and other).
The 2003 Active General Aviation Fleet Table was the most recent data
available at time of this writing. |
An analysis of the active general aviation fleet
data reveals certain trends.
Single-engine piston aircraft and rotorcraft have experienced a
decline in recent years, but the forecast shows that that segment has stabilized
and will grow in the future. Turboprops
and turbojet aircraft continue to |
grow, and
significant growth is expected to occur within the very light jet aircraft
market and other aircraft associated with the newly developed Small Aircraft
Transportation System (SATS). |
|
|
Several reasons exist to support this
anticipated growth. The use of
business aircraft by smaller companies has escalated as various chartering,
leasing, time-share, partnerships, and fractional ownership agreements have
emerged. Businesses increasingly are
choosing to use general aviation transport because it provides safe,
efficient, flexible, and reliable transportation. Fractional ownership offers consumers a
more efficient use of time by providing faster point-to-point travel times,
the ability to conduct business while flying, as well as minimum enplaning
and deplaning hassles. The continuing popularity of travel by general
aviation aircraft is also due to the ability to use smaller, less-congested
airports located closer to one’s final destination. According to the National Business Aviation
Association (NBAA), the number of individuals and companies in the |
U.S.
that own a fractional share of an airplane increased by 52 percent from 2000
to 2002, from 3,834 to 5,827. In
addition, new product offerings, such as the Eclipse 500 and the Cessna
Mustang, lightweight jets featuring relatively low fuel consumption and
having relatively low acquisition costs, will help to stimulate the markets
in future years. |
Finally,
the introduction of light sport aircraft into the active fleet will have a
profound effect on the development of this sector of aviation, especially at
HEG. Light-sport aircraft are defined
as simple, low-performance aircraft that are limited to 1,232 pounds maximum
weight, two occupants, a single non-turbine powered engine, stall speed of 39
knots, maximum airspeed of 115 knots, and fixed landing gear. This category
includes most existing ultra light aircraft, which the FAA has not registered
in the past. To simulate general
aviation activity, the FAA recently approved new certification requirements
for light-sport aircraft, pilots, and repairmen. The new certification addresses advances in
sport and recreational aviation technology, and provides pilots with safe and
cost-effective access to a growing segment of aviation. The new sport pilot certificate, which
allows pilots to fly light-sport aircraft, is obtained with approximately 20
hours of flight training. In addition,
sport pilots would only need either a third class medical certificate or a
valid state driver's license to fly.
The new rule will greatly reduce the barriers to becoming a pilot and
an aircraft owner, thereby boosting general aviation activity and light
aircraft sales. |
Table 3-10
compares the projected national active aircraft fleet mix forecast for the
year 2003 and 2015. The numbers that stand out in the table are the average
annual growth rate for turboprop and turbojet aircraft at a rate of 2.82
percent and other at a rate of 2.17 percent.
Single-Engine and multi-engine aircraft increased at a rate of 0.25
percent. Despite the significant
increase in turbojet and other aircraft, single-engine and multi-engine
aircraft still constitutes over 70 percent of the national active general
aviation aircraft in 2015. |
|
|
|
|
Herlong Airport Projected Based
Aircraft Fleet Mix |
The base
aircraft mix fleet was obtained from 2005 Airport Management records and from
tenant surveys. This information confirmed the number of single-engine and
multi-engine piston aircraft, turboprop and turbojet aircraft (Jets),
helicopters (Rotorcraft) and experimental and gliders
(Experimental/Other). From this data,
a percentage breakdown for each category was determined. These percentages
were then adjusted to reflect national fleet mix trends. The national trend indicates what is
expected in the general aviation segment as a whole. Applying these percentages to the based
aircraft forecasts provided the fleet mix forecast through the year 2025 as
shown in Table 3-11. |
|
Aviation Activity Forecasts 3-19 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Aircraft
operational activity at HEG for the twenty-year planning period was conducted
for general aviation activity exclusively.
Military operations are expected to remain unchanged at approximately
2,000 rotorcraft operations during the planning period. This information will provide an accurate
image of future demand and, therefore, facility requirements at the Airport
for the twenty-year planning period. |
FORECAST OF GA
(NON-MILITARY) AIRCRAFT OPERATIONS |
Many
elements of aviation make up the broad definition of general aviation
activity. General aviation includes
all segments of the aviation industry except for those conducted by
commercial or military operators. Its
activities include the training of new pilots, sightseeing, aerial
photography, law enforcement, and medical flights, as well as business,
corporate, and personal travel. The
FAA defines an operation as either a single aircraft landing or takeoff. Under this definition, touchand-go
training procedures are considered two operations (one arrival and one
departure) and are considered local operations. |
|
|
Projection of General
Aviation Operations using TAF |
The
first method that was used to determine the general aviation forecast over
the planning period is the TAF. In the TAF, the FAA forecasts the future
operations growth at individual facilities.
The 2005-2025 FAA TAF indicates that there is a straight-line forecast
projection for annual operations at HEG. Straight-line forecast projections
are generally discounted as an accurate measurement of anticipated
operational growth, however since HEG does not have an air traffic control
tower from which operational activity could be retrieved, the TAF is used as
a generally conservative source of forecast information and is shown in Table
3-12. |
Projection of General
Aviation Operations using FASP |
The
next method of extracting the general aviation forecast for the planning
period is through the use of the FASP. The FASP forecasts the growth in
general aviation operations in Florida.
The 2004 FASP provides forecasts for the years 2005 through 2016,
which show an average annual growth rate of 1.00 percent. This growth rate was used to extrapolate
the numbers for the rest of the planning period. The results are depicted in Table
3-12. |
Projection of General
Aviation Operations Using Historical Growth |
Another
method of extrapolating projected growth is through the use of the historical
average annual growth factor for the years 1998 through 2005. This linear growth rate of 1.89 percent
presents aircraft operations at HEG for 2025 at 92,052. This forecast may be viable if moderate
development occurs at the airport. The
results of the extrapolation are shown in Table 3-12. |
Projection of
Operations per Based Aircraft Methodology |
This
method uses the average operations per based aircraft (OPBA) to project
operations over the twenty-year planning period. Using the average operations
per based aircraft from 1998 through 2005 provided an average annual OPBA of
506. |
In
addition, an OPBA forecast of future airport operations at HEG was also
performed using the FAA’s OPBA standard of 492 operations to based aircraft
for NPIAS designated reliever airports as shown in Appendix 5 of AC
150/5300-13, Airport Design. Utilizing OPBA, a growth rate of 1.52
percent was obtained, which resulted in a forecast of annual operations equal
to 113,293 for the year 2025, which is considered the higher end of the
forecast of operations for HEG over the planning period. |
The Selected GA
Operations Forecast |
Since, as stated above, each projection was based
upon a valid predictor variable, an average growth rate of 1.13 percent was
applied for the average number of operations across the sources mentioned
previously, with the inclusion of the FAA TAF, since historic operations
among these sources are similar. The
FASP and based aircraft method projections seem to be most closely related to
the accepted forecast. Thus, as shown
in Table 3-12, Forecast Annual General Aviation Aircraft |
Operations, and Figure
3-3, Forecast Annual GA Aircraft Operations, 79,002 GA operations
are anticipated for the year 2025. |
|
|
|
|
Discussions
with airport management confirmed that no distinct air taxi operations exist
at HEG. Therefore, the approximate 300 air taxi operations reported in the
TAF were added to the itinerant operations category. As a general rule, air
taxi operations are those that cater to on-demand air service at airports
that are typically Part 135 certified. Air taxi operators are not considered
to be corporate or otherwise local general aviation. Rather, air taxi
operations are itinerant operations with aircraft seating less than 19
passengers and operating a range no longer than 250 nautical miles. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Source: The LPA Group Incorporated,
2006 |
MILITARY OPERATIONS |
Military
operations at HEG are minimal due to the close proximity of Cecil Field, and
consist of rotorcraft operations, primarily OH-58 Bell "Kiowa".
Since Cecil Field has four runways, each with a pavement length greater than
8,000 feet, it is used by large and heavy civilian aircraft as well as most
military aircraft operating within the City of Jacksonville. Nevertheless,
limited military operations do occur at HEG and were, therefore, included in
the forecast of total operations at HEG. |
Historic
military operations for the years 1995 through 1997 were unavailable.
According to the 2000 MPU, twenty (20) operations per year were forecast
throughout the planning period. |
|
|
However,
the FAA Terminal Area Forecast (TAF) reports 2000 to 2700 military operations
for the years 2000 through 2003. Based upon information obtained from the
Airport and FBO, this data appears realistic and is shown in Table 3-13
for the years 2001-2005. |
Thus, based
upon information obtained from JAA concerning military operations at HEG, a
forecast of 2,000 military operations per year appeared realistic. |
LOCAL VERSUS
ITINERANT SPLIT |
Aircraft operations
are divided into the categories of local or itinerant. Local operations are those arrivals or
departures performed by aircraft that remain in the airport traffic pattern,
or are within sight of the airport. This covers an area within a 20 nautical
mile radius of the airfield. Local GA
operations are most often associated with training activity and flight
instruction. Itinerant operations are
arrivals or departures other than local operations, performed by either based
or |
transient aircraft that do not remain in the airport
traffic pattern. Itinerant general aviation operations are typically
comprised of private, business/corporate, and air taxi flight activity.
Additionally, itinerant activity may include law enforcement and medical flights. |
|
|
Based
on information obtained from Airport management and user groups, the
operational split between local and itinerant traffic has remained relatively
stable over the past few years. The
split between local and itinerant operations at HEG is noted as 43.37 percent
itinerant GA, 3.43 percent itinerant military, and 53.20 percent local
GA. It is expected the military
operations at HEG will likely not exceed 1 percent of total operations and
will continue to capture a dwindling proportion of total airport
traffic. This future split of local
and itinerant operations is depicted in Table 3-14, Local vs.
Itinerant Operations. |
INSTRUMENT
OPERATIONS FORECAST |
HEG currently has one Global Positioning Satellite
(GPS) based non-precision straight-in approach landing system on Runway 25, a
circle-to-land approach using the Non-Directional Beacon (NDB), and a GPS
based circle-to-land approach. The approaches are published in the U.S.
Government Flight Information Publication – U.S. Terminal Procedures
Southeast (SE), Volume 3 of 4. The current GPS approach can accommodate
Category A and B aircraft with one-mile visibility minimums, and Category C
aircraft with 1 ˝ - mile visibility minimums, and Category D aircraft with 1
ľ - mile visibility minimums. The
ceiling for all categories of aircraft must be at least 600 feet. Similar visibility minimums are applicable
for GPS circling procedures with the exception of |
Category D
aircraft that has a published minimum of two miles. Based on the airport’s current runway
lengths, the non-precision approach is adequate for the existing number of
IFR operations. However, future airport development may necessitate upgrades
of the instrument approach capabilities. This will be discussed in subsequent
chapters. |
|
|
FAA
Air Traffic Activity Data System (ATADS) is the official source of historical
air traffic operations for center, airport, instrument, and approach
operations at towered airports. Since
there is no ATCT at HEG, no historical data was available from the FAA ATADS
database. According to the FAA TAF, January
2005 Report, instrument operations were reported as zero. |
However,
further analysis of climatic data provided from the National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) showed that IFR weather occurs
approximately 9 percent of the time.
Of that 9 percent, four percent of the time weather conditions require
airport closure. As a result, IFR
instrument conditions are estimated to occur approximately 5 percent of the
time which was used to forecast instrument operations through the twenty year
planning period as shown in Table 3-15. |
PEAK ACTIVITY
FORECAST |
Aircraft
operations and the number of based aircraft have periods of heightened
activity. These peak periods occur on
a fairly regular basis and are caused by external influences in the region
and market area. One such influence is
favorable weather conditions, which often creates peak periods of operations.
|
Due to the lack of an air traffic control tower
(ATCT) on the airfield, peak operations were determined through the most
reliable methods possible, namely fuel records. Through discussions with the
fixed base operator (FBO) and analysis of 2004 fuel receipts, peak activity
occurs in May for Avgas sales and July for Jet A sales. By utilizing the peak percentage of fuel
sales for these |
months, peak
operations for piston aircraft were determined to be 35 percent higher than
average per month whereas peak operations for jet aircraft were determined to
be 32 percent higher than average. |
|
|
However,
since jet operations at HEG currently represent such a small fraction of
total operations, the peak month will be based upon Avgas sales. This equates to a total of 8,437 operations
during the peak month in 2004. The average day is then obtained by dividing
the peak month by the average days in a month (30.42). The peak hour is then calculated at 35
percent of the average day of the peak month. By utilizing this formula, the
peak hour at HEG for 2004 is 97 operations.
Peak operations will be forecast through the planning period and
discussed in greater detail in a later section. |
Annual
projections generally provide a good overview of the activity at an airport,
but may not reflect operational characteristics of a facility. As such, peak forecasts are developed based
on the fact that annual demand is typically not equally distributed
throughout the entire year. In many
cases, facility requirements are not driven by annual demand, but rather by
the capacity shortfalls and delays experienced during peak times. |
Peak
operational activity such as peak month, average day of the peak month
(ADPM), and peak hour forecasts are used in planning facility sizing and to
determine the Airport's ability to accommodate projected demand. The projections for future peak operations
at the Airport are shown in Table 3-16, Forecast Peak Activity.
|
|
|
Summary |
Tables
3-17, Comparison of TAF and
Airport Forecasts, and Table 3-18, Airport Planning Forecasts,
provide a summary of the activity forecast for HEG. Overall the current activity at the Herlong
is expected to show growth throughout the forecast period. In summary, the data and methods used to
forecast aviation demand elements for the Airport are consistent with those
used by the FAA and other airports located in the State of Florida and
therefore, accurately reflect current activity trends of the surrounding
region and nation. |
|
|
|
Aviation Activity Forecasts 3-29 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
|
|
|
|
INTRODUCTION |
A key step
in the master plan process is the determination of airport facility
requirements to allow airside and landside evolution throughout the planning
period. By comparing existing conditions to predicted growth projections,
based upon existing and future aircraft usage, the airport can define requirements
for runways, taxiways, aprons, terminal facilities, aircraft storage, and
other related facilities to accommodate planned growth over the short-,
intermediate-, and long-terms. As a result, the demand/capacity analyses aid
in the identification of airport deficiencies, surpluses and opportunities
for future development. |
This
chapter, therefore, evaluates the ability of existing facilities at the
Herlong Airport (HEG) to meet both forecast planning activity levels, as
shown in Chapter 3, Projection of Aviation Demand, as well as
meet anticipated aircraft group category demand. Thus, the airfield
demand/capacity analysis seeks to identify at what point, if any, during the
20-year planning period that an unacceptable level of delay would be
experienced by airport users. This analysis compares the forecast annual
aircraft operations to a theoretical airfield capacity. If a shortfall is
identified, airfield improvements may be required to accommodate future
demand. The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) has developed a standard
methodology in FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5060-5, Airport Capacity and
Delay, to determine this theoretical airfield capacity, termed Annual
Service Volume (ASV). This methodology accounts for the most common airfield
layouts observed at U.S. airports. The Capacity AC provides a
systematic approach for determining the hourly runway and annual airfield
capacities, as well as the projected average hourly and annual delays. Each
of these was calculated for existing conditions as well as for key study
years during the 20-year planning period; the results of which are described
in the following sections. |
General |
An essential
step in the process of predicting airport needs is the determination of an
airport’s current capacity to accommodate anticipated demand. There are two
inter-related types of aviation demand: Operational Demand and Aircraft Group
Category Demand. Each of these demand types affects capacity and development
at an airport. Demand associated with operational capacity is determined
through an analysis of the ASV. The ASV determines an airport’s annual
capacity based upon historic and forecast |
|
August 2007 Final
Report |
|
operations
and fleet mix. It does not take into account, however, significant changes in
aircraft group categories, which do not historically or currently exist at an
airport. This is a deficiency in the airport capacity analysis. ASV only
accounts for deficiencies in runway use, aircraft fleet mix, weather
conditions, etc. that would be encountered based upon the existing aircraft
group category and usage. |
In order to
compensate for this deficiency, capacity and demand based upon the potential
aircraft group category was determined. The Airport Group Category demand
analysis evaluates not only the existing fleet mix, but also anticipated
future fleet mix based upon a variety of external and internal factors unique
to each particular airport. In the case of HEG, potential changes in roadway
infrastructure, development within the region, existing demand by more
sophisticated general aviation aircraft, and the introduction of small light
jet aircraft, all impact airport infrastructure, such as runway length, strength,
navigational aids (NAVAIDS), aircraft storage facilities, etc. |
Airport Reference Code |
According to
FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5300-13, Airport Design, airports are
designated specific design standards that reflect what is identified as the
Airport Reference Code (ARC). The ARC
is a coding system that coordinates airport design criteria with the
characteristics of the aircraft intended to operate at the airport. Two
components make up the ARC—aircraft approach category and airplane design
group. The first component, aircraft approach category, refers to an
aircraft’s approach speed and is generally a factor of the aircraft’s
operational characteristic. The second
component, airplane design group, is a physical characteristic depicted by a
Roman numeral and specifically relates to the aircraft’s wingspan. Whereas the aircraft approach category
affects runway design characteristics, the airplane design group affects the
physical and design attributes of taxiways, taxi lanes and aprons. |
Critical Aircraft |
Determination of the critical aircraft is
fundamental in developing an airport’s design criteria as well as the
development of the ARC.
Characteristically, the critical aircraft is defined as the most
demanding aircraft (highest approach speed and longest wingspan) that
utilizes the airport on a regular basis.
FAA Order 5090.3C, Field Formulation of the National Plan of
Integrated Airport Systems (NPIAS), defines substantial use as scheduled
commercial service or at least 500 total aircraft operations a year. Further, the critical aircraft reference
code is that which represents the lowest maximum allowable crosswind. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Facility Design Criteria |
As
previously identified in Chapter 2 of this Master Plan Update, the ARC is
used to determine the standards and dimensions of the critical surface and
separations of the airfield facilities.
Based upon current aircraft operations which include aircraft such as
the Citation II and the Super King Air 300, the current ARC at HEG is a
B-II. A B-II category aircraft represents
the most demanding aircraft or family of aircraft accounts for at least 500
total operations per year. Later in
this analysis, anticipated changes in the GA fleet mix, including such
aircraft as the Gulfstream II and III as well as Citation 10, in conjunction
with the forecast increase in turbine operations may require the design
criteria to increase from a B-II to a C-II designation. Therefore, by providing adequately sized
facilities to accommodate the range of aircraft types projected to use HEG
throughout the twenty-year planning period, the airport can exploit the
benefits of maximizing airport services and their utilization. |
AIRSPACE CAPACITY |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
obstruction
can limit the number of aircraft processed, and adversely affect airspace
capacity. Therefore, a review of the obstructions, airports, special use
airspace and associated approach procedures that surround HEG was completed
to determine airspace capacity. Figure 4-1 illustrates the overall
airspace surrounding HEG as depicted in the FAA Jacksonville Sectional
Aeronautical Chart. |
Airspace
capacity is an essential element of any airport, especially with respect to
maintaining existing and proposed operational characteristics. Since HEG does not have an operating
control tower, the airfield is considered uncontrolled and operates within
Class G and E airspace categories. |
Class G
airspace is a mantle of low lying airspace beginning at the surface. Class G
is airspace that is completely uncontrolled and is limited to VFR
operations. Class G airspace is a low
lying blanket of uncontrolled airspace which only ends when it meets Class B,
C, D or E airspace. At HEG, the
ceiling of the Class G airspace is 700 feet AGL. As such, training aircraft and ultra-light
activity may remain within the pattern without the need to maintain constant
two-way radio communication with other aircraft in the area. |
Above 700
feet AGL, the airspace is considered to be Class E airspace up to 18,000
MSL. Class E airspace is generally
that controlled airspace that populates those sections of airspace between
Class A, Class B, Class C, Class D, and Class G. There are Class E airspace areas that serve
as extensions to Class B, Class C, and Class D surface areas designated for
an airport. Such airspace provides
controlled airspace to contain standard instrument approach procedures
without imposing a communications requirement on pilots operating under
VFR. Similarly to most non-towered
airports, this type of Class E airspace surrounds HEG. It is important to
note, however, that to the northwest, southwest and southeast, Class D
airspace related to Cecil Field, NOLF Whitehouse and Jacksonville Naval Air
Station surrounds HEG. Furthermore, northeast of the Airport is Class C
airspace related to Jacksonville International Airport operations. Undoubtedly, the complex airspace requires
careful planning especially if the roles of neighboring airports change. |
Cecil Field, NOLF Whitehouse, and Jacksonville Naval
Air Station all operate under Class D airspace. Class D airspace is
controlled airspace that extends upward from the surface and continues to an
elevation of 2,600 feet MSL. This ceiling, however, varies depending on the
elevation of the airport. This airspace surrounds only those airports with an
operational control tower, where pilots are required to establish and
maintain two-way radio communications with the ATC facility providing air
traffic control services prior to entering the airspace. No separation services are provided to
pilots of VFR aircraft, and pilots operating under VFR must still use
“see-and-avoid” procedures for aircraft separation. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Figure
4-1, Jacksonville Sectional |
|
Source:
Maptech Inc., 2005 |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
HEG lies
within the service area of the Jacksonville Approach/Departure Control
facility and the Terminal Radar Approach Control (TRACON) which provides
radar coverage within the vicinity. The Jacksonville Air Route Traffic
Control Center (ARTCC) controls all air traffic enroute to or from the
Jacksonville airspace area. Since the last master plan, the capacity of the
airspace surrounding HEG has neither increased nor decreased
significantly. Overall, the airspace
for the airport is not currently impacted or constrained by any of the other
airports in the region, except Cecil Field.
This, however, does not remove the potential for some occasional
airspace conflict associated with operations at the other facilities or
associated obstructions. While none of
these facilities have a severe direct airspace conflict, the potential
application of additional instrument approaches will require careful
planning. |
Figure
4-2, U.S. Airspace Classes,
outlines how the airspace classes relate. |
Figure 4-2, U.S. Airspace Classes |
|
Source:
Federal Aviation Administration, Air Traffic Control Division, 2000 |
Though the
airspace surrounding HEG is limited to some degree by military special use
airspace (SUA) and commercial airspace associated with Jacksonville
International Airport (JIA), it does not restrict the Airport’s operating
capacity. It was determined as part of this analysis that forecast increases
in aircraft operations at HEG will not exceed the airspace capacity in its
existing configuration. Continued coordination between ARTCC, JIA, Cecil
Field (VQQ), Whitehouse NOLF (NEN), Jacksonville NAS Towers (NIP), and the
other airports in the region will ensure that safe and efficient operations
continue, while maintaining the smallest amount of delay possible. However,
limitations to potential instrument approach operations at HEG do exist, and
could potentially restrict development on existing Runways 725 and 11-29.
Such an instrument operation would require significant analysis and
coordination to ensure that conflicts with other operations within the area
are avoided. This will be considered in a greater degree within Chapter 6,
Airport Alternatives. However, based upon existing conditions, there
is currently no hazard to air navigation affecting HEG. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
AIRFIELD CAPACITY |
As discussed
earlier, airfield capacity consists of two types of demand: operational
capacity and aircraft group category demand. Airfield operational capacity is
defined as the number of aircraft that can be safely accommodated on the
runway-taxiway system at a given point in time. Delay is the difference
between “constrained” and “unconstrained” aircraft operating time, usually
expressed in minutes. As demand approaches capacity, individual aircraft
delay is increased. Successive hourly demands exceeding the hourly capacity
will result in unacceptable delays. Aircraft delays can still occur even when
the total hourly demand is less than hourly capacity if the demand during a
portion of that hour exceeds the capacity during that hour. |
Aircraft
group category demand/capacity is based upon the type of aircraft group
category that can safely use the Airport based upon available airport
facilities and infrastructure. This type of demand evaluates capacity in
relation to potential opportunity costs in order to determine if significant
demand for infrastructure development exists. If limiting infrastructure
exists, i.e. runway length inadequate to accommodate potential aircraft group
or groups demand for facilities, then it is likely that the Airport will
loose its competitive edge in the marketplace. |
Airfield Operational Capacity |
Operational
demand and capacity analysis of airfield or airside systems and facilities,
such as the Airport’s runways and taxiways, results in calculated hourly capacities
for Visual Flight Rules (VFR) and IFR conditions. Additionally, an ASV, which
identifies the total number of aircraft operations that may be accommodated
at the Airport without excessive delay, was also calculated. |
An airport’s
hourly runway capacity is the maximum number of aircraft that can be
accommodated under conditions of continuous demand during a one-hour
period. It should be noted that
generally this hourly capacity cannot be sustained over long periods without
substantially increasing delays. The
hourly runway capacity is influenced by a number of factors, which are
described below. |
Since the magnitude and scheduling of user demand is
relatively uncontrollable, especially at a general aviation (GA) airport,
reductions in aircraft delay can best be achieved by improving airfield
facilities to increase overall capacity. Airfield capacity is quantified by
two calculable factors: |
.
Weighted hourly capacity (Cw): The
theoretical number of aircraft that can be accommodated by |
the Airport in an hour, considering all runway use
configurations. |
. ASV: The Airport’s theoretical annual operational capacity. |
To determine Cw and ASV and conduct the capacity
analysis, a number of prime determinates specific |
to HEG must be identified. These include: |
.
Meteorological conditions |
.
Runway use configuration |
. Aircraft mix (based upon existing aircraft group demand) |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
. Percent arrivals . T&G operations . Exit taxiways |
The FAA
defines operational capacity as a reasonable estimate of the Airport’s annual
capacity that would be encountered over a year’s time. The parameters,
assumptions, and calculations required for this analysis are included in the
following sections. |
Airfield Characteristics |
Runway Configuration |
The number of
runways at an airport and how they are positioned in relation to one another
determines how many arrivals and departures can occur within an hour. For example, if an airport has two runways
that are oriented parallel to each other then it is generally possible to
have arrivals and departures to both runways at the same time, which is most
often referred to as runway independence. However, if the two runways intersect,
an aircraft departing on one runway must wait for operations on the other to
be completed prior to starting its takeoff, most often referred to as runway
dependence. HEG has no runways that intersect, however the way in which they
are aligned creates runway dependency if both runways are in operational use
at the same time. |
The airfield
configuration for HEG includes four paved runways, two of which are in use
and two of which are closed. The primary runway, Runway 7-25, has a generally
northeast to southwest orientation whereas Runway 11-29 is aligned northwest
to southeast. The two runways form an
offset V-shaped configuration where the approach ends of Runway 25 and Runway
11 do not intersect, but are, however, within close proximity to one another. |
All runways
maintain standard right hand traffic patterns mainly because of the military
operations that exist to the south of the airport within Cecil Field’s Class
D airspace. These patterns primarily
keep traffic to the north and east of the airfield. Due to the runway configuration, runway
length and related traffic patterns, HEG typically operates both runways at
any given time. Therefore, the
capacity calculations in this chapter treat the Airport as a dual runway
environment. |
Since
aircraft takeoff and land into the wind, the FAA recommends that sufficient
runways be provided to achieve 95 percent wind coverage. This is calculated
by using a 10.5 knot crosswind component for the smaller and lighter
aircraft, while a 13 knot and 16 knot crosswind component is utilized for the
larger, heavier, and jet aircraft. FAA
AC 150/5300-13, Airport Design suggests that weather for a period of
at least ten years be used to determine the wind coverage of an airport. The inventory chapter of this study
evaluated the wind coverage for different meteorological conditions at the
Airport based on ten years worth of data, with a slight interruption during
that time. Based upon our analysis,
Runway 7-25 provides the appropriate wind coverage (greater than 95 percent)
for all aircraft that currently utilize the airfield. This means that FAA will provide funding
support for only this runway and supporting taxiway lighting and signage. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Taxiway Configuration |
The number of
taxiways impacts the hourly runway capacity by influencing when an arriving
aircraft will be able to exit the runway after slowing to a safe taxi
speed. The Capacity AC defines
optimum ranges for the distance a taxiway should be from the runway arrival
end. |
As mentioned
in Chapter Two, both runways are equipped with full-length parallel taxiways,
designated as Taxiways A and D.
Taxiway A provides access from the thresholds of Runways 7 and 25 to
both the West Ramp and East Ramp aprons of the airfield located on the north
side. Taxiway D provides full access to Runway 11-29 as well as access to
Runway 7-25 and Taxiway B. Both parallel taxiways have a runway-to-taxiway
separation of 525 feet, which exceeds both the B-II (existing critical
aircraft category) and C-II (anticipated critical aircraft category)
separation requirements. |
Taxiway B,
connects the existing apron and terminal areas to Runway 7-25 and also
provides access to and from Runway 11-29. Taxiway connector C provides access
from the north side of the airfield, connecting Runway 7-25 to the 11-29
runway environments as well as Taxiway D and the south side of the
airfield. There is a deficiency of
exit taxiways on the runway system at HEG, and recommendations for the
development of these taxiway components will be further discussed in the
Alternatives chapter of this Master Plan Update. Existing exit taxiways are listed in Table
4-3, Exit Taxiway Locations, and correspond to the runways they
serve. |
To the south
of the existing runways, former runway pavement exists that extend nearly
3,500 feet to the southwest and southeast. This pavement joins at a node
where Taxiway D ends just south and east of the Runway 11 end. A closed
taxiway connects the former runway pavements where substantial ultralight
activity occurs. |
Based upon
demand and capacity requirements, exit taxiways provide a higher level of
airport capacity since they limit the amount of time aircraft are required to
remain on an active runway. Based on the FAA’s criteria, the exit factor is
maximized when a runway has four exit taxiways within a range determined by
the operations using that runway. At
HEG, this range is 2,000 feet to 4,000 feet from the landing threshold. Taxiway exit distances from the associated
runway thresholds are shown in Table 4-3, Airfield Diagram with
Optimum Taxiway Ranges. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Aircraft Mix Index |
In the Capacity
AC, the FAA classifies aircraft at an airport based on their maximum
certified operational weight. The mix index is a calculated ratio of the
aircraft fleet based upon a weight classification system. As the number of heavier aircraft
increases, so does the mix index. The
hourly runway capacity decreases as the mix index increases because the FAA
requires that heavier aircraft be spaced further apart from other aircraft
for safety reasons. Over the planning
period, a significant increase in larger and heavier jet operations is not
expected, and thus the mix index will generally remain the same. |
Knowing the
operational fleet mix, it is possible to establish the mix index required to
compute the airfield’s capacity. The
aircraft mix index is calculated based on the type or class of aircraft
expected to serve an airfield. Table
4-4 provides examples of typical aircraft for each of the FAA’s four
capacity classifications. The formula
for finding the mix index is %(C + 3D), where C is the percentage of aircraft
over 12,500 pounds, but less than 300,000 pounds and D is the percentage of
aircraft over 300,000 pounds. |
At HEG, the
current aircraft mix includes only Class A and B aircraft. This trend is expected to continue over the
entire planning period. The airport
does see an increase in jet aircraft traffic in the latter part of the
planning period. However, this
increase in activity is likely limited to light jets associated with the
Small Aircraft Transportation System (SATS) as well as light turboprop aircraft, both of which typically are less
than 30,000 pounds. However, capacity
constraints at Craig Airport and increased residential and business
development in the area may cause Herlong to see the potential for a slight
adjustment in its operational fleet mix.
Nonetheless, since it is approximated that aircraft weighing over
12,500 pounds account for only 1 percent of total annual operations, the
assumed fleet mix for HEG is calculated at 1 percent. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Runway Instrumentation |
The capacity
calculations for HEG include a main and secondary runway. The main runway,
07-25, provides GPS and NDB-A approach capabilities to Runway 25.
Additionally, air traffic control (ATC) facilities, equipment, and services
within the region are adequate to carry out operations in a radar and
non-radar environment. |
General Airspace Limitations |
Herlong's
role in the Jacksonville Aviation System is a VFR recreational, sport, flight
training and light business aircraft general aviation airport. Its airspace is constrained by its
proximity to Cecil Field, JIA, NAS Jacksonville and NOLF Whitehouse. The
Airport is also not equipped with an air traffic control tower and has
currently has only one instrument approach.
These issues all reduce the airport's operational capabilities. |
Operational Characteristics |
Percentage of Aircraft Arrivals |
The
percentage of aircraft arrivals is the ratio of landing operations compared
to the total number of operations at an airport for a specific period of
time. This percentage is based upon
the assumption that aircraft require more runway occupancy time for landing
than takeoff. As a result, the 50
percent arrivals figure was determined using the FAA methodology for
computing airfield capacity. |
Sequencing of Aircraft Departures |
Runways 7,
25, and 29 are equipped with dedicated run-up areas sufficient to allow for
taxiing aircraft to pass simultaneously.
Runway 11 has no dedicated area for aircraft run-ups. However sufficient pavement exists within
the vicinity of the departure end of Runway 11 to allow aircraft run-ups,
although this runway is not typically used the majority of the time. Since areas dedicated for run-up activity
or a lack thereof cannot be modeled using the FAA’s airfield capacity
methodology, the airfield is considered to have no aircraft departure
constraints. |
Percentage of Touch-and-Go
Operations |
Touch-and-go
operations play a significant role in the determination of overall airfield
capacity. A touch-and-go is defined as two operations, a landing and takeoff
performed consecutively are typically associated with flight training. FAA guidelines for calculating ASV require
an estimate of |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
the percent
of touch-and-go operations compared to total operations occurring at the
airport. One touch-and-go maneuver
typically takes less time than two operations conducted by two separate
aircraft occupying a runway. Hence, airfields that have a higher percentage
of touch-and-go operations typically have greater capacity than similar
airports with a lower percentage of this type of maneuver. The number of touch-and-go operations
normally decreases as the number of air carrier operations increases, demand
for service and number of total operations approach runway capacity, and/or
weather conditions deteriorate. Typically, touch-and-go operations are
assumed to be between zero and 50 percent of total operations. Since no air
traffic control service is provided at the airport, the previous master plan
was consulted and reasonable assumptions were concluded from information
obtained from airport management to estimate the number of touch-and-go
operations at HEG. The previous master plan estimated that between 50 and 60
percent of total operations conducted at the airport are touch-and-go
operations. This Master Plan Update
assumes that this range is an accurate reflection of touch-and-go activity at
HEG, and for the purposes of this study, 50 percent was used. |
Meteorological Conditions |
Meteorological
conditions, i.e. wind, cloud ceiling and visibility, impact overall airfield
capacity. Runway utilization is normally determined by wind conditions while
the cloud ceiling and visibility dictates spacing requirements. Although Chapter Two, Inventory of
Existing Conditions, provides a breakdown of the Jacksonville area wind
characteristics, it was decided that since HEG does not have an operating
ATCT, airport management and previous master planning efforts could
reasonably estimate which runways accommodate most of the operational
activity at the airport. |
Based upon
information obtained from the 2000 Master Plan Update report, 69 percent of
operations occur on Runway 7-25 and 22 percent occur on Runway 11-29. The remaining nine percent refers to the
times during which IFR conditions are in effect. Of this nine percent, based upon
meteorological data obtained from National Climatic Data Center, a
straight-in, non-precision instrument approach is flown to Runway 25
approximately five percent of the time.
The remaining four percent refers to times when weather conditions
exist below published minimums, and, therefore, the airport is closed. A
breakdown of runway utilization is outlined in Table 4-5, Runway
End Utilization. |
Considering
these various factors, the Capacity AC methodology was used to
calculate the hourly capacities under both VFR and IFR conditions, as shown
in Table 4-6. These two values were then used to calculate the
weighted hourly runway capacity for each of the key study years. This weighted hourly runway capacity takes
into account the percent of time each meteorological condition occurs. Over
the planning period, there is no increase in the weighted hourly runway
capacity. The judgment that supports this claim assumes that no significant
increases or decreases in aircraft mix will occur at HEG over the planning
period. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
The higher
utilization of Runway 25 is attributed to the installation of a non-precision
instrument approach system and its use by instrument and flight training
operations. Likewise, the generally
higher utilization of Runway 7-25 is perhaps best explained by its
situational proximity to the aprons, T-hangar and storage facilities and
fixed base operator (FBO) facilities.
Longer taxi-times exist for aircraft that use Runway 11-29 since
access to FBO facilities and apron parking requires aircraft to cross Runway
7-25. |
There are
three measures of cloud ceiling and visibility conditions recognized by the
FAA in calculating the capacity of an airport. These include: |
1
Visual
Flight Rules (VFR)
– Cloud ceiling is greater than 1,000 feet above ground level (AGL) and the
visibility is at least three statute miles. 2
Instrument
Flight Rules (IFR)
– Cloud ceiling is at least 500 feet AGL but less than 1,000 feet AGL and/or
the visibility is/are at least one statute mile but less than three statute
miles. 3
Poor
Visibility and Ceiling (PVC) – Cloud ceiling is less than 500 feet AGL and/or the
visibility is/are less than one statute mile. |
Essentially,
each airport also has a fourth measure used to calculate the airport’s
capacity. That measure is based on the
lowest minimum descent altitude, or decision height, and the minimum
visibility published for an approach into the airport. HEG is equipped with a non-precision
instrument approach to Runway 25. This
approach is designed with a minimum descent altitude of 600 feet above ground
level (AGL) and visibility minimum of one statute mile. However, when conditions are less than the
published approach minima, the airport is closed to landing aircraft. Since
this approach falls within the limits of the IFR category, the airport only
has three measures: VFR, IFR, and below minimums (during which the airport is
closed). |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
HEG
experiences VFR conditions approximately 91.0 percent of the time, IFR
conditions 5.0 percent of the time, and below the published approach minimums
4.0 percent of the time. These
percentages are based on weather data collected for the Airport covering the
most recent 10-year period. |
Hourly Capacity of Runways |
Hourly runway
capacity measures the maximum number of aircraft operations that can be
accommodated by the airport’s runway configuration in one hour. Based on the FAA methodology, hourly capacity
for runways is calculated by analyzing the appropriate VFR and IFR figures
for the airport’s runway configuration.
From these figures, the aircraft mix index and percent of aircraft
arrivals are utilized to calculate the hourly capacity base. A touch-and-go factor is also determined
based on the percentage of touch-and-go operations combined with the aircraft
mix index. These figures also consider
a taxiway exit factor, which is determined by the aircraft mix index, percent
of aircraft arrivals, and number of exit taxiways within the specified exit
range. |
For both VFR
and IFR conditions, the hourly capacity for runways is calculated by
multiplying the hourly capacity base, exit factor, and touch-and-go
factor. This equation herein is
detailed below: |
Hourly Capacity = C* x T x E |
where: C* =
hourly capacity base T = touch-and-go factor E = exit factor |
An airport’s
mix index can substantially change the value of the hourly capacity base in
the FAA capacity tables. However, since all of the planning years fall into
the mix index range of 0 to 20 percent, there will be no change in the hourly
capacities of the airport. A weighted
hourly capacity for the airport is calculated by taking the VFR and IFR
calculations and prorating them based upon Airport historical |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
data. These
hourly capacity values were calculated for Herlong Airport at key years
within the planning period as shown in Table 4-6. The calculated
weighted hourly capacity was determined to be 116 operations. This figure was
used to calculate annual service volume (ASV) as detailed in the following
section. Table 4-7 tabulates the hourly runway capacity calculation
components, applicable weight factors, as well as percentage of runway use to
determine the ASV. |
Annual Service Volume (ASV) |
The FAA Capacity
AC uses the calculated weighted hourly runway capacity to determine a
theoretical annual airfield capacity, which the FAA has defined as the annual
service volume (ASV). The ASV
estimates the annual number of operations that the airfield configuration should
be capable of handling with minimal delays over a one-year period. This methodology takes into account that a
variety of conditions are experienced at an airport throughout a year,
including some high-volume and low-volume activity periods. Table 4-8 shows the results of the
ASV calculations for the base year of 2005 as well as for each five-year
increment over the twenty-year planning period. Additionally, this table, in conjunction
with Figure 4-3, shows the comparison of the projected annual operational
demand to the theoretical ASV.
According to guidelines in FAA Order 5090.3B, Field
Formulation of the National Plan of Integrated Airport Systems, once the
actual demand exceeds 60 percent of the calculated ASV planning studies
should be undertaken to increase the airfield capacity. Due to the length of time it takes to
implement some types of airfield developments, early planning facilitates the
construction of capacity enhancing facilities to meet the anticipated
demand. Based on the operational
forecasts developed in Chapter 3, HEG will neither exceed the
Airport’s calculated ASV nor the 60 percent planning threshold during the
twenty-year planning period. Thus,
future improvements to the airfield do not consider issues associated with ASV
capacity; however, other issues related to capacity shortfalls are considered
in the facilities requirements section of this chapter. |
Annual
Service Volume = CW x D x H |
Where: CW =
weighted hourly capacity for the runway component, calculated by, |
CW = (C1 x W1 x P1) + (C2 x W2 x P2)...+...(Cn
x Wn x Pn) |
((W1 x P1) + (W2 x P2)...+...(Wn x Pn)) |
Cx = hourly capacity D = average daily demand during
peak month |
Wx = weighted factor H = average peak hour demand
during peak month |
Px = percent runway use |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Annual
service volume is calculated by multiplying the weighted hourly capacity for
each runway configuration, CW, with average
daily demand during the peak month, D, and average peak hour demand
during the peak month, H. Weighted hourly runway capacity, CW, is a
function of hourly runway capacity (Cn), the weight applied to
that capacity (Wn), and the percentage of time that runway is in use |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
(Pn). An
eight variable function was used to determine CW as each
runway configuration schematic during both VFR and IFR was used in the
calculation. As a result, the runway
component hourly capacity considers all weather scenarios during times the
airport is open to traffic. The
calculated weighted hourly capacity for HEG is 116 operations. |
Due to the
integrated nature of the ASV calculation, precise methodologies were followed
as outlined in FAA AC 150/5060-5, Airport Capacity and Delay, to
obtain a theoretical airfield capacity of 204,128 annual operations. This
number is representative of the published theoretical capacity of an airfield
with a similar runway configuration for HEG, which is published in the
Capacity AC as 260,000 operations. Although not exact, this estimation is
based upon operational information obtained from the FAA TAF and may actually
be slightly higher due to the variance in base year operations. Therefore, it is justified that the ASV
calculation in this Master Plan Update best represents the capacity of the
airfield at HEG. Accordingly, subsequent recommendations for facility
requirements are based upon this calculation as well as those previously
detailed in the forecast chapter. |
Table 4-8
depicts the forecast annual
operations with the anticipated unchanging ASV. The airfield will marginally lose capacity
throughout the planning horizon without additional capacity, representing a
reduction in 24.45% in theoretical annual service volume by 2025. Important to note in this table is the
consideration for growth in annual operations as determined in the forecast
chapter. Whereas ASV is calculated to
remain constant over the planning period, it is assumed that variability in
the number of annual operations is inevitable. Therefore, capacity levels
should be recomputed as final and accurate counts of total annual operations
become available. As well, a new turf runway expected to accommodate the
facility’s ultralight and experimental aircraft thus increasing the
airfield’s ASV, albeit not as significantly as a paved runway. Accommodations should be reserved for this
scenario as well. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Source: The
LPA Group, Inc. 2005 |
Aircraft Group Capacity Demand |
Based upon
operational demand alone, HEG should not plan for additional runway capacity
enhancing projects until beyond the end of the twenty-year planning period.
However, based upon discussions with JAA/Herlong Aviation, the local fixed
based operator (FBO), and JAA management, HEG’s role is likely to evolve as a
result of new technology and user demand, and, therefore, airfield facility
improvements will likely be required in the mid- to long-term. |
As a result,
an aircraft group capacity demand analysis was performed. Aircraft group capacity demand is based
upon a group or groups of aircraft that have or are anticipated to use HEG in
the future if certain infrastructure improvements are made. According to the
2000 Airport Layout Plan, the existing ARC for HEG is Category B-II. However,
use and demand for facilities by turbine aircraft, such as Learjet 24/25 and
Gulfstream III, typically with an ARC of C-I and C-II is expected to increase
over the planning period. Based upon current information received from JAA
and JAA/Herlong Aviation, use of C-I and C-II category aircraft (such as the
Lear 25 and Gulfstream II) has been irregular as a result of runway length
constraints. However, using data provided by the FBO, observations and fuel
flowage data, it was determined that approximately ten (10) percent of total
operations, approximately 6,530 operations, are associated with
turbine-engine aircraft. Of that ten percent, approximately four (4) percent
(or 260 annual operations) may be attributed to C-I and C-II category
aircraft. Based upon the FAA
Aerospace |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Forecast,
2006-2015, turbine aircraft use is
expected to increase by at least 2.8 percent per year. Applying the FAA
average annual growth rate to HEG would result in turbine aircraft demand of
approximately 16.96 percent (13,782 operations) of which conservatively 6.78
percent (approximately 935 operations) would be attributed to C-I and C-II
category aircraft by the year 2025. It
is anticipated that operations of more sophisticated jet aircraft will
increase as a result of local business activity and anticipated capacity
constraints at Craig Airport. Operators of more sophisticated and larger
aircraft have stated that they would use the Airport if facilities were in
place to meet their needs. Thus, the
percentage of turbine operations associated with corporate aircraft,
fractional ownership aircraft, air taxi, turboprop and turbojet GA aircraft,
and some special use aircraft would likely increase beyond the forecast 16.96
percent. |
Smaller
aircraft operators seem to prefer the environment and facilities provided by
HEG rather than Cecil Field. As a
result, some operators use HEG, such as the Dassault Falconjets, Grumman
Gulfstreams, Beech King Air's, Gates Learjet's, Cessna Citations, etc., even
when their operations require weight restricted take-offs and landings due to
HEG's shorter runways. At the time of
this writing, based upon discussions with existing and potential users,
JAA/Herlong Aviation, tenants, and JAA management, the number of aircraft in
the B-II, C-I and to a limited extent C-II aircraft group category would
likely increase if adequate runway length was available. In order to determine
the anticipated effect of this demand on HEG, an opportunity cost analyses
for each potential user was determined as shown in Table 4-9, GA
Daily Opportunity Costs. |
Corporate and General Aviation |
As a member
of the Jacksonville Aviation System, HEG’s primary sources of funding are
fuel sales and hangar rentals. However, many smaller, regional airports
within the state benefit from non-aviation revenue sources. It is
recommended, as part of the airport’s development and diversification
strategy, to develop a commerce park within its boundaries to attract
aviation and non-aviation tenants. |
Businesses
can and do, to some degree, attract aircraft operations. Historically,
aircraft operations at HEG increase significantly during Spring and late Fall
coinciding with a variety of local events. In addition, attendees often fly
larger aircraft, such as the Jetstream 31 and Learjet 25. However, due to
limited runway length and instrument approach capabilities, many users who
would like to use the Airport are prohibited from doing so. |
As a result,
potential income associated with this and similar operations at HEG are lost,
representing lost opportunities or opportunity costs. Based upon the
anticipated growth of the light jet and turbine aircraft market over the
twenty-year planning period, operations associated with these type of
aircraft are expected to represent 10% of the operational fleet in the year
2025. Again this number is somewhat
deceiving since it is merely based upon historical data and does not consider
the number of aircraft that cannot use the Airport due to facility,
especially runway length limitations. Airport Management has and is currently
having active discussions with potential users. Based upon these discussions, letters of
interest are being obtained and are provided in Appendix F of this
report. Based upon these letters and |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
discussions
with Airport management, Table 4-9 shows the type and estimated
revenue generation from aircraft that could utilize the Airport if adequate runway
length were available. |
Again, this
table represents potential lost revenue to the Airport since the Airport will
not obtain fuel sales, aircraft parking fees, aircraft storage fees,
concession sales, etc. from these potential aircraft operations. The
estimated field length requirement was calculated using aircraft manufacturer
takeoff requirements at sea level and 59 degrees Fahrenheit adjusted for
HEG's elevation, temperature on the hottest day (92° F) based upon National
Climatic Data Center information over a 10-year period, and clearance over a
50-foot tall obstacle. Furthermore,
based upon a new FAA Rule published in June 2006, a mandatory 15 percent
landing distance safety margin is required for all Part 91K (fractional),
125, 121 and 135 jet operations. |
As a result,
in order for HEG to capitalize on this potential demand, either a 500-foot or
greater extension to an existing runway or construction of a new runway would
be required. The installation of a precision instrument approach on one or
more runway end(s) would allow the Airport to support aircraft |
|
Demand/Capacity & Facility Requirements 4-21 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
during
inclement weather conditions. This is
evaluated in more detail within Chapter 6, Airport Alternatives
Analysis. |
Gliders and Other Potential Turf Runway Users |
HEG is home
to the North Florida Soaring Society, an airport glider organization. According to airport management, 2,700
annual operations in 2006 were attributed to glider aircraft representing
approximately 4 percent of total operations.
Based upon forecast operations and fleet mix and the airport's current
configuration, approximately 4,156 operations are likely to be attributed to
glider activity in 2025. |
Both older GA
aircraft, such as warbirds, tail draggers and glider aircraft use turf
runways since they decrease the amount of wear on the aircraft by providing a
softer landing surface. Further, a
turf runway can also be used by smaller, lighter powered aircraft when
necessary. Since HEG is promoted as
Jacksonville’s premier general aviation and sport flying airport, a turf
runway may attract additional operations. Thus, at a minimum cost, the
Airport could reap a variety of benefits associated with GA development
including aircraft storage, hangar homes, etc. The development of a turf runway will also
limit gliders from using Runways 7 and 25 and eliminate damage to runway and
taxiway lighting as a result of low wing strikes by glider aircraft. Based upon discussions with existing and potential
aircraft tenants and other GA users, a turf runway at HEG would be
welcomed. |
Turf runway
alternative development is provided in Chapter 5, Airport Alternatives
Analysis. As part of the analysis,
preliminary cost estimates, operational benefits and revenue potential are
identified. Thus, based upon successes
at other airports and demand by current users at HEG, JAA will consider the
cost and revenue potential associated with installing a turf runway at HEG.
However, prior to design and construction, a cost-benefit analysis should be performed
to identify potential on-airport and off-airport benefits related to the turf
runway development. |
Small Aircraft Transportation System (SATS) |
According to
research supported by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) and National
Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), a significant need for a small
aircraft transportation system currently exists. The Nation’s 30 major
airports are overwhelmed with increased air traffic, thus leading to frequent
delays and cancellations. The SATS system would utilize the over 5,000 small
airports already in place across the country and would allow air service to
smaller communities. |
Very light
jet aircraft (VLJ) provide another source of potential demand at HEG. These
high-performance aircraft, however, require less takeoff field length than
traditional turbine aircraft and are far quieter. As a result, aircraft
demand associated with smaller GA aircraft and VLJ aircraft could be met on
an optimal runway field length of approximately 3,500 feet. This demand can
be accommodated by the Airport at its current runway length; however, any
improvements to runway length would provide the airport greater flexibility
in accommodating both the existing and future fleet mix. It is anticipated |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
that the VLJs
will come on line in the within the year while the SATS navigational program
will be fully operational in the next 5 to 10 years. |
ANNUAL AIRCRAFT DELAY |
The average
anticipated delay is based upon a ratio of the forecasted demand to the
calculated ASV. This ratio is used as a guide for planning future airfield
improvements. The FAA acknowledges in
the Capacity AC that the level of delay that is acceptable to a
particular airport may differ from the level deemed acceptable at a similar
airport. It is important to note that
it is not only the time delay that determines acceptability, but also the
frequency of these delays. |
Several
methods exist for estimating anticipated delay levels. One method involves using a variety of
charts in the Capacity AC to estimate the average delay per aircraft
based upon the ratio of annual demand to ASV.
This delay per aircraft would then be used to calculate the annual
delay for all operations. Another method utilizes software developed by the
FAA (Airport Design Software, Version 4.2d) to determine the projected
delay values. For the efforts of this
study after consulting with airport management and the type of operations
that occur at HEG, delay is not considered a significant factor in the
development of the airfield. Through
2025, the average delay per aircraft and total annual delay variables do not
indicate that airport users will experience significant delays. It should be noted that this does not imply
capacity related delays will not occur during times of peak activity. |
SUMMARY OF AIRFIELD CAPACITY
ANALYSIS |
In estimating the capacity of the existing HEG
operational areas, the primary elements of airfield capacity were examined to
determine the Airport's ability to accommodate anticipated levels of aviation
activity. The results indicate that: |
•
Airspace
in the vicinity of the Airport does have limitations for additional
instrument approach procedures, but will likely accommodate future aviation
activity through coordination with local authorities. •
Additional
IFR approach capabilities in a southeast-northwest orientation may be
required to reduce existing approach minimums and improve IFR capacity. •
Runway
orientation is adequate, based on existing and historical wind
characteristics. |
A summary of
these results is given in Table 4-10. This analysis has shown that
planning for an increase in airfield capacity based upon annual service
volume is not required until demand approaches 60 percent. However, based
upon the type and number of aircraft currently and expected to use the
airfield over the twenty-year planning period, airfield facility improvements
are justified. Based upon FAA Southern
Region Guidance (as provided in Appendix C of this report) and Advisory
Circular 150/5325-4A, Runway Length Requirements for Airport Design, the
required runway length should be based upon the critical aircraft or group of
aircraft expected to use the airport on a regular basis (approximately 500
operations annually). Therefore, based
upon the FAA Takeoff and Landing |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Requirements
adjusted for elevation, temperature, runway slope and wet pavement
conditions, the optimal length for Category B and C Business Jets is between
4,500 and 5,500 feet. |
In addition,
enhancements to the airfield that will improve safety, access, as well as
airport function are addressed in the following section. It should be noted
that if aviation activity exceeds that of the approved forecast, the need for
airfield capacity and/or operational enhancements may be required. Facility
improvements to address this potential shortfall, which could include
additional taxiways or a new runway, are addressed in the next steps of this
study. The following section, Facility
Requirements, delineates the various facilities required to properly
accommodate future operations levels.
That information, in addition to the capacity analysis, provides the
basis for formulating the alternative development scenarios for the airport,
while ensuring that the new recommended development plan adequately
accommodates long-term aviation requirements. |
Capacity and
demand requirements were determined for essentially all aspects of HEG’s
operations. These calculations, which are based on various components, should
be regarded as generalized planning tools, which assume attainment of
forecast levels as described in Chapter 3 as well as demand associated with
various types of general aviation operations.
|
Should the
forecasts prove conservative, proposed developments recommended as a result
of the demand/capacity analysis should be advanced in schedule. Likewise, if
traffic growth materializes at a slower rate than forecast, deferral of expansion
would be prudent. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
FACILITY REQUIREMENTS |
During the
facilities requirements phase of the master plan process, the major focal
point is a comparison of the projected demand at HEG to the capacity of
existing facilities to determine projected shortfalls. Doing so allows the
airport to respond appropriately as demand grows over the 20 years covered in
this study. Future facility improvements should not be driven by reaching the
timeframe identified in the aviation forecasts, but rather by the
actualization of the forecasted demand.
Thus, future developments should not be undertaken until a certain
demand level is reached. Doing so allows airport management to make the best
use of their available limited resources. |
Another focus
of this facility requirements analysis is related to the various federal and
state standards to which airports must comply. Many of these standards were developed to
address safety and security issues so that aircraft can operate at the
highest level of safety. Thus, as a
part of this analysis, a review of existing facilities was completed to
determine areas in which compliance shortfalls exist. Additionally, changes
in any standard related to the projected change in aircraft fleet mix or
other planned improvements were identified so that future development does
not preclude another improvement at a later date. For example, the placement of aircraft
storage hangars should consider not only the existing, but also the future,
runway approach minimums to avoid penetration into the planned approach
surfaces. Facility shortfalls were
identified using a variety of sources, with the main source being the current
version of Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Advisory Circular (AC)
150/530013, Airport Design. Furthermore, additional improvements were
identified upon the physical inspection of facilities during the inventory
phase of this project. The existing
facilities were compared with these standards, and facilities not in
compliance are subsequently identified and discussed. |
Furthermore,
changes in aviation activity can create additional facility needs. As discussed in the Aviation Forecasts
section of this report, HEG is expected to experience growth in both the
number of based aircraft and the annual level of aircraft operations, as well
as changes in the proportion of ultralight aircraft relative to other, larger
aircraft. Over the 20-year planning
period, the airport is projected to see an approximate 31 percent increase in
based aircraft and almost 25 percent growth in operations. Discussion of the
pertinent improvements related to these issues occurs throughout this
chapter. |
Yet, another
factor in developing these facility requirements is the consideration of the
ultimate development of HEG even looking past the 20-year planning
period. This was needed to preserve areas
for future airport development and to encourage local authorities to consider
the ultimate development expected at HEG when making decisions regarding
local land use. This is critical since
land use around an airport does not remain stagnant and many airports,
including HEG, are faced with a limited expansion capability due to
encroaching residential developments.
In some cases, this has been avoided by properly protecting future
airport development needs through the planning process, which is one goal of
this study. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
The following
discussion provides a systematic review of current and future conditions at
HEG, upon which a development program was shaped. Where appropriate, future requirements were
identified at five-year intervals (milestone years). The information provided
by this facility requirements analysis was incorporated into the formulation
of future airport development alternatives, which is the focus of the next
chapter. Thus, detailed solutions to
the identified shortfalls are not the focus of this present discussion;
however, when appropriate, this discussion does highlight potential ways in
which the need can be met. |
Airport Role and Service Level |
HEG is included in the National Plan of Integrated
Airport System (NPIAS), which is published by the |
U.S.
Department of Transportation. In the
NPIAS, the FAA establishes the role of those public airports defined as
essential to meet the needs of civil aviation and to support the Department
of Defense and Postal Service. Each
airport’s role is identified as one of five basic service levels: Commercial
Service-Primary, Commercial Service – Non-Primary, Reliever, Transport, and
General Aviation (GA). These levels
describe the type of service that the airport is expected to provide to the
community during the NPIAS five-year planning period. It also represents the
funding categories set up by Congress to assist in airport development. HEG
is categorized as a General Aviation (GA) Reliever Airport, based on data
collected and transmitted to Congress by the Secretary of Transportation for
the 2007-2011 planning period, the most recent edition of the NPIAS. |
In addition
to its role as a GA reliever airport within the Jacksonville metropolitan
statistical area (MSA), HEG is also identified within the Jacksonville
Aviation System as a GA recreational and sport flying airport. Based upon
discussions with Jacksonville Aviation Authority (JAA), it is anticipated
that its role within the JAA system will continue throughout the 20-year
planning period. The assertion that
HEG will continue to attract this kind of activity determined the facility
needs for the airport during the short and long-term planning horizons. As previously established in the capacity
analysis section of this chapter, the airport’s specific requirements focus
primarily on the development of GA facilities to accommodate anticipated
demand at HEG. |
AIRFIELD FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS |
Runway Requirements |
As the primary
airfield component, the available runway(s) should meet the necessary
criteria for those aircraft operating at the airport throughout the planning
period. Based upon AC 150/5300-13, Airport
Design, and AC 150/5325-4A, Runway Length Requirements for Airport
Design, runway length and separation requirements were evaluated based
upon projected operations and critical aircraft. Prior to discussing the outcome of the
runway requirements analysis, it is important to define several
safety-related standards. The goal of the following defined areas is to
provide the safest operating environment for aircraft operators and the
surrounding community: |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
. Runway Safety Area (RSA) - A defined surface surrounding the runway prepared
or suitable for reducing the risk of damage to airplanes in the event of an
undershoot, overshoot, or excursion from the runway. The RSA needs to be: (1) cleared and graded with no potentially
hazardous ruts, humps, depressions, or other surface variations; (2) drained
by grading or storm sewers to prevent water accumulation; and (3) capable,
under dry conditions of supporting the occasional passage of aircraft without
causing structural damage to the aircraft.
Finally, the RSA must be free of objects, except for those that need
to be located in the safety area because of their function. |
. Runway Object Free Area (ROFA) - The ROFA is centered on the runway centerline.
Standards for the ROFA require clearing the area of all ground objects
protruding above the RSA edge elevation. Except where precluded by other
clearing standards, it is acceptable to place objects that need to be located
in the ROFA for air navigation or aircraft ground maneuvering purposes and to
taxi and hold aircraft in the ROFA.
Objects non-essential for air navigation or aircraft ground
maneuvering purposes are not to be placed in the ROFA. This includes parked airplanes and
agricultural operations. |
. Runway Protection Zone (RPZ) - A RPZ, or clear zone as it was formerly named, is
a two-dimensional trapezoidal shaped area beginning 200 feet from the usable
pavement end of a runway. The primary function of this area is to preserve
and enhance the protection of people and property on the ground. The size or
dimension of the runway protection zone is dictated by guidelines set forth
in FAA AC 150/5300-13, Change 10, Airport Design. Airports are
required to maintain control of each runway’s RPZ. Such control includes keeping the area
clear of incompatible objects and activities.
This control is much easier to achieve and maintain through the
acquisition of sufficient property interests in the RPZs. |
In the past,
the FAA would allow airports to have modifications to these standards. However, due to recent incidents, airports
must adhere to these safety clearance and grading standards in order to
obtain funding. In fact, several years ago, the FAA undertook a national
program to bring all RSAs into compliance with the published standards. At HEG, the dimensions of these runway
safety areas are quite different from those that would be required for an
airfield that accommodates larger aircraft operations. The land that
surrounds the extended runway centerlines adequately provides for sufficient
areas of clearance should an aircraft be involved in a runway undershoot,
overshoot, or excursion. |
Configuration |
As
previously mentioned in Chapter 2, Existing Conditions, the two
runways at HEG are oriented in an offset “open-v” configuration. As a result,
the runway protection zone on the arrival end of Runway 11 extends over and
above Runway 7-25, a portion of Taxiway A, and out into an open field
adjacent to the FBO apron. Although the runways do not cross, this
overlapping arrangement of the RPZ inhibits runway operational independency. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
A review of
the wind coverage percentages at HEG, previously presented in Table 2-2,
show that Runway 7-25 alone meets the required 95 percent coverage for
crosswinds of 10.5, 13, 16, and 20 knots, for any weather condition. This
assessment applies for all-weather, visual, and instrument conditions. As
such, if Runway 7-25, which is considered the primary runway, were the only
option available at HEG, aircraft falling within an ARC classification of A-I
through B-II could safely operate 100 percent of the time. These aircraft types constitute the
majority of the based aircraft fleet and operate routinely at the
airport. |
However,
although the data dictates that the primary runway is sufficient to provide
coverage during all weather conditions, the functional use of 11-29 will be
evaluated in the future development of the airfield. For this analysis, based
upon forecast increases in operational activity, consideration was given to
the use of Runway 11-29 throughout the planning horizon of this study. |
As
previously assessed in Chapter 2, Existing Conditions, the wind
coverage crosswind component compared to aircraft crosswind capability is a
key component of runway development.
For HEG, wind coverage for the 10.5-knot and 13-knot crosswind
component is summarized in Table 4-11 by weather condition. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Runway Pavement Condition |
As stated in Chapter
2, Herlong Airport was constructed by the U.S. Navy and U.S. Army Air
Corps in 1940 as a pilot training facility for World War II pilots. Based upon physical observations and the
Pavement Rating Matrix, Figure 4-4, both Runways 7-25 and 11-29 are in
fair condition since both runways will require minor patching and/or surface
overlay within the next five years.
Limited historical pavement data was available, but according to available
documentation provided by JAA: |
.
1997- Runways 7-25 and 11-29 were
resealed; |
.
1997 - Approximately 2000 feet of
runway pavement on Runway 7-25 was milled and overlaid; |
.
1983 - Runway 11-29 was overlaid and
remarked; |
.
1980-81- Runway 7-25 was overlaid and
remarked; and |
. 1980-81 - Two stabilized 100 x 500 foot overruns were constructed. |
Further,
there is no record of any improvements to the closed runways which show
severe and widespread cracking and pavement distortion. Therefore, according to the FDOT Pavement
Rating Matrix, this pavement has failed and will require reconstruction. Since limited pavement construction and
rehabilitation data is available, it is recommended that JAA authorize a
pavement condition report and create a pavement status database in order to determine
when pavement rehabilitation and overlays may be required at HEG. |
Turf Runway |
As shown in Table
4-11, 74 percent of airport operations, including powered and non-powered
aircraft, use Runway 7-25. At the time of this writing, non-powered aircraft
either use Runway 7-25 or the parallel grassy area between Taxiway A and
Runway 7-25. Based upon observations
and data obtained from airport management, average non-powered aircraft
operations at HEG which use Runway 7-25 represent approximately 25 percent of
local operations or 8,700 operations per year. Therefore, it is recommended in order to
de-conflict powered and non-powered operations on Runway 7-25 as well as
eliminate the use of the grassy area located between Runway 7-25 and Taxiway
A that a turf runway be developed. |
The
anticipated increase in the number of based aircraft at HEG categorized as
ultralight or otherwise dictates that the current runway operating
environment may not accommodate these flight activities throughout the twenty
year planning period. Further,
structurally and instrumentally, ultralight and experimental aircraft do not
require precision approach or otherwise instrumentally-equipped runways to
operate. Moreover, a large amount of these aircraft operate only during VFR weather
and most are not outfitted with the advanced instrumentation needed for
operation on a paved runway environment during inclement weather. Slower moving and less heavy, these
aircraft typically prefer the use of a grass strip as it minimizes aircraft
tire abrasion during touchdown.
Aircraft operational safety is the main purpose for recommending a
turf runway, thus imparting a clear separation of aircraft activity on the
airfield to achieve this goal. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
A turf runway
that provides exclusive access to gliders, ultra lights, and small
experimental aircraft could alleviate ultralight activity from both Runways
7-25 and 11-29. This proposal seeks to
isolate these aircraft since they are not required to provide radio
confirmation of their position and are typically slower moving compared to
traditional aircraft. Further, the
separation of aircraft is likely to increase capacity on Runway 7-25. |
The
construction of a Turf runway requires the same elements as a traditional
paved runway surface including grading, orientation, dimensional and
separation requirements, and safety guidance criteria. Turf runway lengths
and configurations are discussed in more detail in Chapter 6, Airport
Alternatives. |
It is
important to segregate this type of aircraft activity at HEG since
non-powered or ultralight aircraft are not required to comply with the same
aircraft instrumentation and/or flight operational requirements as most
powered aircraft due to their weight classification and absence of FAA
certification. Discriminating between aircraft type and operational
capability will ensure that safety, both on the ground and in the air, can be
maximized by isolating those aircraft that may interfere with the
regulated/procedural nature of heavier, certificated aircraft. |
Taxiway Requirements |
A number of
taxiways exist at HEG as identified during the inventory phase of this
study. These taxiways serve as routes
for aircraft to maneuver to and from various portions of the airfield. FAA
taxiway design standards are determined by the aircraft wingspan and wheel
configurations for the critical aircraft routinely using the taxiway. These
standards allow an appropriate safety margin beyond the maximum wingspan for
the Airplane Design Group. Each of the following sections discusses the major
taxiways and their related connector taxiways available for use at HEG. It should be noted that other taxiway
improvements are identified in the alternatives analysis to provide
appropriate access to proposed development areas. |
As
previously discussed in Chapter 2, Existing Conditions, the
taxiway system connecting the apron and the runways at HEG are sufficient in
their capacity to minimize delay and maximize access. However, a main
initiative of this chapter is to recommend the development of the southern
portion of the airfield and integrate the two closed runways into the taxiway
system. Regarding future development
within the vicinity of these pavement areas, it is suggested that the benefit
of existing structures be utilized to expand the functional areas of the
airport and to make use of the land available within HEG’s property boundary.
In doing so, the inactive runway pavement can provide sufficient space and
access to the development of a southern apron and turf runway for glider,
ultralight, and experimental aircraft as well as potential corporate
development. |
Taxiway A |
Taxiway A is
the parallel taxiway located to the north side of Runway 7-25. Taxiway A was
constructed to provide access to the north design apron and Runway 7-25, and,
therefore, should be designed and |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
constructed
to meet the existing and future critical aircraft requirements. Taxiway A complies and in some cases
exceeds the FAA published design criteria for a B-II aircraft. Suggested modifications include surface
rehabilitation and maintenance repair to protect from surface
deterioration. As the primary taxiway
for Runway 7-25, projects associated with Taxiway A, including pavement
sealing and resurfacing, are eligible for federal funding. |
Taxiway B |
Taxiway B is
a stub taxiway connecting Runway 7-25 with parallel Taxiway A. Other than the Taxiway A stub taxiways
located at the thresholds of Runways 7 and 25, Taxiway B provides the only
other exit taxiway from Runway 7-25 to the FBO transient apron. Taxiway B extends past Runway 7-25 to
provide access to Runway 11-29 and Taxiway D, and it complies with all
dimensional standards serving B-II aircraft. Suggested modifications for
Taxiway B include surface rehabilitation and maintenance repair to protect
from further surface deterioration. |
Taxiway C |
Taxiway C is
a connector taxiway that directly connects Runways 7-25 and 11-29. Taxiway C has a width of 50 feet, exceeding
the minimum requirement to support the safe movement of B-II aircraft.
Taxiway C complies with dimensional standards stipulated by FAA AC
150/5300-13, Airport Design, and serves as a point of egress from
Runway 11-29. |
It should be
noted that Taxiway C does not connect to the north GA apron area. Therefore, aircraft landing on Runway 29
and exiting via Taxiway C will have to clear Runway 7-25 traffic to access
either the terminal apron or FBO Apron via Taxiways A-1 or B. However, this requires aircraft to taxi
along Runway 7-25. As a result, it is recommended that the portion of Taxiway
C which connects Runway 725 to Runway 11-29 be closed. |
Taxiway D |
Taxiway D is
a parallel taxiway to Runway 11-29 and connects Taxiway B, Taxiway C, and
serves as an access point to the closed runway pavement to the south of the
airfield. The width of Taxiway D is 40
feet, which provides sufficient wing-tip clearance to the type of aircraft
using HEG. Runway centerline to
taxiway centerline separation is 526 feet, which exceeds the minimum
requirement for taxiway separation clearance for airports serving B-II
aircraft. Suggested modifications for
Taxiway D include surface rehabilitation and maintenance repair to protect
from further surface deterioration. |
Taxiway E |
Taxiway E
provides access from Runway 7-25 to the southwest closed runway. In order to provide access to general
aviation development to the northwest of the airfield, JAA intended to
rehabilitate the existing pavement and extend Taxiway E to connect with the
existing Taxiway A. The existing width
and the proposed extension of Taxiway E is 40 feet, which will serve B-II
aircraft. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
At the time
of this writing, the extension of Taxiway E was delayed as a result of issues
relating to ultra light and glider aircraft. Since the majority of
non-powered aircraft land in the grassy area between Runway 7-25 and Taxiway
A, the extension of Taxiway E with or without lighting would impact their
operations. It is recommended that a Turf Runway be constructed to alleviate
this issue and allow for the extension of Taxiway E to coincide with North GA
development. |
Future Taxiways |
As noted
previously, the inactive runways to the south of the operational runways
provide access to the south portion of the airfield. The width of these
pavement areas is approximately 150 feet.
It is suggested that these pavement areas be resurfaced to a width of
35 feet to accommodate existing and anticipated development on the south side
of the airfield. Small hangars already
exist adjacent to one closed runway, thereby supporting the reuse of the
closed runways as taxiways. In
addition, paved taxi areas should be equipped with MITLs to provide better
visual guidance to pilots at night and during poor visibility conditions. |
Taxiway Pavement Condition |
The
condition of the taxiway pavement at HEG varies from taxiway to taxiway. A forthcoming study by the Florida Department
of Transportation (FDOT) will evaluate airfield pavements and conditions for
all airports within the State of Florida.
This effort details the magnitude of deterioration or wear of the
pavement at HEG as well as other airports around the state. Until that report is published, the
condition of the airport’s pavement structures was identified via visual
inspection as denoted in Chapter 2, Existing Conditions, and based upon
historical pavement data provided by JAA. Most taxiway structures at HEG
are in fair to good condition.
According to FAA AC 150/5320-17, a method of pavement rating
and surface condition is established that characterizes the surface rating
scales into numerical form, with a rating of 5 as “excellent” and a rating of
1 as “failed”. This scale is shown in Figure
4-5. As previously cited, most taxiway pavement at HEG is either noted
with a rating of 3 or 4, which correspond to “good” and “fair”, respectively.
|
|
August 2007 Final Report |
FIGURE 4-5 PAVEMENT
RATING MATRIX |
|
|
Source: Pavement Surface Evaluation and Rating (PASER) Manual, FAA AC
150/5320-17, Airfield Pavement Surface Evaluation and Rating Manuals,
2005. |
According to historical data, maintenance and
pavement improvements from 1980 through 1997 include |
the following: |
.
1980-81 - 40 x 4,262 foot overlay of
Taxiway A |
.
1983 - Overlay of Taxiway D and portion
of Taxiway C |
.
1996 - North Apron T-Hangar Taxi lane
Construction |
.
1997 - Overlay of Taxiways A, B and D,
and |
.
1999 - Construction of runway holding
pads on Taxiways A, B and C |
Taxiway
pavements at HEG have signs of visible distress, and the closed runways need
significant maintenance and re-surfacing.
Raveling, a progressive loss of pavement material from the surface
downward caused by stripping of the bituminous film from the aggregate, and
thermal cracking, caused by fluctuations in temperature and the hardening of
aging asphalt, are the main types of surface deterioration. It is recommended
that taxiway pavement designated as “fair” be sealed to replace failed
sealant or resurfaced to repair open cracks and joints. Pavement condition identified as “good”
generally requires minor sealing maintenance to repair. |
As a general
guideline, taxiway pavement should be resurfaced every ten years, depending
on relative condition and degree to which the pavement inhibits the safe and
expeditious movement of aircraft |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
across the
airfield. Most pavement structure failings are likely caused by the variation
in temperature during the seasons, as well as poor design and drainage issues
caused by rain. |
Airfield Lighting |
Both runways
at the Airport have Medium Intensity Runway Lights (MIRLs) and threshold
lighting. Taxiway A is equipped with Medium Intensity Taxiway Lights (MITLs)
which were installed in 1980, whereas Taxiways B, C, and D are not illuminated. Taxiway B, a stub taxiway, and Taxiway C, a
connector taxiway, do not require this type of illumination system; however,
since a dual runway environment is considered in the evaluation of the
airfield, it is suggested that Taxiway D—a full-length parallel taxiway
adjacent to Runway 11-29—should include a MITL system to provide better
guidance for pilots and offer increased visibility during night
conditions. Although Runway 11-29 is
considered a crosswind runway, Runway 7-25 provides over 95 percent wind
coverage. Therefore, FAA will not
participate on any work associated with Runway 11-29. |
A recurring
problem for HEG is the effect of thunderstorm activity, particularly
lightning, that has repeatedly short-circuited the airfield’s PAPI equipment. The PAPI system was installed within the
last 3 to 5 years to replace the older VASI system. At the time of this writing, JAA
Engineering and the lighting manufacturer have been trying to resolve this
problem. It appears that the system
becomes overloaded during thunderstorms.
As of yet, this problem has not been resolved. Since airfield lighting is critical to the
use of a runway especially during low visibility conditions, a prompt
resolution of this issue is recommended and expected in the short-term. |
Proposed
T-hangar development as outlined in the last master plan update is hampered
by the current location of the electrical vault. The vault is located within the taxi lane
safety area associated with the new T-hangar development. Therefore, the vault will need to be
relocated to another location on the airfield. JAA is assessing alternatives to address
this issue, and potential location and anticipated costs associated with the
potential electrical vault relocation were evaluated in Chapter 5, Alternatives
Analysis, and Chapter 7, Implementation Plan. |
Another foremost issue regarding airfield lighting
is the ability to provide power to the southern portion of the airfield. This
master plan update proposes that the closed runways south of the existing
runway structures be transformed into taxiways and equipped with the
appropriate lighting to facilitate the safe movement of aircraft to this
portion of the airfield. Problematic
is the unresolved issue of connecting lines of power via underground conduits
from the remote electrical vault located adjacent to the apron north of
Runway 7-25. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Airfield Signage |
The Airport is equipped with runway and taxiway
signage; the purpose of which is to provide directional |
guidance to pilots on the airfield. Required airfield signage based upon AC
150/5340-18D includes: |
.
Holding Position Signs |
.
Taxiway Location Signs |
.
Exit signs for both runway directions
and at each runway threshold |
.
Direction Signs |
.
Location Signs, and |
.
Outbound destination signs on either
end of the Runway. |
The airport
is equipped with some signage, including three (3) taxiway guidance signs
that were installed adjacent to Runway 7-25 in 1981, but requires additional
taxiway signage, direction signs, and outbound destinations signs on both
Runways 7-25 and 11-29. However, due
to lightning and aircraft strikes in addition to general deterioration,
existing signage is limited.
Therefore, based upon the requirements outlined in AC 150/5340 and
anticipated demand, a new signage plan, including additional signage and
improvements to existing airfield signage is recommended in conjunction with
any runway or taxiway improvements. |
In addition
to location and directional signage, distance remaining signage should be
considered for installation to the designated primary runway, 7-25. While this may not be a long runway, it
would provide pilots with a better awareness of the remaining runway length
available. Also, throughout the
planning period, existing signage should be maintained in proper working
order. Additionally, as other airfield
pavement projects are conducted, new signage should be installed and existing
signage should be upgraded to meet FAA design criteria. The types and number of new signs that are
likely to be required during the planning period depend upon the selected
development alternatives. |
It is
important to note, however, that federal funding will likely be available for
the airfield signage plan and signage improvement related to Runway
7-25. However, it is anticipated that
federal participation on projects related to Runway 11-29 will not occur. |
Pavement Markings |
Runway
pavements are marked with painted lines and numbers in order to aid in the
identification of the runways from the air and to provide information to the
pilot during approach phase of flight.
There are three standard sets of makings used depending on the type of
runway: |
.
Basic – For runways with only visual or
circle to land procedures. These
markings consist of |
runway designation markers and a centerline stripe. |
.
Non-precision – For runways to which a
straight-in, non-precision instrument approach has been |
approved. These markings consist of runway
designation markers, a centerline stripe, and |
threshold
markings. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
. Precision – For runways with a precision instrument
approach. These markings consist of
the non-precision markings plus aiming point markings, touchdown zone strips,
and side stripes indicating the extent of the full strength pavement. |
Depending on
the type of aircraft activity and physical characteristics of pavement,
additional markings may be required for any of the three categories
above. The FAA also allows markings on
a runway to be upgraded at any time to include elements that are not
required, but may enhance safety.
Runway pavement markings are painted white and taxiway pavement is
painted yellow. The FAA provides
guidance for pavement marking in AC 150/5340-1J. |
Only the 25
end of Runway 7-25 is marked as a non-precision runway. An inspection of Runway 7-25 revealed that
the runway markings are in good condition.
However, periodic re-marking should be considered to enhance the
safety of aircraft movement during low visibility conditions. Runway 11-29 is marked as a visual runway
with basic markings. An inspection
revealed that the Runway 11-29 marking is in good condition, but future
re-marking should be incorporated into the planning horizon. |
The inactive
runway pavement is in critical need of resurfacing and re-marking to bring
the pavements up to standards and to remark the centerline and edge of
pavement as outlined in AC 150/5300-13. Periodic re-marking of all
airfield markings should be conducted.
Pavement markings are critical to provide visual guidance to aprons,
runways, and other areas of the airport.
Deterioration of these markings can cause conflicts during inclement
weather and can create general confusion to pilots who navigate on the
ground. Even more critical are the taxiway and runway hold bar markings that
tell pilots where to stop to avoid runway incursions or to remain clear of
NAVAID critical areas. While not
required for an airport the size of HEG, runway hold bar markings are highly
recommended especially in conjunction with the possible installation of a
precision approach. |
Weather Instruments |
Weather
instruments provide invaluable meteorological data for pilots operating at
the airport. There are two weather
instruments at HEG: a windsock and an AWOS. |
Windsock |
A windsock or
wind cone visually provides surface wind direction to pilots and must be
visible from all runway ends. Further, wind direction indicators must be
lighted, and should include a segmented circle to denote the traffic pattern
to each runway since the airport is not equipped with an ATCT. |
At HEG, the
wind cone and segmented circle, which were re-cabled, wired and lighted in
1980, are located in the midfield, and is visible from all runway thresholds. However, if an extension of either Runway
7-25 or 11-29 is warranted, then relocation of the wind cone and segmented
circle will be required. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Automated Weather Observation System (AWOS) |
Automated
Weather Observation System (AWOS) is a suite of sensors, which measures,
collects and broadcasts weather data to help meteorologists, pilots and
flight dispatchers prepare and monitor weather forecasts, plan flight routes,
and provide necessary information for correct takeoffs and landings. The AWOS
at HEG, which was installed in 1981, automatically broadcasts weather
information using 119.275 MHZ. AWOS units provide a minute-to-minute updates
to pilots by VHF radio or non-directional beacon. Each hour, data is
available to off-site users by means of long-line telephone communication or
satellite uplink, which include precipitation, visibility, barometric
pressure, wind speed and direction and temperature. No changes are currently recommended for
this equipment. |
Automated Surface Observing System (ASOS) |
In addition
to the AWOS currently located at HEG, Pilots may use ASOS systems currently
located at Cecil Field (VQQ), Jacksonville International (JAX) and Craig
Municipal (CRG) airports. The ASOS
System is sponsored by the FAA, Department of Defense (DOD) and National
Weather Service (NWS). An ASOS provides weather observations including:
temperature, dew point, wind, altimeter setting, visibility, sky condition,
and precipitation, and provide pilot and other users critical weather
data. The ASOS routinely provides
computer generated voice data directly to aircraft within the vicinity of the
airport. The overall purpose of the ASOS system is to improve the safety and
efficiency of aviation operations. |
GENERAL AVIATION REQUIREMENTS |
The majority
of activity at HEG now and throughout the planning period is comprised of
general aviation (GA) operations. As
such, a variety of facilities should be planned to meet the projected GA
demand as outlined in the Aviation Forecasts.
This section addresses the needs of both based and transient users
related to aircraft storage, fuel facilities, terminal space, and automobile
parking demand. |
Hangar Demand |
Based
aircraft are routinely stored at airports in a variety of hangar types. The type of hangar used is determined by
aircraft size and type as well as by existing availability. Currently, the following types of hangars
are in general use at HEG: |
. T-hangar units – a full-enclosed building having individual stalls, each capable of
storing one aircraft, typically a single-engine or a light multi-engine
aircraft. Variations of this hangar
type include dome hangars. |
. Clear span hangars - a fully enclosed building typically capable of holding multiple
aircraft (five to seven each); these are often referred to as storage
hangars. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
. Conventional hangars - similar to clearspan hangars, but typically have
an attached office. These hangars are assumed to hold one to three business
jet or turboprop aircraft each. |
A review of
the current hangars available at HEG revealed that there are: 72 T-hangars,
two bulk storage facilities, and one 26,493 SF maintenance facility. T-hangar facilities are located in two
distinct portions of the airfield. Approximately 48 T-hangar units are
co-located within three buildings just north of the east apron. An additional
24 units are contained within two structures that are positioned west of the
west apron. At the time of this writing, 14 additional T-hangars are being
constructed west of the 24 units discussed above. Table 4-12, Based
Aircraft Demand, outlines the based aircraft fleet mix for HEG
through the year 2025. |
*Note: "Other" includes light sport aircraft, ultra lights,
blimps, gliders, etc. Source: THE LPA GROUP INCORPORATED, 2006 |
Based upon
existing demand for hangar space within the Jacksonville Aviation System, it
is anticipated that by the year 2025 75 percent of based piston aircraft and
100 percent of turboprop, turbojet and rotorcraft will reside in aircraft
storage facilities. Currently gliders,
tail draggers, ultra lights and other non-powered aircraft are not stored in
any existing hangar facilities. However,
based upon discussions with the North Florida Glider Club as well as interest
from several blimp operators, it is anticipated that at least 50 percent of
"Other" aircraft will require some sort of aircraft shelter or
storage facility on the airport. |
Hangar and
apron facility requirements were determined based upon the number and size of
aircraft based at the airport. Representative general aviation aircraft used
in this analysis were: |
.
Piston engine aircraft (Design Group I)
– Beech Baron (Wingspan = 38 feet, Length = 30 Feet) .
Turboprop and Jet Aircraft (Design
Group II) – Grumman Gulfstream I (Wingspan = 78.3 feet, Length = 75.3 feet) |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
The methodology used to determine hangar space
requirements is based upon the following |
assumptions: . Each
T-Hangar Unit accommodates one aircraft . Each Conventional Hangar Unit
accommodates three (3) aircraft . Each Corporate Hangar Unit
accommodates two (2) aircraft . Approximately 70 percent of
Single-Engine Aircraft are in T-Hangars . Approximately 40 percent of
Multi-Engine Aircraft are housed in T-Hangars .
100 percent of based
turbine, jet and rotorcraft are housed in conventional and corporate hangar |
facilities, . 100 percent of VLJs will be housed
in aircraft storage facilities with approximately 50% housed in corporate or
conventional hangars and the remaining 50 percent housed in T-Hangars, and |
.
Approximately
50 percent of "Other" category aircraft, such as gliders, tail
draggers, experimental aircraft and blimps will be housed in aircraft storage
facilities. Based upon this
assumption, blimps will be housed in a conventional hangar facility, experimental
aircraft in T-Hangars, and gliders in shade hangars or other similar
facilities. |
Applying the storage requirements for based aircraft
to the forecast of based aircraft resulted in the following demand as shown
in Table 4-14, Hangar Storage Demand, over the twenty-year
planning period. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Given
anticipated growth in the micro or very light jet market, the need for
additional hangar space is significant since demand trends indicate that
hangar space is optimum for these types of aircraft. |
Based upon
anticipated based aircraft and associated fleet mix over the twenty-year
planning period, additional hangar space, whether T-hangars, conventional,
corporate or shade hangars, is required. Current aircraft storage limitations
require interested parties to place their name on a waiting list until such
time as either new facilities are constructed or vacated by an existing
tenant. At the time of this writing,
40 people were on the HEG aircraft storage waiting list. Consequently lack of hangar facilities will
inevitably lead to a stagnation of based aircraft growth. |
Table
4-15, Hangar Storage
Requirements, highlights the required hangar space based upon
forecast demand as determined by the method outlined previously and
delineates the specific needs of T-hangar and conventional hangar space
requirements to accommodate anticipated growth in hangar demand. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Currently, 48
T-hangars located adjacent to the east apron and 24 T-hangars situated next
to the west apron supply the needs of the single and multi-engine aircraft
based on the airfield. However, at the time of this writing, JAA has finished
constructing one of two 14-unit T-hangar facilities perpendicular to the to
the west apron area. Construction of the other 14-unit T-hangar is planned
for the near future. In the
short-term, demand for T-hangar facilities are likely to continue since the
Airport has an existing waiting list for aircraft storage facilities. However, in the mid- to long-term period,
demand for aircraft storage, including conventional, corporate, T-hangar and
shade hangar facilities, is anticipated to be based upon demand by new small
aircraft, such as the Eclipse 3000, TBM 850, Cessna Mustang, etc. as well as
the growth in the light sport aircraft market. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
It should be
noted that these numbers reflect information presented by the aviation
activity forecast, but do not reflect the demand defined by the number of
people on the HEG waiting list for hangar space. The numbers also neglect to
represent the addition of larger, more sophisticated aircraft, which
typically accompany commercial and corporate activities. It should also be noted that although corporate
hangars do not currently exist at HEG, corporate hangars and additional
conventional hangars would likely be used to meet the storage hangar
requirements. However, consideration
must be given to the number and size of aircraft stored in each hangar in
order to provide adequate storage facilities. |
Thus, based
upon current demand for facilities as well as demand based upon forecast
data, it is likely that the number of T-hangars required could be
significantly greater than that predicted in Table 4-15 based upon
issues of space, funding availability, and demand surges. For planning purposes, the implementation
of hangar development projects should be aligned with the actualization of
demand rather than a particular time period.
|
Larger hangar
needs at HEG were also considered based upon discussions with existing
tenants, the existing and future fleet mix as well as recent changes in
technology. At the time of this
writing, there is already demand for conventional hangar facilities from some
existing tenants. In addition, airport
management has been approached by several parties who wish to construct
conventional or corporate hangar facilities related to their operations.
Thus, based upon this information and the data provided in Table 4-15
approximately five conventional (two (2) additional to accommodate demand and
three (3) based upon user interest) and six corporate hangar facilities are
recommended to accommodate anticipated demand by the year 2025. |
Hangar space demand is based upon anticipated
changes in fleet mix based upon national and statewide trends. However, hangar space development should be
planned to accommodate future contingencies that may occur within the
Jacksonville Aviation System, including the increased use of HEG as a general
aviation reliever facility and/or flight training facility. HEG is unique since it accommodates a mix
of operations. Therefore, aircraft
storage requirements must consider existing tenants and user demand while
planning to accommodate potential contingencies or changes occurring within
the Jacksonville Aviation System. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Aircraft Parking Apron |
HEG has three
aprons, but two are used primarily for based and itinerant aircraft
parking. These two aprons located east
and west of the Airport Terminal building have a total square footage of
approximately 29,000 primarily utilized for aircraft parking. The FBO Apron located on the west side of
the entrance road was initially constructed in 1980 and consists of 4,840 SY
of pavement. The East apron, which is
approximately 15,000 square yards (SY), was constructed in 1990 and is marked
to accommodate a total of 53 aircraft tie-down parking positions. The West apron, which is approximately
14,000 SY, is marked to accommodate a total of 39 aircraft tie-downs. The third apron that is located south of
the terminal facility has a total square footage of approximately 3,100
SF. This apron is used for the
temporary parking of transient aircraft and can simultaneously accommodate an
estimated 10 aircraft. |
Located east
of the airport police officer’s residence is RAA, Inc. (Building 6). This tenant maintains an exclusive 1,200 SY
of apron space that is located south of its hangar facility. Similarly, the Mercair facility has a small
personal use apron of 3,000 SY associated with its hangar. |
Based on
current conditions, it is estimated that 35 percent of non-hangared based
aircraft and one half of the busy-hour itinerant aircraft will require
tie-down space at any one time. By
applying this formula, approximately six (6) based aircraft and 21 itinerant
aircraft currently require parking space for the year 2004. Forecasts of
aircraft operations and parking demand are provided in Chapter 3 and 4,
respectively. |
Conventional and Corporate Hangar Apron |
As part of
continued hangar development, it is necessary for an airport to provide
sufficient corporate and conventional hangar apron space for parking and
maneuvering of aircraft around a hangar facility. According to FAA AC
150/5300-13, Change 10, conventional hangar apron area should equal the
amount of storage space located within the hangar itself. Currently, HEG hosts approximately 21,820
square feet of conventional (bulk) hangar space, 26,493 square feet of
maintenance hangar space, and 29,000 square yards of apron area which
accommodates both based aircraft tie-downs and neighboring hangar facilities.
As hangar needs increase, so does the need for more conventional apron area.
Utilizing FAA guidance, each conventional hangar required 20,000 square feet
(approximately 2,222 square yards) of apron and 10,000 square feet
(approximately 1,111 square yards (SY)) of apron for each corporate hangar. Table 4-16, Conventional and
Corporate Hangar Apron Requirements, outlines estimated hangar
apron demand anticipated for the twenty year planning period. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
The
calculations show current conventional apron areas are inadequate to meet
demand throughout the course of the planning period. However, it is important
to remember that these calculations only consider raw numbers. Location and condition of the apron space
is not factored into this equation.
Site visits to HEG revealed inadequacies in the pavement condition and
access to apron from some hangar facilities. Improvements are suggested in
the following chapter. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Aircraft Tie-Down Apron |
Since 75
percent of based aircraft are estimated to require hangar space in 2025,
tie-downs should be planned to accommodate 25 percent of all based aircraft,
and one-half of the busy-hour itinerant aircraft. The existing GA aircraft
tie-down apron space available at HEG is approximately 32,100 square yards of
which 3,100 is designated for transient aircraft adjacent to the terminal
building and the remaining 29,000 SY is located on the East and West Ramps
providing parking for both based and transient aircraft. Sizing criteria for tie-down positions vary
according to aircraft size, including space for circulation and fueling. FAA
AC 150/5300-13 recommends 300 SY for based aircraft tie-downs and 360 SY
for itinerant aircraft tie-downs. However, in order to assure flexibility for
configuring tie-down areas, all tie-downs were sized around the Design Group
II (Gulfstream I) sample aircraft. |
It is
important to mention that HEG does not officially designate apron areas for
conventional, based aircraft tie-down, or transient tie-down apron. Much of the apron included in the tie-down
totals is underutilized. The majority of transient aircraft park on the GA
apron adjacent to the FBO terminal facilities. Combined, the east and west aprons can
accommodate parking for approximately 81 aircraft, whereas the FBO apron can
accommodate 14 aircraft at any given time.
Currently, there are, in total, 95 tie-downs associated with the GA apron—43
on the east apron, 38 spaces on the west apron, and 14 spaces adjacent to the
FBO terminal. In its current
configuration, the east and west aprons can accommodate the forecast increase
in based aircraft requiring tie-down facilities until 2025, during which time
expansion of based aircraft apron space may be required. |
Based upon
City of Jacksonville Concurrency requirements required by Florida Growth
Management Laws, Normandy Boulevard at Herlong has limited vehicle traffic
capacity. Based on this determination,
JAA has been forced to reduce tie-down capacity every time a new T-Hangar is
constructed. JAA is continuing to work
with City of Jacksonville to remove this restriction to future growth.
Suggestions for improving utilization of the apron facilities are provided in
Chapter 6-Airport Alternative Analysis. |
Transient Aircraft Apron Requirements |
A
determination of the total amount of apron area needed cannot be developed by
formula or empirical relationship since local conditions often vary. However, enough tie-down locations should
be available to accommodate the peak number of aircraft at any given
time. Using guidelines provided in FAA
AC 150/5300-13, the following methods were used to estimate the transient
apron space required: |
.
Find the peak month average day
itinerant operations. This figure is
obtained by multiplying the |
forecast activity of the average day during the peak
month with the corresponding local/itinerant |
split. |
.
Add 10 percent to the above value to
find peak day itinerant operations. |
.
Find the total number of peak day
transient aircraft. This is half of
the peak day itinerant |
operations
since it is assumed that each aircraft will make two operations. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
.
Assume that 10 percent of the total
number of peak day transient aircraft will need to be accommodated at one
time. . Increase the final
calculated amount by 10 percent. The
FAA suggests that the value should be increased by 10 percent to accommodate
expansion for at least the next two-year period. |
The final
value is the total calculated demand for transient aircraft parking
spaces. In order to determine the
amount of parking apron required, the fleet mix for the transient aircraft
must first be determined. The transient aircraft fleet mix was determined
using the growth rate outlined in Chapter 4, Aviation Activity
Forecasts. Table 4-17 denotes transient peak hour demand. |
The results for
the transient aircraft space demand are shown in Table 4-18. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
To determine
the amount of apron space required, the amount of space is converted into
square yards. The Airport Design AC suggests that a minimum of 360
square yards per transient aircraft be used. Table 4-19 reflects the
results of these calculations. |
Following the
guidelines set forth in AC 150/5300-13, existing airport apron space
accommodates both existing and forecast Transient Aircraft apron demand. Recommended parking demand is based upon
average annual transient aircraft growth.
This allows the airport to react to unplanned increases in transient
demand and/or changes to aircraft fleet mix over the twenty-year planning
period. |
Based Aircraft Apron Requirements |
At many
airports, a certain percentage of based aircraft is stored on the apron or a
grassy area adjacent to the apron area. Since this area is generally open and
unprotected, it is used primarily to store smaller aircraft, such as
single-engine and a few multi-engine piston aircraft. As mentioned earlier, airports within the
Jacksonville Aviation System usually accommodate 75 percent of based aircraft
stored in hangar space and 25 percent on tie down space. As of 2006, approximately 54 percent
of all based aircraft at HEG are stored in hangars, whereas 46 percent
are stored on the apron or grassy area. However, it was determined that over
the planning period, the percentage of aircraft stored on the apron will
decrease from 46 percent to approximately 32 percent total in 2025. |
Using the
data calculated in Table 4-14, based apron parking requirements were
determined. The Airport Design
AC suggests that a minimum area of 300 square yards be used for planning
purposes. This area is considered large enough for these aircraft to
maneuver. Table 4-20 shows the
amount of apron area that will be needed to accommodate the remaining based
aircraft. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Table 4-20
demonstrates that the need for
apron space to accommodate future levels of based aircraft decreases as the
ratio of hangar space to apron space increases. Traditionally, demand for hangar space used
for aircraft storage is greater than demand for tie-down space. The benefits of hangar space over
non-enclosed apron tie-down space are numerous, especially with regards to
light aircraft that are expected to populate the based aircraft inventory at
HEG over the planning period.
Ultralight and other aircraft meeting A-I design standard criteria are
more susceptible to inclement weather than heavier aircraft. The summer
months in Florida often see strong thunderstorm activity, coupled with
occasional hail and heavy winds. Thus, potential damage to light aircraft is
increased during the summer months when they are exposed to these elements.
The hobby-like nature of ultralight and glider aircraft, as well, often
require these aircraft owners to have space available where structural
modifications or other work can be completed. Consequently, apron space
demand for based aircraft, given the growth forecast among light aircraft,
will be limited, whereas demand for shade, T-hangar and conventional hangar
facilities will increase over the planning period at HEG. |
Total Aircraft Parking Apron Requirements |
Table 4-21
provides a summary of the total apron requirements for transient and based
aircraft at HEG. This table also includes the amount of new apron required to
accommodate anticipated demand. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Although it
appears that no additional apron space is required to accommodate based and
transient aircraft parking demand, it is recommended that new apron areas
dedicated to light aircraft activity as well as transient aircraft operations
be developed near the north of Taxiway A, adjacent to the proposed turf
runway and possibly near the closed runways due to the location, condition
and access limitations of existing facilities. |
AIRPORT ACCESS |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
can access
those facilities and services that airports provide. The future development of roads and other
infrastructure related to airport access at HEG primarily concerns the need
to simplify traffic patterns, relieve congestion, and provide security for
the airport that limits access to certain portions of the airfield to
authorized users. |
The airport
entrance is situated at a node where Normandy Boulevard and Herlong Road
intersect. However, this intersection is awkward because the angle at which
Herlong Road meets Normandy Boulevard creates problems for merging
traffic. As such, the airport entrance
is located adjacent to this intersection and potentially creates a hazard for
drivers trying to turn into the airport via Normandy Boulevard southbound. Additionally, residential development is
already in progress just north of the airport on the north side of Normandy
Boulevard. The entrance to this
residential subdivision, situated directly across the access road that leads
into the airport, creates a junction whereby residential, airport, and
through traffic converge. Currently, there is no traffic light to accommodate
the flow of this traffic, and the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT)
has limited the alteration of this area.
Therefore, the addition of a new traffic signal in addition to the
realignment of the entrance road on airport property could alleviate
congestion related to egress of traffic and automobile parking. Further analysis of access road
requirements as well as possible alternatives will be provided in Chapter
5, Alternatives Analysis. |
AIRPORT SUPPORT FACILITIES |
Electrical Vault |
The
electrical vault is currently located on the northern side of the airport to
the west of the west apron in an open field. According to JAA engineering
documentation, the electrical vault was originally constructed and installed
in 1981. This vault houses the power and control equipment for the airfield
lighting, signage and navigational aids. The electrical vault is small and
contains some non-compliant equipment.
While some additional equipment was installed in 1999 as part of the
PAPI project, the electrical vault currently cannot support the expansion of
the southern portion of the airfield from its current location. Based upon
the last master plan, the vault is located in a future taxiway safety area
associated with T-hangar development.
Thus, due to capacity limitations and location, it is recommended that
a new airport electrical vault be situated midfield to provide for these
components and satisfy the needs of the development plan. |
Aircraft Fuel Storage |
The airport
fuel farm is located immediately west of the FBO terminal facility, adjacent
to the main entrance. Fuel distribution is provided by JAA through the use of
two fuel trucks with the following capacities: 1,500 gallon Avgas and 2,200
gallon Jet A. Two 15,000 gallon
underground fuel storage tanks (one Avgas and one Jet A) are located under
the north apron facilities. A
self-service fuel facility was constructed in 2002 between the East Apron and
FBO Transient Apron. This station provides Avgas only, and consists of a
1,500 gallon above ground storage tank located beyond the Taxiway A object
free area. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
As stated in
Chapter 2, JAA operates and manages the only fixed base operator at
HEG. Aviation 100LL and Jet A fuels
are available and sold to based and transient aircraft operators. Sales of
aviation fuel generally peak in May for Avgas and July for Jet A. Due to the number of piston operations that
occur at HEG, the month of May is the most active. 2004 and 2005 fuel sales receipts were
provided by airport management and are shown in Table 4-22. |
Fuel
consumption information was provided by JAA and was used to calculate an
average ratio of fuel used to the annual number of operations. This analysis yields a ratio of 2.43
gallons per operation for Avgas operations and 7.66 gallons per operation for
Jet A. Jet A operations are based upon
the sum of designated transient military and 15 percent of transient GA
operations. Increases in fuel capacity
were determined using these historic ratios per operation. However, it is anticipated that the percentage
of turbine aircraft especially with the introduction of very light jets that
the percentage of Jet A demand will increase.
As operations requiring Jet A fuel increase at HEG, fuel storage
requirements will increase to ensure an adequate level of Jet A capacity is
provided. |
In addition
to increases in storage capacity, the level at which fuel is required to be
delivered is expected to increase.
This is mainly due to the forecast increase in operations, larger fuel
requirements, and anticipated development.
To meet this demand, either the airport will need to increase overall
capacity |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
or increase
fuel delivery per month. Table 4-23
illustrates the monthly fuel storage requirements at HEG. |
In order to
accommodate fuel demand as well as new environmental regulatory requirements,
JAA intends to remove the two older underground fuel tanks and replace with
two larger (approximately 12,000 gallons each) above ground fuel tanks east
of the existing terminal facilities.
As a result, the apron east and south of the terminal is planned for
expansion to accommodate existing and anticipated demand. |
FBO Terminal Building |
A building
condition survey performed in October 2000, determined that the Herlong
Terminal Facility were in fair to good condition. Since the existing terminal facilities were
renovated in 2001 to add more pilot amenities, the building is now in
excellent condition and was expanded to approximately 2,000 SF. |
The Terminal
Building provides a pilot lounge, two conference rooms, restrooms, kitchen,
and office facilities for Airport and Fixed Based Operator (FBO) staff. JAA serves as the Fixed Base Operator at
Herlong, and provides the airport terminal, hangar space, tie-down areas, and
fueling facilities at the airport. In addition, the FBO staff, including
airport management, is responsible for airport inspection and maintenance,
security, and overall operational control. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Appendix
5 of FAA AC 150/5300-13 provides
guidelines for small airport buildings, including GA terminals. The primary consideration is that the
facility be capable of handling the amount of passengers, pilots and visitors
associated with peak hour operations.
GA facility sizing can vary from 50 to 75 square feet per peak hour
passenger. Therefore, a planning guide
of 62.5 square feet per busy hour passenger is typically used to size GA
terminal facilities. |
Utilizing the
above referenced sizing criteria and based upon the current and forecast
level of demand, a 1,723 square foot FBO/GA Terminal will be required
sometime after 2025. Table 4-24
outlines the FBO/GA terminal building requirements over the planning period. |
Based upon
this mathematical calculation, it appears that adequate facilities exist to
accommodate demand. However, based
upon the existing configuration and discussions with airport management and
users, an addition to the terminal facilities, including additional
maintenance equipment storage is recommended.
Further analysis of this demand is evaluated in Chapter 5, Alternatives
Analysis, Support Facilities. |
Automobile Parking Requirements |
Public
parking at the Airport includes parking areas located along the east and west
edges of the airport entrance road, adjacent to the new bulk hangar to the
west of the entrance road and another parking area to the north of the new
T-Hangar facilities along the northwest side of the airfield. Access to all of these parking facilities
is through the main access road along Normandy Boulevard. Most automobile parking is located outside
the perimeter fence line. However,
there are five parking spaces located within the perimeter fence adjacent to
the terminal facility. |
The 28
parking spaces along the east edge of the Airport Road and seven spaces along
the west edge of the entrance road serve as the primary parking area for many
of the airport's tenants and visitors.
Due to the location of parking spaces in relation to the main entrance
road and airfield gate, vehicles entering or exiting the secure area via Gate
1 are often times delayed as a result of visitors either entering or leaving
the parking areas located on the east and west side of the entrance
road. Vehicles are typically not
delayed more than a minute or two, but on busy days, specifically Saturdays
and Sundays, parking along |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
the entrance
road increases the congestion to and from the airfield facilities. As a
result, it is recommended that parking especially along the east side of the
entrance road be removed and relocated to an alternate location. This will be
discussed in more detail as part of the Alternative Analysis, Support
Facilities discussion, in Chapter 5 of this report. |
During peak
days of the week (usually Saturday) and special events, parking both inside
and outside the perimeter fence is inadequate. Airport users who have automobile access to
the airfield often park on the ramp and above the underground fuel tanks due
to lack of available spaces. |
However,
during visits to the Airport, the parking facilities, adjacent to the T-Hangars,
are not used to any significant degree. This may be due to the fact that many
T-hangar users often park their vehicles inside their hangar. An evaluation
of automobile parking including the location and the number of facilities
needed is evaluated in greater detail in the Alternatives Analysis section of
this report. An approximate number of
parking spaces available are listed in Table 4-25, Existing
Automobile Facilities. |
In addition
to parking facilities outlined in Table 4-25, individual airport
tenants and airport buildings, such as White Line Trucking and the Accessory
Overhaul Group, which are not located near the Terminal Building have their
own individual parking facilities. |
GA PASSENGERS AND AUTOMOBILE
PARKING |
GA Passengers |
A historical
record of GA passengers for HEG does not exist and therefore, required an
estimate of the current level of passengers based upon the level of GA
operations. This task was accomplished
utilizing the typical load carried by the GA fleet as published in the
aviation economic guidelines by the FAA’s “Estimating the Economic Impact of
Airports”. Standards set forth in this
document establish an |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
estimate of
three passengers per itinerant operation and 0.9 passengers per local
operation in addition to the pilot. This information is presented in Table
4-26 and Figure 4-4. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Passengers |
160,000 140,000 120,000 100,000
80,000 60,000 40,000 20,000 0 |
FIGURE 4-6
GENERAL AVIATION PASSENGERS |
|
Local Passengers Itinerant
Passengers |
Years |
Automobile Parking |
General
public automobile parking at HEG is offered at several locations. At the terminal facility, approximately 28
parking spaces are provided along the eastern edge of the airport entrance
road and seven parking spaces along the western edge. A total of 46 parking
spaces are provided adjacent to Hangar 5 west of the terminal building, and
25 parking spaces are located north of the T-Hangar facilities along the west
side of the airport. This provides a
total of 111 spaces. However, these
spaces are not located to meet the demand for parking. |
Respective
tenants, such as Mercair, Royal Atlantic, Acme Barricades and Advanced
Disposal exclusively use their parking spaces and were not considered as part
of this analysis. Access to the T-hangar units is provided via Normandy
Boulevard from the west and Herlong Avenue from the east. Parking spaces are
available at the FBO facility, but it is an accepted practice that based
aircraft owners normally prefer to park their vehicles inside or close to
their leased hangar space. |
Discussions
with Airport Management and site visits revealed several automobile parking
issues specifically related to overcrowding and lack of access to the
terminal facilities. Using the annual
GA passenger data previously discussed and a planning factor of 1.5 parking
spaces per existing busy hour passenger, it was estimated that at a minimum
40 parking spaces would be required to accommodate peak hour demand adjacent
to the terminal facilities. |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
In order to
accommodate anticipated demand, GA pilots, passengers, and visitors use the
parking areas at HEG. Future GA parking requirements use a planning factor of
1.3 parking spaces per busy hour GA passenger and pilot and 44 square yards
per parking space, which accounts for parking and circulation. Thus,
approximately 37 parking spaces and 1,634 square yards of pavement area will
be required in 2025. The forecast requirements for the FBO parking area over
the planning period are listed in Table 4-27. The planning factors
used in this section for GA parking are based upon suggested ratios from the
“FAA Aviation Demand and Airport Facility Requirement Forecasts for Medium
Air Transportation Hubs”. The space requirements identified should
accommodate the forecast levels of GA pilot, passenger, customer, visitor and
employee parking demand. |
At the time
of this writing, automobile parking adjacent to the terminal building, both
inside and outside of the perimeter fence, consisted of 40 spaces which
adequately accommodates peak hour demand. However, based upon discussions
with airport management and observations, the location of the terminal
parking, especially adjacent to the perimeter fence line along the entrance
road should be reconfigured to alleviate congestion in and around the access
road and access gate. Alternative
automobile parking is discussed in more detail within following chapter under
Support Facilities. |
Security Fencing |
Despite
increased and extensive airport security measures with which commercial
service airports have been required to comply, GA airports, historically,
have not been subject to Federal rules regarding airport security. Prior to
the creation of the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) in 2001, the
Federal Government’s role in airport security was focused exclusively on
airports serving scheduled operations. Vulnerabilities exist throughout the
transportation system, especially within general aviation. The TSA has not
officially required GA airports to implement security measures, although
there have been several efforts to establish a standard security program that
would govern the entirety of the GA industry. It is, however, precisely the
diversity and extent to which the industry is vulnerable that suggests a
one-size security program is not suitable.
The security needs and susceptibility of a |
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
privately
owned rural airport is vastly different from that of a large GA facility
located near a major metropolitan area.
A security program should instead focus on managing the risk
associated with GA airports, recognizing the characteristics that define each
facility. |
The types of
threats that exist for GA airports that do not have a security presence are
numerous. Specifically, illicit actions related with aircraft theft, drug
smuggling, illegal immigration, as well as vandalism have been problematic in
the State of Florida. Small airports
generally outside the scope of security found at larger airports, especially
those that are not Part 139 certified, are particularly vulnerable to these
types of threats. |
As a result,
the Florida Department of Transportation not only recommends perimeter
fencing, but also the development and implementation of a security operations
plan, the use of airfield and perimeter lighting, security signage and even
physical and electronic surveillance as warranted by the amount and type of
operations as well as the potential threat level. In addition, FDOT in conjunction with the
AAAE and NBAA are in the process of testing new GA security procedures and
equipment at various size airports around the state. The intent of this
program is to limit the theft of equipment, including aircraft, as well as
vandalism. |
While the
majority of the airfield is enclosed with a six foot security fence, a large
section of the property south of the airfield is not due to heavy vegetation
and trees. It is recommended that
security fencing remain a priority throughout the planning horizon,
especially with the development of the southern portion of the airfield. Based upon the types of threat, level of
proposed development as well as FAA and FDOT requirements, several security
recommendations are discussed in Chapter 5 as part of the alternatives
analysis. |
SUMMARY OF FACILITY REQUIREMENTS |
Table
4-28 provides a summary of the
facility requirements based upon anticipated demand necessary to satisfy the
forecasts of aviation demand presented earlier in this study. The order in which these improvements are
listed is not meant to imply a priority or phasing of these projects. Essentially, this table includes the
minimum facility requirements over the 20-year planning period based on the
projected demand. During the
alternatives analysis, the full development potential of areas at HEG will be
considered even if it exceeds the minimum levels identified in this
analysis. This will be considered the
ultimate development scenario. Looking
beyond these minimum requirements should provide airport management with
information in order to make appropriate decisions if growth in one activity
area increases faster than projected.
|
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Demand/Capacity & Facility Requirements 4-60 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
|
|
|
GENERAL |
The primary
objective of this chapter is to identify an overall development plan for
Herlong Airport (HEG) to meet the Airport’s long-term aviation needs. In
Chapters 3 and 4, landside and airside facilities were determined over the
twenty-year planning period based upon forecast demand. Thus, the next step
in the master planning process was to evaluate potential alternative concepts
to address this demand. Since the combination of possible concepts is
limitless, intuitive judgment was applied to identify those concepts that
have the greatest potential for implementation. These choices provide the
underlying rationale for the preferred recommendation. Implementation of the
selected concepts is defined in subsequent chapters. |
DEVELOPMENT CONSIDERATIONS |
Prior to
determining ultimate development, various airside, landside, terminal area
and general airport requirements were identified in Chapter 4, Airfield
Demand/Capacity Analysis & Facility Requirements. The evaluation
criteria for each of these requirements varies based upon the particular
functional area. In general, similar criteria were used to measure the
effectiveness and the feasibility of the various growth options available.
Criteria used in the concepts review and evaluation process are grouped into
four general categories. These include: |
. Operational Performance – Any selected development concept should be
capable of meeting the Airport’s facility needs (capacity, capability and
efficiency) as they have been identified for the planning period. Further,
preferred options should resolve any existing or future deficiencies as they
relate to Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) design and safety criteria. |
. Environmental
– Airport growth and expansion has the potential to impact the Airport’s
environs. The selected plan should seek to minimize impacts in the areas
outside the Airport’s |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-1 |
|
boundaries.
Concepts should also seek to obtain a reasonable balance between expansion
needs and off-site acquisition and relocation needs. The preferred development plan should also
recognize sensitive environmental features that may be impacted by the concepts
evaluated herein. |
. Cost –
Some concepts may result in excessive costs as a result of expansive
construction, acquisition, or other development requirements. In order for a preferred concept to best
serve the Airport and the community, it must satisfy development needs at
reasonable costs. |
. Feasibility
– The selected concepts should be capable of being implemented. Therefore, they must be acceptable to the
FAA, Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT), Jacksonville Aviation
Authority (JAA), and the community served by the Airport. The preferred development options should
proceed along a path that supports the area’s long-term economic development
and diversification objectives. |
Using the
evaluation criteria, each proposed concept was evaluated based upon
anticipated long-term planning goals and development needs. Proposed development concepts were
presented in separate but interrelated functional areas of the Airport. These are: |
.
Airfield Development .
Land Use/Land Acquisition .
Landside Facilities – Building Areas .
Landside Facilities – Support
Facilities and Surface Access |
Functional
areas were further subdivided into primary and secondary elements. Primary elements typically consist of large
areas of land, and, therefore, the airfield configuration represents the
primary element within this study.
Secondary elements, such as terminal area, general aviation, and
access and support facilities were evaluated both individually and
collectively to ensure the orderly evolution of a final master plan concept
that is functional, efficient, cost effective, and compatible with the
environment. |
Based upon
each respective concept analysis and comments received from Airport
management, JAA Staff, the Technical Advisory Committee, City of Jacksonville
Planning and the public, a recommended development concept was developed
which forms the basis of the Airport Layout Plan (ALP) Drawing set. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-2 |
|
City of Jacksonville Planning and
Development |
Proposed
airfield and landside alternatives at HEG considered the policies and
objectives outlined in the City of Jacksonville (COJ) 2010 Comprehensive Plan
with regard to land development around civilian airports and to a limited
extent transportation concurrency.
Florida Growth Management Laws, specifically Chapter 2005-290, defines
Capital Improvement requirements in relation to the COJ Plan and Florida
Department of Transportation Comprehensive Plan. Land Development around Civilian Airports
and Airfields and a portion of the Florida Growth Management Law, Chapter
2005-290, related to aviation facilities are provided in Appendix G of this
report. |
As required
by Chapter 2005-290, members of the Jacksonville Metropolitan Planning
Organization, who participated on the Project Technical Advisory Committee
(TAC), were involved in the planning and programming of transportation
facilities at the airport. Thus,
proposed development as outlined within the Airport Master Plan Update was
provided to the COJ Planning Department for inclusion into the long-range
transportation plan. As a result, the
long-range transportation plan should include both long and short-range
strategies which comply with state and federal requirements. The purpose of the long-term transportation
plan is to preserve the existing transportation structure as well as improve
mobility. |
The
long-range plan also assessed capital investment and other measures necessary
to enhance or make more efficient the use of existing transportation
corridors. Thus, based upon
coordination with the TAC, transportation concurrency to a limited degree was
considered with regard to proposed landside development on the airport. Transportation concurrency considers the
impact of proposed aviation development on local roads to determine if
sufficient capacity is or will be available.
Detailed project trip generation and roadway capacity determinations
were not part of the scope of this project; therefore, it is recommended that
detailed trip generation information be provided as part of future landside
design development. |
Previous Master Plan |
In the
process of evaluating potential airfield development, the previous Master
Plan Update was reviewed to identify trends and issues, which may impact
future development at the Airport. An
evaluation of the previous demand capacity analysis revealed that HEG will
not reach the 60 percent capacity threshold until beyond the original
planning period, approximately 2020.
This capacity assessment was verified during the current master plan
analysis, and revealed that HEG will not exceed its capacity based upon
annual service volume (ASV) until after 2025. |
Based upon
facility requirements identified in the previous 1992 and 2000 Master Plan
Updates, the |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-3 |
|
following on-airport development was
identified: |
.
T-Hangar Development (1992 and 2000
MPU) |
.
Bulk Storage Hangar Development (1992
and 2000 MPU) |
.
Retention/Detention Basin Construction
(1992 MPU) |
.
Vehicular Road Construction and
Entrance Road Realignment (1992 and 2000 MPU) |
.
Apron Expansion (1992 and 2000 MPU) |
.
Industrial Park Development (1992 MPU) |
.
ILS Installation (1992 and 2000 MPU) |
.
Runway 7 extension of 1,400 feet (1992
and 2000 MPU) |
.
Parallel runway 7R-25L (3,100 x 75
feet) (1992 MPU) |
.
General Aviation Facility Development
(1992 and 2000 MPU) |
.
Turf Runway Development (2000 MPU) |
.
Install Fencing (2000 MPU) |
.
Residential Fly-In Community
Development (2000 MPU) |
.
Renovate Terminal Building (2000 MPU) |
.
Upgrade Airfield Lighting (1992 and
2000 MPU) |
.
Construct Taxiways E, F, G and K (2000
MPU) |
A number of
the previous short and mid-term goals as outlined in the previous two master
plans have been implemented including T-hangar development, bulk hangar
construction, construction of a central/detention basin, terminal
rehabilitation, fencing, and upgrades to airport lighting. Consideration was
given to these concepts as part of this master plan analysis in order to
limit the number of potential options as well as address existing and future
demand requirements. |
Since its
transfer to JAA, HEG has remained a general aviation reliever and recreation
airport even after the conversion of Cecil Field from a military to public
use facility within the Jacksonville Aviation Authority System. As a result of the dynamics between the
airports (Jacksonville International, Craig, Herlong and Cecil Field
Airports) within the JAA System, an airport improvement strategy was
developed to include an evaluation of several preliminary concepts. This development strategy was used to
identify ultimate runway lengths, future airfield development and revenue
generation options. |
PREFERRED CONCEPT SUMMARY |
The preferred aviation development concept for HEG
was created through discussions with the Airport Sponsor, the Airport
Technical Advisory Committee, including the COJ Planning Department, and the |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-4 |
|
general
public through a qualitative and quantitative assessment process. For each development area, several alternatives
were conceptualized and further analyzed using an evaluation scoring
matrix. The evaluation scores afford
the most measurable assessment of each concept and highlight
deficits/surpluses in providing for future demand. |
The preferred
development concept combines options identified in Airfield Concept III,
North GA Concepts II and III, Mid-Field Concept II, the East and West
Commerce Park and South Development Concept I. Based upon existing and
forecast market demand, this combination of concepts is anticipated to ensure
that on-airport land use will be served by development likely to augment
forecast demand. The preferred concept proposes a 2,000 foot turf runway and
an extension to Runway 7. Alternative
III provides JAA the flexibility to provide a 500-foot or 600-foot extension
due to potential costs associated with runway lighting relocation. Either
option will increase the total usable runway length as well as provide
overrun pavement beyond each threshold.
The runway stopways provide an additional measure of safety, and are
recommended as a direct result of both TAC and Public input. The recommended development concept also
proposes several taxiway improvements to provide access to underutilized
portions of the airfield as well as incorporates a new precision LPV
instrument approach to both Runways 7 and 25, thus increasing approach and
visibility minimums. |
The preferred
North GA Concept addresses the need for variable hangar space to accommodate
both large and small aircraft through the construction of T-hangar,
conventional and corporate hangar space as well as provides areas adjacent to
Normandy Boulevard for non-aviation development. Further, both the South Development
Industrial Park and East Commerce Park propose a combination of compatible
non-aviation and aviation related development in order to buffer the airport
from encroaching residential neighborhoods while providing additional sources
of revenue diversification and generation for the airport. Finally, the Midfield Concept II provides
JAA the flexibility to address hangar storage needs related to anticipated
corporate and GA traffic. The
Mid-Field Concept also envisions the development of a new FBO/Maintenance
facility supported by a new aircraft parking apron. |
DEVELOPMENT CONCEPTS |
Runway Length Analysis |
The runway is
the principal facility of an airfield as it serves as the primary method for
aircraft to access airfield facilities.
It is vital to ensure that the runway has the proper length, width and
strength to safely accommodate aircraft expected to operate on it. In this section, the existing runway length
was |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-5 |
|
evaluated to
determine if the runway could safely accommodate both existing and future
critical aircraft requirements. |
The existing
runway lengths at HEG are: 7-25 (4,000 feet) and 11-29 (3,900 feet). Runway
length and width requirements are presented in FAA AC 150/5300-13, Change
10, Airport Design. These design standards are based upon a
critical aircraft’s approach speed, wingspan and the approach minimum for
that runway. Based upon discussions
with management, an ARC B-II group aircraft (i.e. King Air 90, Citation Jet I
and Dassault Falcon 20) represents the most demanding aircraft (e.g.
“critical aircraft”) currently using the airport. However, HEG is used on a limited basis by
ARC Group C-II aircraft, including Learjet 60 and Citation X aircraft, which,
at the time of this writing account for approximately 260 annual operations.
Based upon forecast data, operations by C-I and II ARC Group aircraft are
projected to increase to more than 610 by 2010 and over 3,000 by the year
2025. However, if the use of VLJs is
higher than expected, it is anticipated that the number of C-I and C-II
aircraft could increase exponentially. For this reason, the critical aircraft
used for this analysis was a C-II.1
The forecast demand of over 500 total annual operations supports the
master plan's recommendation for a longer runway at HEG. Therefore, the
master plan recommends the critical aircraft be changed to a C-II. |
The runway
length analysis was conducted in accordance with the guidelines provided in
FAA AC 150/5325-4A, FAA Airport Design Software (Version 4.2D), and the
manufacturer’s airplane characteristics manuals. These calculations take into
account variable conditions including airport elevation, mean temperature,
stage length and runway gradient. The
runway length determination also accounts for critical aircraft data such as
payload, landing and takeoff weight. |
Runway length
requirements were initially calculated for the critical class aircraft using
FAA AC 150/5325-4A and the FAA’s Airport Design Software. Use of this analysis provides a general
picture of runway length for various groups of aircraft and provides a
starting point for the review. This
initial analysis was based on the following assumptions specific to HEG which
are shown in Table 5-1. |
1 Existing demand is based upon discussion with the
local FBO and letters received from interested users requesting a longer
runway. Currently, some C-I and C-II aircraft (primarily the Citation X,
Falcon 900 and some Learjets which account for approximately 260 annual
operations) fly to and from HEG using take-off weight restrictions. Letters
from interested parties are included in Appendix F of this report. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-6 |
|
For this analysis, it assumed that the existing
fleet changes from B-II (i.e. King Air 90) to C-II (i.e. Citation X) and that
the average stage length is 1,000 miles.
This data was used to calculate the recommended runway lengths using
the FAA Software. These results are
displayed in Table 5-2. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-7 |
|
The runway
lengths were calculated using the FAA Airport Design Software, Version 4.2D;
however, this only provides a rough estimate commonly used for long-term
planning purposes. Based upon the data
provided in Table 5-2, a runway length of at least 4,440 feet should
be provided. However, it should be
noted that these calculated runway lengths are often shorter than designated
manufacturer and insurance company requirements. In order to obtain a more accurate runway
length requirement, the FAA recommends in AC 150/5325-4A that
individual length analyses be conducted for critical aircraft operating at
the airport. |
As a result,
the critical runway length was obtained from manufacturer
specifications. Using a number of
variables, such as temperature, airfield elevation, and aircraft load
characteristics, the aircraft specification manuals provide more realistic
and accurate runway length requirements based upon aircraft demand. |
Table 5-3 lists the group of critical aircraft that operate
or is expected to operate at HEG and the manufacturer’s recommended runway
length requirements. The recommended
runway length requirements data is for aircraft at Maximum Takeoff Weight
(MTW), at sea level and with standard ISA temperature (59ş F). The runway lengths given by the
manufacturer are then adjusted to the airport elevation and temperature at
HEG. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-8 |
|
Airport Elevation Adjustment |
The runway
length was adjusted to consider the effect of airport elevation on aircraft
performance - the higher the airport elevation, the less dense the air. This lack of density requires additional
runway length to obtain more speed. As
a result, the runway length was adjusted by a rate of 1 percent per 984 feet
above sea level. The airport elevation at HEG is 87 feet MSL; therefore the
runway length was increased by 0.08 percent. |
Temperature Adjustment |
The runway
length requirement was also adjusted to consider the impact of temperature on
the aircraft performance. Higher
temperatures have an adverse effect on aircraft performance, especially jet
turbine aircraft. Jet engines rely on the difference in temperature inside
and outside the engine to produce thrust. Therefore, as the temperature
outside increases, the engine becomes less efficient and requires additional
runway length to build the necessary thrust to become airborne. The required runway length was adjusted for
temperature by a rate of 1 percent for every 1 degree Celsius. The mean temperature during the hottest
month at HEG is 91.7ş F or 36.16ş Celsius, while ISA temperature at sea level
is 59ş F or 15şC. This is a difference of 32.7ş F or 21.16ş C. This difference resulted in a runway length
increase of 21.16 percent. |
Pavement Conditions |
Finally, the
runway length was calculated assuming that the runway is wet. Wet runway conditions also require more
runway length. The required runway
length is derived by applying a 15 percent increase to the previously
calculated runway length requirements.
The results of these calculations are depicted in Table 5-3. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-9 |
|
Currently the
longest available runway at HEG has a length of 4,000 feet (Runway
7-25). At this length, only 35.7 percent
of the listed aircraft can takeoff at maximum takeoff weight (MTW) under dry
runway conditions, while only the TBM 850 can takeoff at MTW during wet
runway conditions. Extending the
runway an additional 500 to 600 feet, providing a length of 4,500 to 4,600
feet, would increase the percentage of aircraft that can takeoff at MTW under
dry runway conditions to 50 percent and increase the percentage to 28.5
percent under wet runway conditions.
Extending the runway to 5,000 feet would increase the percentage to
64.2 percent under dry runway conditions and 50 percent under wet runway
conditions. Both extensions would constitute an increase in the operational
capacity for the aircraft operating at the airfield. It is important to note
that an environmental assessment (EA) may or may not be triggered by the
extension since an EA is typically triggered by potential environmental
impacts such |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-10
|
|
as wetland, noise,
air quality, etc. It is the consultant's opinion that a short form EA should
allow FAA to issue a FONSI for this project.
The Master Plan Update recommends an extension to 4,500 feet. However,
JAA should continue to analyze the increased operational capacity and
additional safety margin provided by a 1,000 foot extension to serve the
increasing demands of C-I and C-II aircraft as part of the design development
prior to construction. JAA should also
analyze the cost of upgrading the runway lighting systems as a part of the
extension project. |
Instrument Approach Analysis |
The Airport
is located in a one-mile "cut-out" of Cecil Field Class D airspace
and is surrounded by the Class D airspace associated with NAS Jacksonville to
the east and Naval Outlying Field (NOLF) Whitehouse to the northwest as well
as the Class C airspace of Jacksonville International Airport to the North.
In addition, a significant amount of military training occurs within the
special use airspace (SUA) surrounding HEG. Special use airspace areas
include: Alert Areas, Military Operating Areas (MOAs), and Restricted Areas
(RAs), which are located east, north and west of HEG. The special use
airspace areas typically have a high volume of rotary and high-speed fixed
wing activities and can have ceilings as high as 17,500 feet. |
As part of
the concepts analysis, the installation of a precision approach to either
Runway 7 or 25 was considered. Currently, Runway 25 is designated as a
non-precision instrument approach, and Runways 7, 11 and 29 are designated as
visual only. |
Air Traffic Control |
HEG is
surrounded by a combination of military and civilian airspace. There is no Air Traffic Control Tower
(ATCT) at HEG; therefore, the airspace is categorized as Class E
(uncontrolled) with floor of 700 feet MSL and extending upwards to 18,000
feet MSL. However, HEG is surrounded
by Class D and C airspace due to its proximity to the Whitehouse NOLF,
Jacksonville NAS and Mayport NAS, as well as Jacksonville International
Airport and Cecil Field. As a result,
contact with Jacksonville Air Traffic Control is required to transit through
Class C airspace associated with JIA and recommended during approach and
departure procedures to HEG. In addition, aircraft transitioning through
Class D airspace associated with Cecil Field, NAS Jacksonville and NOLF Whitehouse
must also contact ATC prior to entering the terminal airspace. |
It is
anticipated that providing an ATCT facility at HEG would improve the hourly
capacity of the airport while increasing safety due to the variety of
aircraft operations that occur at the Airport. However, the cost of an ATCT
is significant and recreational users do not desire an ATCT. An analysis of Air Traffic Control
requirements is discussed in further detail within the Airport Support Facilities
|
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-11
|
|
section of
this report. |
GA Security Requirements |
In the
aftermath of the September 11, 2001 attacks, airport security came under
intense scrutiny. Historically, GA airports have not been high-security
facilities, and federal and state governments have not, to date, regulated GA
airport security as it has done with commercial service airports. However,
the main terrorist threat against GA and GA airports is considered the
possible theft or hijacking of aircraft for use as potential terrorist
weapons. |
In May 2004,
a report entitled, "Recommended Security Guidelines related to General
Aviation Airports" was developed by State Aviation Officials from the
continental United States, Puerto Rico and Guam. The report provides advice, recommendations
and guidance to federal authorities for developing a national policy as well
as appropriate standards of airport security for public-use general aviation
airports. As a result, the FDOT in conjunction with the FAA is recommending
the following best practices at general aviation airports throughout the
State. These include: |
.
Prepare a comprehensive airport
security plan which would be subject to periodic review and approval by the
TSA and FDOT. . Install
adequate outdoor area lighting to help improve the security of (a) aircraft
parking and hangar areas, (b) fuel storage areas, and (c) access points to
the aircraft operations area. |
.
Institute
criminal record background checks for all airport, fixed base operator (FBO)
and airport tenant employees with access to the aircraft operations area
(AOA). Criteria similar to that used in FAR Part 107 should be developed to
determine what offenses would disqualify individuals from being granted
access. |
.
Install security fencing to help
prevent unauthorized access to the aircraft operations area, fuel facilities,
and other sensitive areas. . Install signage around the AOA, fuel facilities, and other sensitive
areas to deter unauthorized entry. |
Security
related projects are eligible for GA Entitlement funding and limited state
funding. However, GA security projects
are ranked low and, therefore, have no priority for discretionary funding at
this time. Therefore, the ability of
the large majority of GA airports to implement the various recommendations
will be contingent upon the provision of extensive financial assistance from
federal, state, and local governments. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-12 |
|
AIRFIELD CONCEPTS |
Airfield
facilities are, by their very nature, a focal point of an airport complex.
Because of their role and the fact that they physically dominate a large
portion of Airport’s property, airfield facility needs are often the most
critical factor in the determination of viable airport development concepts.
In particular, the runway system requires the greatest commitment of land
area and is often the greatest influence on the identification and
development of other airport facilities |
Furthermore,
the runway and taxiway system directly affects the efficiency of aircraft
movements, both on the ground and in the surrounding airspace. The runway and
taxiway system also limits the ability of an airport to handle certain
aircraft, which directly affects the types of air service an airport can
offer or accommodate. Finally, the efficiency of aircraft movement is
affected by local approach and departure procedures, which are influenced by
local restrictions associated with noise, airspace congestion, and other
considerations. |
The objective
of the airfield concepts section of this chapter is to derive concepts to
address airfield deficiencies identified in the previous chapters and to
provide the necessary facilities to meet the forecast demand over the 20-year
planning period. |
One of the
key issues identified is the runway length deficiency. The longest runway length available at the
airfield is 4,000 feet. However, an analysis of existing aircraft use
indicates that several larger and heavier aircraft operate with a weight
restriction (i.e. Citation Jet and Learjet), which limits their use at the
Airport. The forecast indicates that
operations by these aircraft will increase from 260 annual operations to over
900 during the twenty-year planning period.
From the list of aircraft provided in Table 5-2, it was
determined of these types of aircraft that only 35.7 percent can takeoff at
maximum takeoff weight under dry runway conditions and only one aircraft
under wet runway conditions at the current runway length of 4,000 feet.
However, if the runway length is increased to at least 4,500 feet, then these
percentages increase to 57.1 percent and 35.7 percent during dry and wet
conditions, respectively. Therefore,
the airfield concepts analysis considered development to increase runway
length. |
Runway 7-25
is the primary runway at HEG. Not only is this runway the longest on the
airfield, it also has wind coverage over the 85 percent required by the
FAA. Because of this, it is the
primary candidate for the runway extension. In addition to variations of an
extension to an existing runway, construction of a new runway based upon
varying orientations was also considered. However, the construction of a new
runway concept was abandoned due to cost, environmental issues and wind
coverage. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-13
|
|
Airfield Concept 1 (No
Build/Limited Development) |
Concept 1 was
developed to show the most cost-conscious and efficient usage of existing
airfield facilities. Only minor
improvements to safety and capacity were chosen. Projects that were costly, created major
changes to existing airfield configurations, had potential environmental
impacts, or required land acquisition were eliminated from further consideration. |
Projects
associated with the “Limited Development” Concept included: |
.
Closed Runways pavement removal |
.
Taxiways (Closed runways) pavement
overlay and repair |
.
Taxiways (Closed runways) marking and
lighting |
.
Runway 7-25 Pavement Maintenance and
Overlay |
.
Runway 7-25 Marking Removal and
Remarking |
.
Runway 11-29 Pavement Maintenance and
Overlay |
.
Runway 11-29 Marking Removal and
Remarking |
.
Overlay Taxiways C and D |
.
Pavement Condition Report |
.
Signage Plan and Airfield Signage
System Improvements, and |
. Non-Directional Beacon, AWOS and Electrical Vault Relocation |
Both Runways
7-25 and 11-29 would remain unchanged and would require pavement maintenance,
overlay and remarking. However, this
also means that the runway length deficiencies and required facilities to
meet the future demand will not be addressed.
|
However, a
number of projects including the rehabilitation of Runway 11-29 and the
closed runways, the electrical vault relocation, and the pavement condition
report costs will remain consistent throughout all three airfield concepts.
Therefore, Table 5-4 identifies projects which will remain consistent
throughout the alternatives analysis, and Table 5-5 identifies
preliminary project costs associated with Airfield Concept 1 only. As a
result, the estimated total magnitude costs for Airfield Concept 1 were
estimated at $9,697,452, which includes a 20 percent allowance for
engineering, design and contingency fees. |
In
developing cost estimates, no land acquisition was included since no on or
off-site development is planned. The following is an order of magnitude cost
estimate in 2006 dollars: |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-14 Airport
Alternatives Analysis 5-15 |
|
|
|
A listing of
key strengths and weaknesses associated with Airfield Concept 1 is shown
below: |
Thus, a
“Limited Action” concept in any of the functional areas identified would
effectively limit future development at HEG to the existing airside
configuration and thus would not accommodate forecast demand. Additional development, with the exception
of tenant-funded projects, would be made over the 20-year planning period
only when absolutely necessary. |
Airfield Concept 2 (Constrained
Development) |
As
recommended in Table 5-3, Runway Length Calculation for Existing
and Potential Aircraft at HEG, extending Runway 7 by 500 feet to the
south will provide the 4,500 foot length requirement. An extension to Runway 7-25 is the most
feasible due to wind coverage and overall alignment. An extension to the Runway 7 threshold was
chosen since it would have minimal impact to existing airfield facilities,
would remain on existing airport property, and is anticipated to have minimal
environmental impacts. Further, the
associated Runway 7 protection zone and noise contours would also remain on
airport property. Major projects associated with Concept 2 are outlined below
and in Figure 5-2, Airfield Concept 2. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-16
|
|
|
In addition
to projects outlined in Tables 5-6 and 5-7, major projects
associated with Airfield Concept 2 only include: |
.
Relocate Runway 7 threshold 500 feet
west |
.
Extend Taxiway A 500 feet to the west |
.
Install ILS Approach to Runway 25
including airport lighting system |
.
Relocate PAPI on Runway 7 |
.
Construct connector taxiway between
Runway 7 and Taxiway A |
.
Perimeter road relocation |
.
Convert closed runways to 35 foot
taxiways |
.
Pavement maintenance and overlay |
.
Remark Runway 7-25 for precision
instrument approach |
.
Mark and install MITL on converted
runways, and |
. Upgrade lighting on Runway 7-25 |
According to
the FAA AIP Project Eligibility documentation, FAA Order 5090.3 and Order
7031.2, a GA airport is eligible for an ILS with appropriate airport
lighting system if it is included in the NPIAS system and the runway meets or
is forecast to have sustained turbojet operations within five (5) years or
meets annual instrument approach criteria (i.e. wind coverage, obstructions,
NAVAID siting requirements, etc.). However,
according to FAA Order 5090.3C, Field Formulation of the National
Plan of Integrated Airport Systems (NPIAS), Table 3-1, Fundamental
Airport Development, the introduction of satellite navigation will be
able to support instrument approaches to virtually all runway ends, dependent
upon satellite signal availability. Thus, with the advent of the global
positioning system, installation of ILSs is decreasing and must be strongly
justified. Consequently, in order to
provide the option for a precision instrument approach, a Lateral Performance
with Vertical Guidance (LPV) approach could also be used for Runway 25 due to
wind and existing traffic patterns. An
LPV approach requires high intensity runway lighting and a MALSR to allow the
approach visibility to decrease to less than 3/4 statute mile. |
With the
installation of a precision approach to Runway 7-25, the runway markings
should be upgraded in conformance with AC 150/5340-1J, Standards
for Airport Markings. Runway marking improvements include the installation
of aircraft hold markings, touchdown zones and aiming points. As part of the
precision approach system, a glide slope antenna would be installed to the
south of Runway 25 and a localizer would be installed approximately 1,000
feet beyond the Runway 7 threshold. The Glide Slope Antenna (GS) is used to
establish and maintain the aircraft’s descent rate until visual contact
confirms the runway alignment and location.
As such, the GS antenna may be located on either |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-18
|
|
side of the
runway but is recommended to be located on the side of the runway offering
the least possibility of signal reflections from buildings, power lines,
vehicles, aircraft, etc. The glide
slope critical area, depending upon the system used, can range from 800 feet
to 3,200 feet long by 100 feet to 200 feet wide. The critical areas
associated with the existing and future precision instrument approach to
Runway 25 are identified in Figure 5-2, Airfield Concept 2. In
addition, the installation of a precision approach to Runway 25 will require
the relocation and realignment of the airport perimeter road to minimize the
impact to the localizer critical area.
Further, the cost of an environmental assessment associated with the
extension of Runway 7 was also considered as part of the development cost.
Although environmental impacts likely to trigger an EA are not believed to be
significant, this decision is beyond the scope of the consultant and,
therefore, should be considered. |
Land
acquisition is limited to an avigation easement prior to the approach to
Runway 25 to accommodate the precision approach. The existing use of this property is
primarily commercial with a small amount of residential development
(approximately three homeowners) according to the COJ Property Appraisers'
Office. The estimated cost of Table
5-7, Airfield Concept 2, Preliminary Order of Magnitude Cost
Estimates provide costs in 2006 dollars for the proposed development. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-19
|
|
Thus, based
upon proposed development, the total estimated cost associated with Airfield
Concept 2 is $17,234,257. It is important to note that the implementation
of an LPV approach rather than an ILS approach on Runway 25 would likely cost
approximately $500,000 rather than the estimated $1.9 million. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-20
|
|
|
A listing of
key strengths and weaknesses associated with Airfield Concept 2 is listed
below: |
Airfield Concept 3 (Unconstrained
Development) |
The third
concept consists of extending Runway 7 by 500 feet and adding 250-foot
stopways to both runway ends. According to FAA Advisory Circular
150/5300-13, Change 10, "a stopway is an area beyond the takeoff
runway centered on the runway centerline, and designated by the airport owner
for use in decelerating an airplane during an aborted takeoff. The stopway
must be at least as wide as the runway and able to support an aircraft during
an aborted takeoff without causing structural damage to the
airplane". The length of the
overrun/stopway must be able to accommodate the critical aircraft at maximum
takeoff weight. Based upon requests by
existing and potential users as well as the general public in addition to
expected aircraft demand, runway stopways are warranted. Thus, as a result of changes to the
forecast transient fleet at HEG, the proposed stopways will provide an
additional margin of safety in case an aircraft ‘overshoots’ or ‘undershoots’
the runway as well as provide JAA greater |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-22
|
|
flexibility for future development. The use of stopways on both Runway 7 and 25
provides the following declared distance lengths as outlined in Appendix 14
of FAA Advisory Circular 150/5300-13. |
In addition
to the proposed runway extension, this concept also adds a parallel turf
runway for light sport and glider aircraft. |
Turf Runway |
Currently,
light sport aircraft and gliders land on turf situated between Taxiway A and
Runway 7-25. This area, although not designated or marked for landing, may
potentially cause unsafe conditions for aircraft on the runway or taxiway due
to the limited separation distances between them. Hence, several sites were
evaluated and considered for the ultimate layout of the turf runway as shown
in Figure 5-3, Turf Runway Alternatives, but due to impacts on
hangar facilities and existing wetlands as well as wind direction and flight
patterns, the placement of the turf runway south of Runway 7-25 appeared to
be the most legitimate and safest course of action without compromising approach
areas. Additionally, impacts to
airspace were also considered. Based
upon discussions with Cecil Field and JAA airspace personnel, concerns
regarding crossing an active runway during approach and departure were
resolved with modified flight operations procedures. One suggestion noted was a left hand turn
off of Runway 7 and a right hand turn off of 25. This would allow aircraft to
operate well within Herlong’s airspace and not impact operations on Runway
7-25. The proposed location for the turf runway will ultimately allow future
expansion of facilities by providing parking and shade hangars while also
limiting encroachment by larger aircraft. |
Five
potential alternatives, as shown in Figure 5-3, were developed for the
new turf runway. Placing the turf
runway parallel to the north side of Runway 7-25 was not considered an option
due to its significant impact on both existing facilities and
operations. |
Alternative
1: Parallel to Runway 7-25 – This
option, although convenient in terms of access from the |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-23
|
|
north side of the airfield, poses a potential
problem for separation with aircraft operating on Runway 7 |
25. The proximity
and density of aircraft activity in this area causes a problem for larger
aircraft due to the concentrated light sport aircraft that will use the turf
runway. |
Alternative
2: Runway 7-25 South of Closed Runways
- Alternative two does provide 95 percent wind coverage for a 10 knot
crosswind. However, the location would impact residential development south
and west of the airfield, impact recommended industrial development as well
as impact the local Gun and Rifle Club. In addition, Alternative 2 is located
within a wetland area. Therefore,
significant mitigation and cost would be required to effectively accommodate
these operations. |
Alternative
3: Staggered and Parallel to Runway
7-25 – Similar to Alternative 1,
this option suggests that the turf runway be situated parallel to 7-25 but
shifted south and then to the southwest several hundred feet. This
configuration establishes more separation with 7-25, allowing a better safety
margin for both larger and smaller aircraft.
However, a shifting of the turf runway to the southwest will encumber
the location of the perimeter and ultimate south side access road. |
Alternative
4: Parallel to west closed runway – This option enables flight activity by light
sport aircraft to be completely segregated from larger aircraft activity on
Runway 7-25. This configuration does
not overlap the approach surfaces to Runway 7-25 and facilitates the
operational pattern and activity of light aircraft. Another advantage of this
alternative is the benefit of adjacency of the runway to a dedicated area
exclusive to sport and light aircraft.
|
Alternative
5: Runway 9-22 - Alternative five
would also separate powered aircraft traffic from the lighter glider and
sport aircraft traffic, thus improving overall airport capacity. In addition, wind coverage for Runway 9-22
is almost 92% with a 10 knot crosswind. However, like Alternative Two,
Alternative Five will require significant mitigation and, therefore, will
incur a significant cost. Further,
operations would require glider and other small aircraft to operate near the
Gun and Rifle Club which may be considered a safety hazard. |
Preferred
Turf Runway Alternative - It is
recommended that a 2,000 by 60-foot Turf Runway be constructed 400 feet
parallel to and staggered adjacent to Runway 7-25 to segregate ultra light
and glider traffic from the piston and turbine aircraft that use Runway
7-25. Due to environmental and terrain
constraints anticipated to occur at the 700 foot runway to runway separation,
JAA requests a modification to design standards. Further, HEG management and JAA will
implement operating procedures designating that the paved Runway 7-25 and
Turf Runway (7U-25U) are considered one runway. Thus, simultaneous operations
are not allowed. An area adjacent to
the turf runway will be graded for glider and sport aircraft storage. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-24
|
|
In
conjunction with the runway extension, a 500 foot extension is recommended
for Taxiway A to provide access to the new runway threshold. The
runway-to-taxiway separation between Runway 7-25 and Taxiway A will remain at
300 feet and its width will be 35 feet in accordance with AC 150/5300-13. In
addition, it is recommended that the closed runways be converted to 35 foot
wide taxiways, in accordance with Aircraft Group II requirements, thereby
providing access to the southern quadrant of the airfield. Further, the removal of excess pavement
will minimize the airport’s ongoing pavement maintenance costs. Again, the cost of an environmental
assessment related to the extension of Runway 7-25 was included in the
preliminary cost estimates. Although
based upon a preliminary environmental evaluation that potential impacts will
be minimal, and, therefore unlikely to trigger an EA, it was considered in
the best interest of JAA to include this cost since the decision to require
an EA or Categorical Exclusion is determined by the FAA. |
As discussed
in Airfield Concept 2, a precision instrument approach to Runway 25 is
recommended as is a precision instrument approach to Runway 7 either using an
ILS or LPV approach. This will allow
an approach visibility of less than 3/4 statute mile to either runway
threshold. Both the ILS and LPV will
require approach lighting systems and upgrades to Runway 7-25's runway
markings and lighting. Further an airspace study would need to be conducted
by the FAA prior to implementing a Category I precision instrument approach
to Runway 7 in order to determine if such operations will impact approaches
to Runways 18L-36R and 18R-36L at Cecil Field Airport. As shown in Alternative 2, the PAPIs and
REILs on Runway 7 will be relocated to the new threshold, and a realignment
of the airport perimeter road is required.
Figure 5-4 is a graphical representation of Airfield Concept
3. |
Costs
associated with Concept 3 include the acquisition of avigation easements
beyond the Runway 7 and Runway 25 thresholds. Property acquisition is
estimated at 10.7 acres (1.7 acres Runway 25 and 9.0 acres Runway 7). Property prior to the Runway 7 threshold is
designated as commercial/industrial. Land acquisition, based upon the COJ
Property Appraiser information, is anticipated to impact only two at a
maximum three businesses. Property
prior to the Runway 25 threshold consists of a mix of residential and
commercial land use. It is anticipated
that the acquisition of additional land associated with the proposed
avigation easement will impact approximately three (3) home owners and one or
two businesses. However, since JAA already has a partial avigation easement
over the residential property located across Normandy Blvd, it is anticipated
that the impact to both homeowners and businesses will be negligible. Still an environmental assessment may be
required to determine the impact of proposed development. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-25
|
|
|
A listing of
key strengths and weaknesses associated with Airfield Concept 3 are listed
below: |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-27
|
|
|
Tables
5-8 and 5-9 outline the
preliminary order of magnitude costs associated with Airfield Concept 3 in
2006 dollars. The total estimated cost of Airfield Concept 3 including
routine maintenance and associated projects was determined to be
approximately $21,123,382. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-29
|
|
1 Project Costs include 20% engineering and contingency fee
Source: The LPA Group, Incorporated, 2006 |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-30
|
|
Environmental Assessment |
Typically an environmental assessment (EA) is
warranted, according to FAA Order 5050.4B, National Environmental
Policy Act (NEPA) Implementing Instructions for Airport Actions, and Order
1050.1E, Environmental Impacts: Policies and Procedures, for the following
projects: |
.
Helicopter Facilities and operations .
Land Acquisition .
New Airport .
Airport Relocation .
New Runway .
Major runway strengthening or extension
. Conversion of Prime and
Unique Farmland, . Conversion
or impacts to Coastal Waters or Wetlands, and . Other actions anticipated to negatively alter
existing airport environs. |
Although the cost of an environmental assessment is
included within the proposed airfield development concepts, based upon
preliminary environmental impacts and limited discussions with FAA
Environmental Scientists, the extension of Runway 7-25 and the construction
of the turf runway are not anticipated to trigger an EA. However, the decision to apply a
Categorical Exclusion or an Environmental Assessment is at the discretion of
the FAA Airport District Office. |
Evaluation of Concepts |
The airfield concepts were evaluated within this
section to weigh the inherent strengths and weaknesses of each in comparison
to the other development concepts discussed.
Concepts were evaluated within the following categories: best planning
tenets, phasing/construction, operational performance, environmental impacts,
fiscal factors and community recommendations and acceptance. |
.
Best
Planning Tenets – pertains to the
total growth potential that each concept affords and the process inherent to
achieving that growth. The evaluation
criteria associated with this category includes: the ability to provide
airfield facilities that will satisfy the needs of unconstrained levels of
demand, provides the best practices for safety and security, conforms to
applicable FAA design and other appropriate standards, provides the highest
and best on and off-airport land use, provides balance between elements,
provides flexibility to adjust to unforeseen changes, conforms to appropriate
local, regional and state transportation plans, is technically feasible,
socially and politically feasible and satisfies users needs throughout the
twenty-year planning |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-31 |
|
period. |
. Phasing/Construction – pertains to existing on-airport land uses and
associated impacts to existing facilities as well as the level of difficulty
and the cost involved in implementing the proposed airfield concepts. The
evaluation criteria associated with this category include the ability to
phase construction and expand incrementally, the costs associated with
construction, the impact on existing facilities, and any engineering
difficulties associated with airfield build-out requirements. |
. Operational Performance – compares the overall operational efficiency of
the proposed airfield layouts. The evaluation criteria associated with this
category include the compatibility with the long-range airfield in terms of
length requirements and the efficiency of the supporting taxiway system. |
. Environmental Effects – performs a general assessment to determine the
degree to which proposed airfield improvements would potentially affect
various components of the surrounding environment as outlined in FAA Order
1050.1, Environmental Impacts: Policies and Procedures and FAA Order 5050.4,
FAA guidance for complying with NEPA. |
. Fiscal Factors – performs an order of magnitude cost analysis to determine if
concepts are responsive to the fiscal constraints of the Airport. This includes an evaluation of the
respective cost advantages and disadvantages of the concepts as well as
identification of likely funding sources to determine if the proposed
concepts are realistically within the fiscal capability of the Airport. |
. Community Recommendations/Acceptance – performs a general assessment of the likelihood
that the proposed improvements will obtain acceptance from the community at
large. |
An evaluation
matrix, which addresses the aforementioned criteria, is presented in Table
5-10, Airfield Concept Evaluation. |
Recommended Airfield Concept |
Upon
evaluation of the criteria presented in Table 5-10 as well as
consultation and input from the TAC and general public, the recommended
airfield concept for HEG is Airfield Concept III, “Runway Extension with
Stopways Scenario”. The evaluation
scores presented in Table 5-10 afford a measurable assessment of the
three airfield alternative concepts with respect to the outlined
criteria. Although |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-32 |
|
Alternative I
is most favorable in terms of phasing and construction, it fails to address
the needs and accommodate forecast increases in operational activity at HEG.
Although a 500-foot extension is required to accommodate forecast activity, a
600-foot extension with 400 feet of stopways may be more cost effective. The anticipated cost of relocating the
lights on Runway 7-25 to accommodate the 500foot extension may outweigh the
cost of doing a 600-foot extension which will require additional lighting
only. As a result, Airfield Concept III provides the opportunity to implement
either extension, reinforces the needs of all airport constituencies, and
provides the most reasonable development scenario for the airport’s immediate
and long-term requirements and its greater role within the Jacksonville
Airport System. As a result, based
upon the previous analysis, it is recommended that Airfield Concept III be
considered for future implementation. Figure
5-5 is a graphical representation of the preferred airfield development. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-33 Airport
Alternatives Analysis 5-34 Airport
Alternatives Analysis 5-35 Airport
Alternatives Analysis 5-36 Airport
Alternatives Analysis 5-37 Airport
Alternatives Analysis 5-38 Airport
Alternatives Analysis 5-39 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Source: The LPA Group Incorporated, 2006 |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-40
|
|
|
Land Use |
The objective
of the Land Use Analysis is to evaluate the impacts that airfield and
landside improvements would have on the use of land within the Airport’s
boundary, on contiguous parcels and on the community as a whole. As described
in Chapter 2, Airport Inventory, HEG is located on
approximately 1,434 acres of land which is designated as Fee Simple
ownership. |
While
considering the inter-relationship between various airport functions, the
recommended concept identifies and delineates the areas on the Airport
reserved for future development. Land
use concepts were developed based upon Airfield Concepts 2 and 3, which
primarily involve the extension of Runway 7, the rehabilitation of the closed
runways as well as the installation of an ILS approach to Runway 25. However,
Airfield Concept 3 in addition to the development outlined in Airfield
Concept 2 also includes development of a Turf Runway and 250 foot safety
stopways beyond the thresholds of both Runways 7 and 25. Both concepts will
accommodate anticipated demand over the course of the twenty year planning
period. |
It is
important to note that discussions are on-going as to the use of the property
on the south portion of the airfield for potential residential
development. Due to FAA concerns
related to on-airport residential development, JAA is considering the
implications would consider divesting itself of the property with the
assistance of the FAA. However, in a
letter received on May 11, 2006, included in Appendix B, FAA/FDOT
Correspondence and Related Data, of this report, "the FAA strongly
discourages "through the fence" operations' especially those
including residential land use."
The FAA further stated: "If an airport sponsor chooses to grant
"through the fence" access, the sponsor must ensure that its
decision will not result in a violation of its Federal obligations, at
present or in the future." |
However,
according to the Land Use Compatibility and Airport documentation developed
by the FAA in 1998, HEG can support a wide variety of discretionary uses
including: airport or aviation related businesses, non-aviation
commercial/industrial development, general aviation and corporate aviation
development, mixed use, which includes aviation and non-aviation development,
as well as low population density, such as golf courses, limited
agricultural, etc. within the approach/transition zones. Figure 5-6 is
a graphical representation of the Recommended Land Use Map for HEG. These areas serve as the foundation for
future airport development and are described in the paragraphs that follow. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-42
|
|
|
Airport Operations |
The airport
operations area is centered on the runways, taxiways, and various safety
zones (i.e. Runway Safety Area (RSA), Runway Object Free Area (OFA), Runway
Protection Zone (RPZ), etc.) that impact the operation of aircraft. Based
upon the airfield concepts discussed, an extension to Runway 7-25 as well as
the installation of a precision approach to both Runways 25 and 7 will
require the acquisition of approximately 15.7 acres north of the threshold of
Runway 25 and 9.9 acres north and west of the threshold to Runway 7 to
accommodate the expanded RPZ areas. |
It is
anticipated that a runway extension would result in increased in turbine GA
activity and would no longer limit aircraft performance requirements due to
inadequate facilities, thus making the Airport more attractive to a variety
of users. Although a slight increase in noise is possible due to increases in
turbine operations, based upon the noise contours, the noise increase was
negligible since newer turbine engine aircraft are quieter than several older
piston aircraft currently using the field. Existing and future noise contours
associated with the existing and forecast fleet mix is provided in Appendix
D, Noise Analysis, of this report. |
The
establishment of future airport development along the northwest, southwest
and southeast portions of the airfield will maximize the utilization of
available land areas while also providing a buffer between airport operations
and contiguous residential and commercial parcels while increasing the
airport’s overall revenue stream.
Further, proposed taxiway development through the conversion of the
closed runways to taxiways will provide airside access to currently
underutilized areas of the airport, thus improving airfield capacity and
utilization. |
Corporate and Light General
Aviation |
As
mentioned, the areas south of Runway 7-25 adjacent to the closed runways is
underutilized due to limited surface access, poor pavement conditions, and
lack of utilities. To date, the
majority of general aviation and corporate facilities are located along the
north side of the Airport property line adjacent to Runway 7-25 and Normandy
Boulevard. As part of proposed airfield development, it is recommended that
facilities dedicated to larger corporate aircraft be located adjacent to the
closed runways along the south and west side of the airport property.
Development of this area would include corporate and conventional hangars as
well as associated apron and parking facilities. |
Areas
dedicated to ultra lights and gliders could be located adjacent to the
proposed turf runway, 7U25U, thereby providing ease of access while limiting
potential conflicts with traditional piston and |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-44
|
|
small
conventional hangars and FBO facilities would be constructed to the north of
Runway 7-25. The General Aviation
areas can be easily accessed via Normandy Boulevard and the Airport Entrance
road, while access to the west and south side of the airfield could be obtained
via the airport perimeter road and access gate south of the Airport Entrance
Road. It is important to note that for
development to occur, utilities will need to be provided before construction
can begin. |
Airport Commerce and Industrial
Park |
In an effort
to increase the generation and diversification of revenues at HEG, several
areas of the airport were evaluated for airport commerce or industrial park
development. Possible locations include the western side of the airport along
Normandy Boulevard contiguous to the road and near the Advanced Disposal
site, along the eastern side of the airport located between Runways 25 and
29, and the land area south of the closed runways adjacent to the Airport
Perimeter Road as shown in Figure 5-6, Land Use. Commerce and
industrial park development will play a key role in providing a location for
aviation and non-aviation oriented businesses, including non-aviation storage
facilities, offices and even a restaurant.
|
A Commerce
Park/Industrial Park may also provide a location for firms such as parts
suppliers and avionics repair shops that often operate from locations not
directly accessible to the airfield to be accommodated. There are a number of organizations and
businesses that prefer to be located on or adjacent to an airport due to the
orientation of their products, market and/or operations. These may include a number of firms that
operate their own aircraft. |
JAA should
also consider marketing HEG's facilities to corporate aircraft and
experimental aircraft manufacturers.
Typically these companies locate in areas with a strong
aviation-oriented labor force. In
developing the site, an area must be chosen which provides ample apron
frontage and easy surface access. Manufacturers
of specialized parts or components do not require direct access to the
airfield but many, due to the aviation orientation of their business, would
make the airport a preferred location. |
Both a
Commerce Park and Industrial Park are compatible with the airport
environment, and not only provide airport management an additional source of
revenue but supply a buffer between the airport operating area and the
surrounding community. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-45
|
|
Residential Development |
Several
interested parties have approached JAA to develop a residential fly-in
community either on or adjacent to airport property south of the closed
runways. A potential layout of the fly-in
community include lots with houses and attached hangars as well as taxi lanes
providing access to the airfield through the conversion of the closed runways
to taxi lanes as shown in Figure 5-7, Residential Air Park. It
is the current FAA policy not to support residential fly-in community
development around public use airports even if the airport secures covenants
and restrictions on the property that ensure the airport will be protected
from noise and height control issues.
The FAA is also concerned about the potential for through the fence
operations that might occur as shown in the letter dated May 11, 2006 in Appendix
B of this document. If JAA wants
to pursue this alternative, they most probably have to seek legislative
support to address FAA concerns. |
JAA could
also declare the property not required for aviation purposes and seek FAA
approval to sell the property at fair market value. The money obtained from the sale of
property could be used for future airport development. Based upon local appraisals, it is
estimated that the sale would generate (at $20,000 per acre) approximately
$2.4 million to offset airport costs listed in Table 5-11 needed to
support residential development.
Anticipated airport development needed to accommodate a residential
fly-in community is related primarily to fence line, roadway and taxiway
improvements. However, the airport may
gain significant revenues associated with aircraft maintenance and fuel
sales. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-46
|
|
Another issue
that will need to be addressed in order to move forward with possible
residential development is the issue of the gun club located to the south of
HEG property adjacent this proposed development. |
Mixed Use |
While HEG
should give priority consideration in its real estate policy to firms and
organizations that are aviation oriented, it should not preclude using
available property to attract other industrial/commercial activities.
Creating strong business activities near the Airport will create beneficial
effects and a favorable climate for the potential attraction of
aviation-related organizations. |
Thus, in
order to maintain flexibility and take advantage of market opportunities,
areas adjacent to Normandy Boulevard and Herlong Road on the north and east
sides of the airfield can and should be reserved for mixed use
development. As a result, this
combination of aviation and non-aviation development including commercial, industrial,
or retail opportunities depending upon market demand, would allow HEG to
maximize land use within its current property line while providing an
additional source of viable revenue. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-47
|
|
|
Low Density Uses for
Approach/Transition Zones |
The
approach/transition zones for Runway 7, 25 and 29 are unsuitable for most
commercial and industrial development due to height limitations and/or
obstacle free zone criterion. This
area is often designated for low density population use. Many airports have
been successful in developing low-density recreational facilities in approach
and departure zones. Golf courses are
frequently regarded as a good use in this area, although clubhouses and other
areas where large groups of people congregate should not be located within
the RPZ. Ball fields may be developed outside the RPZ, but caution must be
exercised when planning. Caution should also be exercised before planning
recreational facilities, even on an interim basis, in areas reserved for
future aeronautical development. The required relocation of such facilities
may require special environmental approvals.
|
When
considering potential land uses within high noise zones, consideration must
also be given to the land use guidelines included within the Airport’s
approved Noise Compatibility Program, which specifies the level of noise
reduction which should be included in structures, local zoning and general
compatibility of various types of land uses.
|
LANDSIDE FACILITIES – BUILDING
AREAS |
All landside
facilities, particularly building areas, are ideally developed to be in
balance with the airfield/airspace facilities. At HEG, existing and proposed development
areas include: |
.
GA and related aeronautical development
areas |
.
Commerce Park |
.
Industrial Park |
. Residential Aviation Development |
The focus of
this section is to evaluate those building areas directly related to support
aviation activity. Non-aviation development on-Airport was evaluated in a
cursory manner considering location, function and future utility and
compatibility with aviation operations. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-49
|
|
Building area concepts were conceptualized with the
goal of creating a facilities plan that exhibits the following
characteristics: |
. Flexibility: A plan that is demand-responsive
and can adjust over time to changes in quantifiable demands as well as
changes in the nature of demand. . Vision: A plan that addresses probable future
aviation trends and technologies, as well as trends in other transportation
arenas. . Definition: A plan that sets a sure course of
action for the short-range, and is clearly supported and realistic. . Order: A plan that views each part of
the landside system as a interrelated part of the whole Airport and regional
transportation system . Balance: A plan that can extend the
landside to its required fullest extent while maintaining |
balance with the capacity of the fully expanded
airside. . Convenience: A plan that enables HEG and its tenants to achieve
a high level of public service. . Stability:
A plan that properly guides small increments of growth and modification that
HEG and |
its tenants may need over time. .
Economic Soundness: A plan that enables HEG and its tenants to prosper
over the years. . Suitability: A plan that meets the needs of the Airport’s
tenants and its users. |
Table 5-12
presents a cursory summary of estimated building area facility requirements
derived from the previous chapter.
Although specific years were used to identify forecast levels of
development, these years merely represent “triggers” which may or may not
coincide with the year that will require the expansion or upgrade of major
facilities at the Airport. These
requirements were used as the basis for the formulation and evaluation of
concept building area concepts. These
requirements are based upon an analysis of facilities at HEG and comparisons
with other similarly sized airports based upon future levels of projected
demand. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-50
|
|
*Note: Existing T-Hangars includes
recently constructed 14-Unit T-Hangar (T-6) **Note: Based upon existing work
program, anticipate 100 existing T-Hangars by 2010. Source: The LPA Group Incorporated, 2006
and Airport Management |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-51
|
|
Although it
appears that no additional apron space is required to accommodate based and
transient aircraft parking demand, it is recommended that new apron areas
dedicated to light aircraft activity as well as transient aircraft operations
be developed near the north of Taxiway A, adjacent to the proposed turf
runway and possibly near the closed runways due to the location, condition
and access limitations of existing facilities. |
Considering
the seemingly endless range of possibilities for facility development, broad
concepts were first developed in their long-range configuration to a limited
extent of detail in order to understand their potential and reasonableness in
relation to anticipated demand. These
concepts were then narrowed according to their ability to meet the
characteristics described above. As a
result, the following landside development area concepts were
considered. |
GA and Related Aeronautical
Development Areas |
The existing
GA facilities are primarily located on the west side of the airfield adjacent
to Normandy Boulevard. Yet, due to limited developable land within the
western quadrant of the airfield, additional general aviation development is
recommended within the midfield area east of Runway 7 and adjacent to the
closed runway facilities. Expansion of
facilities located west of Taxiway A and adjacent to the existing Terminal
Facilities will be designated as the North GA complex whereas proposed
midfield development will be designated as the Midfield GA complex. Favored locations for GA development
considered topography, environmental impacts, airfield and roadway access and
utilities. These criteria were used to
evaluate the preferred facility development for each of the GA areas outlined
above. |
Establishing
areas for specific GA functions allows the airport to maximize on-airport
development while separating larger aircraft operations from glider,
skydiving and ultra-light activity.
Further the development of the midfield area and the redevelopment of
the closed runways as taxiways will provide HEG the opportunity to provide
not only T-hangar facilities but also the opportunity to develop conventional
and corporate storage facilities and expanded apron tie-down facilities. |
Aircraft
storage facilities at HEG consist of a combination of conventional and
T-hangars in addition to aircraft tie-down facilities. Aircraft hangar facilities are provided and
managed by the Fixed Based Operator, JAA/Herlong Aviation, which also
provides airport management. At the
time of this writing, the airport’s current T-hangars were operating at 100
percent capacity and 14 T-hangar facilities were in the process of being
constructed. Still, based upon the airport's existing waiting list as well as
forecast demand, hangar storage demand over the long-term planning period is
significant. The proposed development
options accommodate the capacity requirements outlined in Chapter 4, Demand
Capacity and Facility Requirements, while also providing for various
leasehold options and diversification of |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-52
|
|
revenue. The
demand for T-hangars in Florida exceeds the ability of the FDOT to meet
anticipated demand for storage facilities.
Therefore, if HEG were to build T-hangar facilities beyond those
required to meet demand, the Airport may likely attract based aircraft
tenants beyond those forecast for the twenty-year planning period. |
Proposed GA
development concepts build upon the airfield concepts evaluated earlier in
the report. The following subsections
provide a detailed analysis of GA development in conjunction to proposed
airfield development. Following an
evaluation of the GA concepts, a preferred concept for each (North and
Midfield) may be recommended to provide a framework to support and guide
future development at the Airport, including support facilities and landside
access. |
Each GA
development considered storm water retention/drainage improvements, airfield
capacity and landside and airside access.
Each considers the nine fundamental areas for GA facilities,
including: |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-53
|
|
. Corporate Facilities – represent all hangar storage, aircraft apron, and
automobile parking areas for aviation-related businesses and private
corporations. |
All proposed
development was evaluated based upon the assessment criteria of best planning
tenets: phasing/construction, operational performance, environmental impacts,
fiscal factors and community recommendations and acceptance to determine the
preferred development concept for each of the proposed GA development areas.
Proposed layouts for GA facilities within the North and Midfield quadrants of
the airport are shown in Figures 5-8 through 5-12, respectively. |
North Landside Development |
Included in
the North Landside development are options for aircraft storage and
associated facilities adjacent to the Airport Entrance Road, Bulk Storage
hangar, and Taxiway A. As stated, the
North Landside Development is located within the west quadrant of the
airfield adjacent to Taxiway A and Normandy Boulevard. This sector contains the majority of
development on the airport including aircraft storage, terminal facilities,
fuel facilities, aircraft tie-down and automobile parking. Three GA development layouts for this zone
were identified and include hangar development, apron expansion and construction,
access road improvements, fence line adjustment, surface parking, and
airfield access improvements. Order of
magnitude cost estimates for each concept is provided in 2006 dollars, and
development is shown through the long-term planning period. |
Several
concepts were considered for the development of the North district including
the various undeveloped areas north of the existing FBO and west of T-hangar
10. Due to the anticipated cost of
wetland mitigation, development in specific areas was limited. Proposed development consists of aviation
development, including hangar storage facilities, apron, automobile parking
and access roads. All three concepts considered surface and airfield access,
potential environmental impacts, operational considerations, including Part
77 height requirements, facility demand and revenue diversification. |
North Landside Concept 1 |
Concept 1
proposes that aviation and non-aviation tenants continue to use the bulk
hangar office facilities, while available lease hold areas would be primarily
developed for aircraft storage facilities. Access to on-airport storage,
including T-hangar and conventional hangar facilities is provided via the
Airport Entrance Road as well as Normandy Boulevard. North Landside Concept 1, shown in Figure
58, proposes a variety of hangar storage facilities to accommodate small
and medium sized aircraft via T-hangars and conventional hangars. T-hangar
facilities are to be constructed west of the existing T-Hangars north of the
West Apron, and three 100 x 220-foot conventional hangars are to be
constructed |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-54 |
|
between the existing FBO/Bulk Hangar facility and
Normandy Boulevard. Access to both the
T-hangars and conventional hangars will require a realignment of the T-Hangar
access road via the Airport Entrance Road. All the proposed facilities have
airside access to Taxiway A via taxiway connectors, and surface parking is
provided adjacent to the facilities. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-55
|
|
Projects associated with North Landside Concept 1
include construction of: |
.
One 12-unit T-hangar .
Three (3) 100 x 220-foot Conventional
Hangar . Approximately 3500 SY of
Apron Space . Relocation
of T-Hangar Access Road . Construction of four (4) 35-foot wide Taxilanes .
Approximately 75 parking spaces, .
Access Road Relocation and Extension .
Drainage Improvements, and .
Fencing Relocation |
Order of magnitude cost estimates in 2006 dollars
are shown in Table 5-13. |
A comparison
of the anticipated impacts associated with the proposed development is
outlined below: |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-56
|
|
|
North Landside Concept 2 |
North
Landside Concept 2, shown in Figure 5-9, also proposes a mix of hangar
storage facilities to accommodate small and medium sized aircraft via
T-hangars and conventional hangars.
T-Hangar facilities are provided throughout the north side, including
west of the existing T-hangars adjacent to the retention pond, north of the
bulk hangar facility, and south of T-hangars 1, 2 and 3. Conventional hangars will be constructed
north of the Mercair Facilities adjacent to T-hangars 1, 2 and 3. Landside access is primarily provided via
the Airport Entrance Road. Automobile
parking is provided adjacent to both the T-hangar and Conventional aircraft
storage facilities. Airside access for
all development is provided via taxi lanes to Taxiway A and the East and West
Aprons. |
Projects associated with North Landside Concept 2
include construction of: |
One 12-Unit T-Hangars |
.
Two 22-Unit T-Hangars |
.
Three 14-Unit T-Hangars |
.
Two 100' x 170' Conventional Hangars |
.
Expansion of West Apron |
.
Construction of Approximately 3,800 SY
Conventional Hangar Apron |
.
Expansion of East Apron north of
Taxiway A, |
. Relocation of T-Hangar Access Road |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-58
|
|
.
Construction of 25 parking spaces .
Drainage Improvements, and .
Taxilane Construction |
Order of magnitude cost estimates in 2006 dollars
are shown in Table 5-14. |
1 Project Costs include 20%
engineering and contingency fee Source: The LPA Group, Incorporated, 2006 |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-59
|
|
|
A comparison
of the anticipated impacts associated with the proposed development is
outlined below: |
North Landside Concept 3 |
North
Landside Concept 3, shown in Figure 5-10, provides a variety of
aviation storage facilities including: T-hangar, corporate, conventional and
shade hangars. This concept
accommodates mid to long-term aviation storage demand and improves landside
and airfield access with the realignment of the Airport Entrance Road. As
part of aircraft storage development, additional taxi lanes will be
constructed as well as auto parking facilities. T-hangars will be constructed
along the East and West Apron areas and conventional and corporate hangar
facilities will be constructed north of Taxiway A and behind the FBO/Bulk
Hangar. |
Projects
associated with North Landside Concept 3 include construction of: |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-61
|
|
. Conventional
and Corporate Hangar Apron Construction |
.
Airport Entrance Road Realignment |
. Realignment
and construction of additional surface parking |
.
Improvements to Drainage Facilities |
.
Construction of Taxilanes, and |
.
Fence line Relocation |
Order of magnitude cost estimates in 2006 dollars
are shown in Table 5-15. |
1 Project Costs include 20%
engineering and contingency fee Source: The LPA Group, Incorporated, 2006 |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-62
|
|
|
A comparison
of the anticipated impacts associated with the proposed development is
outlined below: |
Evaluation Criteria |
A single
concept or a combination of elements from two or more concepts presented will
serve as the framework for future development. Concepts were evaluated within this section
to weigh the inherent strengths and weaknesses of each in comparison to each
other and based upon the following evaluation criteria. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-64
|
|
Table
5-16 presents an evaluation matrix
that addresses the aforementioned criteria.
This matrix summarizes the consultant’s analyses of the development
concepts presented in the following paragraphs |
TABLE 5-16 NORTH LANDSIDE
DEVELOPMENT EVALUATION MATRIX |
|
Legend: 1. Poor 2. Fair 3.
Satisfactory 4. Very Good 5. Excellent
|
Source: The LPA Group Incorporated,
2006 |
Recommended North Landside
Development |
Recommended
North Landside development consists primarily upon development outlined in
Concept III. However, proposed shade
hangars along the east apron would be replaced by T-hangars as shown in
Concept II. Concept III provides a mix of conventional, corporate and
T-Hangar as well as automobile parking and aircraft ramp space necessary to
accommodate mid to long-term demand.
The preferred concept identifies hangar space likely to accommodate
projected changes in operational fleet mix and conforms to both the Sponsor’s
and airport users strategic vision. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-65
|
|
Potential Environmental Impacts |
The project
location for the proposed North Landside Development is located within a
developed area, which does not contain wetlands or suitable protected species
habitat. Therefore, no wetland or
protected species impacts are anticipated as a result of the project. |
Regulatory Requirements |
FAA
National Policy Order 1050.1E Change 1
contains policies and procedures for compliance with the National Environment
Policy Act (NEPA). Environmental
survey and documentation will be required to determine if the proposed
project(s) have a significant impact on the human environment. Based upon the
literature review and a preliminary environmental survey, proposed projects
would likely be processed as a Categorical Exclusion (FAA Order 1050.1E
Change 1 Chapter 310). However, the runway and parallel taxiway projects
proposed may or may not require an environmental assessment. A further evaluation of potential impacts
will be required prior to design and construction. |
State Permit |
According to
Florida Administrative Code (F.A.C.) Chapter 40C-4, Environmental
Resource Permits for Surface Water Management Systems, the proposed
development will require a St. John’s River Water Management District
(SJRWMD) Environmental Resource Permit (ERP) in order to meet stormwater
runoff treatment and water quality regulatory requirements. |
City of Jacksonville Concurrency
Compliance |
The City of
Jacksonville has implemented a Concurrency Management System Ordinance,
Chapter 655, of the Ordinance Code to provide a local structure for
administering state law. The
concurrency requirement mandates that before any proposed development can
obtain a final development order, it must be demonstrated that its impact can
be adequately absorbed by the existing public facilities scheduled to serve
it (Section 655.105(r) Ordinance Code).
If it is determined that a public facility cannot absorb a proposed
development's impact, the project cannot go forward until the situation is
corrected. However, according to state
law, projects may be grandfathered if the proposed development is included in
an approved development plan prior to a date covered in the law. |
Improvements
subject to concurrency requirements include: final engineering drawings for
any new subdivision; building permits for any new buildings, non-residential
additions or accessory building, new mobile home move on, trailer parks or
camps; building permits for any non-residential alterations |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-66
|
|
or repairs,
residential and non-residential foundations only, converting uses or
"other" types of development not found to be de minimis
development. |
However,
Florida Statutes Chapter 163.3180, Concurrency, states that "A local
government may grant an exception from the concurrency requirement for
transportation facilities if the proposed development is otherwise consistent
with the adopted local government comprehensive plan and is a project that
promotes public transportation or is located within an area designated in the
comprehensive plan for: urban infill development, urban redevelopment or
downtown revitalization. ... Further, "Each local government may adopt
as part of its long-term development transportation concurrency management
system with a planning period of up to 10 years for specially designated
districts where a backlog exists."2 |
In addition,
under Chapter 655.108, Exemptions; completed structures; de minimis development,
"not all development or development activity impacts area significant
enough to cause a deterioration in the levels of service as adopted in the
City of Jacksonville 2010 Comprehensive Plan." A de minimis impact is defined as an impact
that would not exceed one (1) percent of maximum volume of the adopted level
of service as determined by the local government. |
According to COJ, the following development shall be
exempt from concurrency management system (CMS) review: |
.
"A
change in the use of a structure completed as of April 25, 1991, without
addition of square footage, from a lawful use within a presently applicable
zoning district to a similar permitted use within the same zoning district. |
.
A
development with a vehicular trip generation rate of ten or less average
daily trips (ADT) according to the latest ITE Trip Generation Manual, and |
. All public facilities necessary to ensure the
protection of the health, safety and general welfare of the citizens of the
City of Jacksonville, including all public facility construction projects
included in the Capital Improvement Program and Capital Improvement Element
of hte 2010 Comprehensive plan which are required to ensure compliance with
all adopted levels of service, shall be exempt from concurrency review."3 |
2 2006
Florida Statutes, Part II, Growth Policy; County and Municipal Planning; Land
Development Regulation, Chapter 163.3180, Concurrency, 5(b) and (e) 3 2007 City of Jacksonville Concurrency Management
System Ordinance, Chapter 655, Sections 108, Exemptions; Completed
Structures; de minimis development. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-67 |
|
Since it is
anticipated that proposed on-airport development will impact to some degree
existing public use facilities, coordination with the COJ's Concurrency
Management Office is recommended. In
an effort to facilitate this process, members of the COJ Planning Department
participated on the Technical Advisory Committee. It was recommended that for all future
development that JAA obtain a Concurrency Reservation Certificate in order to
obtain long-term commitments from the City.
Although detailed roadway concurrency issues are not part of this
scope of work, it was important to note that portions of Normandy Boulevard
and Herlong Road have already exceeded their capacity according to the City
of Jacksonville Road Links Status Report, dated February 2007. As a result, further on-airport development
and actions should be coordinated with the City prior to design as part of
the City's efforts to improve access in and around HEG. |
Midfield Concept Development |
Several
general aviation concepts were considered for the grassy area adjacent and
between the closed runways. A few box hangar facilities are currently located
adjacent to the closed runways, but no utilities are located on the Southside
of the airfield. As part of any
proposed development, utilities, roadway access and possibly wetland
mitigation will need to be considered.
As outlined in Airfield Concepts 1 through 3, the closed runways will
be redeveloped as taxiways to provide access to existing and proposed
development. |
Proposed
development consists of hangar storage facilities, maintenance hangars,
apron, automobile parking and access roads that support aviation growth. Considering surface and airfield access,
environmental impacts, operational considerations, including Part 77 height
requirements, facility demand and revenue diversification, two concepts for
the Midfield GA Aviation Complex were developed. |
Midfield Concept 1 |
Midfield
Concept 1, shown in Figure 5-11, proposes a variety of hangar storage
facilities to accommodate small and medium sized aircraft via T-hangars, box
hangars and corporate hangars. In
addition to hangar storage facilities, tie-down storage is also proposed for
this area. A 100 foot x 150 foot
hangar is constructed in the northern section of the midfield. This hangar serves as a secondary FBO or an
aircraft maintenance facility, while the associated apron is used for
aircraft parking. Directly to the
south of the FBO/maintenance hangar, three rows of T-hangars are constructed,
while four rows |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-68
|
|
of corporate
hangars are constructed to the south of the FBO/maintenance apron. |
Further to
the south of the proposed T-hangars, a corporate hangar complex is
constructed. Landside access to the
all the new development is provided via the existing airport perimeter road
to the south of the airfield. The perimeter road runs north-south along the
side of each taxiway. The taxiway to
the south is converted into an east-west access road. Automobile parking for the proposed
corporate hangars and the FBO/maintenance hangar is constructed to the rear
of these facilities, while automobile parking for the box hangars is located
to the south of the hangars. All the
proposed facilities have airside access to converted taxi lanes via taxiway
connectors. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-69
|
|
|
Projects associated with Midfield
GA Concept 1 include construction of: |
.
Three (3) 12-unit T-Hangars |
. One
(1) 100 x 150-foot FBO/Maintenance office and hangar |
. Twenty-four
(24) 50 x 50-foot Corporate Hangars |
.
Four (4) 100 x 100-foot Corporate
Hangars |
.
Two (2) 100 x 120-foot Corporate
Hangars |
.
FBO/Maintenance Apron |
.
Corporate Hangar Apron |
.
Access Road Construction |
.
Automobile Parking |
.
Fenceline Realignment |
.
Taxilane Construction, |
.
Utility Installation, and |
.
Drainage Improvements |
Order of magnitude cost estimates in 2006 dollars
are shown in Table 5-17. |
1 Project Costs include 20% engineering and contingency fee
Source: The LPA Group, Incorporated, 2006 |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-71
|
|
A comparison
of the anticipated impacts associated with the proposed development is
outlined below: |
Midfield Concept 2 |
Midfield GA
Concept 2, shown in Figure 5-12, also proposes a variety of hangar
storage facilities including T-hangars, corporate hangars, and conventional
hangars. In addition to hangar storage
facilities, tie down storage was also provided. The tie-downs are located to the north
section of the Midfield. Two rows of corporate hangars are constructed to the
south of the tie downs. Four rows of
T-hangars are constructed south of the corporate hangars. The conventional hangar complex is
constructed to the south of the T-hangars. A 100 foot x 150 foot hangar is
constructed in the south west side of the conventional hangar complex. This
hangar serves as a secondary FBO or an aircraft maintenance facility, while
the associated apron is used for aircraft parking. Landside access to new development is
provided via the existing perimeter road to the south of the airfield. As a
result, the taxiway to the south is converted into an east-west access road. Automobile parking for the proposed
conventional hangars and the FBO/maintenance hangar is constructed to the
rear of these facilities, while tenants of the corporate hangars and
T-hangars typically park their automobile in their hangars. All the proposed facilities have airside
access to converted taxi lanes via taxiway connectors. This alternative provides JAA with
additional flexibility for future development, and accommodates anticipated
demand beyond the twenty-year planning period. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-72
|
|
Projects associated with Midfield GA Concept 2
include construction of: |
.
Sixteen (16) 50 x 50-foot Corporate
Hangars |
.
Four (4) 12-unit T-Hangars |
.
Four (4) 120 x 100-foot Hangars |
.
150 x 100-foot Conventional Hangar |
.
Hangar Apron |
.
FBO/Maintenance Facility |
.
FBO/Maintenance Apron |
.
Tie-Down Apron |
.
Surface Parking |
.
Access Road Extension |
.
Taxilane Construction |
.
Drainage Improvements, and |
.
Installation of Utilities |
Additional construction associated with the hangar
development includes fence line adjustments, construction of two taxiway
connectors and the widening of one taxiway connector. Order of magnitude cost estimates in 2006
dollars are shown in Table 5-18. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-73
|
|
1 Project Costs include 20% engineering and contingency fee
Source: The LPA Group, Incorporated, 2006. |
|
Airport
Alternatives Analysis 5-74 Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-75 |
|
|
|
|
Evaluation Criteria |
The Airport
development plans described previously for Midfield GA development outline
the necessary facility improvements to meet forecast demand while creating an
environment for future diversification and development as well as fiscal
viability. In evaluating landside and
airside elements associated with the Midfield GA Development, each concept
was weighed as to its inherent strengths and weaknesses in comparison to
other concepts as well as against the evaluation criteria outlined in Table
5-19. |
Source: The LPA Group Incorporated,
2006 |
Recommended Midfield Development |
The recommended development option for the Midfield
at HEG considered all input and |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-77
|
|
Although both
concepts are similar in terms of hangar and apron space, the orientation and
layout of Concept II is more favorable with respect to its integration with
the rest of the airfield and its impact to other aviation related uses. Both
concepts provide a mix of hangar facilities, including large corporate
hangars and a maintenance hangar, each varying in size and quantity. In addition, the recommended concept also
provides space for aircraft tie-downs. Concept II centralizes these
facilities and developments, allowing better integration and adjacency with
parking, aircraft storage areas and roadway access. Therefore, it is
recommended that Concept II for the Midfield GA Development Area be
implemented. |
Potential Environmental Impact |
The
Mid-Field Development is proposed within a developed area that contains a
wetland and unsuitable upland habitat for protected species. Minimal impacts to the wetland or
wetland-dependent protected species are anticipated as a result of the
proposed development. No impact to
upland-dependent protected species is anticipated as a result of the proposed
development. |
Regulatory Requirements |
An
environmental survey and documentation will be necessary to determine if the
proposed development would have a significant effect on the human
environment. According to the results
of the literature review and preliminary environmental survey, the proposed
development has the potential for minimal wetland impacts and would likely be
classified as a Categorical Exclusion or a Categorical Exclusion with
Environmental Conditions. |
State Permit |
The proposed
development will also require an ERP from SJRWMD, in order to meet wetlands,
stormwater runoff treatment, and water quality regulatory requirements. The ERP application also serves as an
application for a United States Army Corps of Engineers (COE) Dredge and Fill
(Section 404) permit. |
City of Jacksonville Concurrency
Issues |
Since it is
anticipated that proposed development will impact Normandy Boulevard as well
as future wastewater treatment, power substations, potable water etc., JAA in
coordination with the City of Jacksonville, must coordinate development over
the twenty year planning period. Prior
to design and |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-78
|
|
construction,
JAA should apply for a Concurrency Reservation in order to limit possible
development within the vicinity of the airport that negatively impacts future
development. Prior to development, the
FAA will require a Cost-Benefit Analysis in order to provide funding. Concurrency issues related to utilities and
access should be addressed at this time.
|
Industrial/Commerce Park
Development |
As discussed
earlier, three sectors of the airport were identified for potential commerce
and industrial park development. These
sectors include: the West Zone adjacent to Normandy Boulevard and the
Advanced Disposal Site, the East Zone located between Runways 29 and 25, and
the South Zone on the property south of the closed runways. All three areas provide potential for
future development and additional revenue generation. Order of magnitude
costs and impacts for each region are outlined in the following paragraphs. |
West Industrial Development |
Proposed
west industrial development is located north of Taxiway A and adjacent to
various on-airport lease holds including Advanced Disposal and National
Guard. A preliminary layout of potential
commercial development is shown in Figure 5-13, West Industrial
Zone. The west industrial zone consists of approximately 84.4 acres of
land providing direct access to Normandy Blvd. Due to the location of existing businesses
along Normandy, an access road off of Normandy will be constructed to provide
access to storage facilities, offices and possibly a restaurant to be located
south of existing businesses. The location is ideal for short-term industrial
and business development because of surface access, availability of
utilities, and limited pre-development costs compared to the South and West
development zones. |
Potential
projects associated with the West Industrial Park development include: |
.
Preliminary Site Development |
.
Airport Fence line relocation |
.
Access Road Construction, including
lighting, drainage, and markings |
.
Extension and expansion of utilities |
.
Construction of x facilities, including
parking |
. Construction of Restaurant, including parking, and |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-79
|
|
. Drainage Improvements |
Preliminary
order of magnitude costs associated with development are included in Table
5-20. It is important to note that JAA may only be required to cover the
cost of preliminary site development, fence line relocation and the
installation or expansion of utilities.
Thus, allowing potential tenants to incur the cost of development. It is recommended that revenue streams
associated with industrial and commercial development include land rather
than building leases. |
1 Project Costs include 20% engineering and contingency fee
Source: The LPA Group, Incorporated 2006 |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-80 Airport
Alternatives Analysis 5-81 |
|
|
|
|
East Commerce Park Development |
The proposed
East Commerce Park is recommended to be located within the currently
undeveloped portion of the airfield between Runways 25 and 29. The Commerce Park would primarily consist
of office buildings as well as some storage facilities. Access to the proposed Commerce Park would
likely be provided via Herlong Boulevard in order to limit potential impact
to existing wetlands. Proposed
development would be located on upland areas adjacent to Runway 29. A preliminary drawing of potential
development is provided in Figure 5-14. Projects associated with
preliminary development include: |
.
Site Pre-development |
.
East Commerce Park Access Road and Auto
Parking |
.
Construct 30 10,000 SF Office
Buildings, including parking |
.
Construct five (5) 20,000 SF Office
Buildings, including parking |
.
Utilities (Water, Sewer, Electrical,
etc) |
.
Drainage improvements, and |
. Airport Fence Line Relocation |
Preliminary
costs associated with proposed commerce park development are outlined in Table
5-21. However, if JAA provides a land lease only for proposed
development, then the anticipated cost will be significantly lower (~6.4
million). |
TABLE 5-21 EAST COMMERCE PARK
DEVELOPMENT PRELIMINARY ORDER OF MAGNITUDE COST ESTIMATES |
* Estimate 1 Project
Costs include 20% engineering and contingency fee |
Source: The LPA Group, Incorporated
2006 |
|
Airport
Alternatives Analysis 5-83 Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-84 |
|
|
|
|
It is
recommended that JAA provide twenty-year or longer ground leases to
perspective tenants in order to recoup the cost of preliminary
development. Further, based upon an
initial cost-benefit ratio, it is recommended that JAA not build any office or
storage facilities. It is rather
recommended that the owner or contractor develop the property within the
criteria set by JAA and the City of Jacksonville, which requires less
financial input by the Jacksonville Aviation Authority since FAA or FDOT will
not pay for non-aviation related development. |
South Commerce/Industrial
Development |
Industrial
Park development as shown in Figure 5-15 on the south side of the
airfield adjacent to the Airport Perimeter Road will provide HEG another
source of revenue while providing a buffer between the Airport and
off-airport residential and commercial development. Proposed development consists of both
aviation and non-aviation businesses. |
The complex
consists of an eastern, western and a southern section. The western section consists of three
industrial buildings to the north and two rows of commercial use buildings to
the south of these industrial buildings. The eastern section consists of two
industrial buildings to the north and two rows of industrial buildings are
constructed south of the north eastern industrial buildings. The southern
section of the commercial/industrial complex consists of four warehousing or
large commercial type buildings.
Direct vehicular access to the industrial/commercial complex from the
west is provided via the west access road and vehicular access from the east
is provided via the east-west road to the north of |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-86
|
|
the
complex. A dedicated truck route
provides tractor trailers access to the loading docks to the rear of the four
large buildings in the southern development.
Parking for the tenants and employees of the commercial and industrial
buildings are located to the front and sides of these buildings. A large parking lot provides parking for
tenants and employees of the southern portion of the complex. |
Proposed Development associated with the
Industrial/Commerce Park includes the following: |
.
Four (4) 100 foot by 200 foot
industrial building |
.
Eight (8) 100 foot by 150 foot
industrial/commercial building |
.
Twelve (12) 100 foot by 100 foot
commercial buildings |
.
One (1) 100 foot by 120 foot industrial
building |
.
Four (4) 200 foot by 240 foot
commercial/warehousing buildings |
.
Twenty eight (28) 0.4 Acres lots |
. Associated taxi lanes and automobile parking |
Construction
associated with proposed industrial development will include installation of
a new fence line, existing fence line realignment and the installation of
utilities and storm water retention facilities. Order of magnitude cost
estimates in 2006 dollars are shown in Table 5-22. |
TABLE 5-22 SOUTH INDUSTRIAL PARK
DEVELOPMENT PRELIMINARY ORDER OF MAGNITUDE COST ESTIMATES |
1 Project Costs include 20%
engineering and contingency fee Source: The LPA Group, Incorporated 2006 |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-87
|
|
Although
airport industrial development along the south side of the airfield will
require financial input from both JAA and FDOT to accomplish, the anticipated
revenue generation associated with such development is considerable. Similarly sized airports around the U.S.
have financially benefited in both the short and long-term from industrial or
commerce park development. Although
residential development along the south side of the airfield is a viable
option, it will require JAA to seek legislative assistance since the FAA
discourages “through the fence” operations.
Further, JAA will need to address the issue of the Gun Club with the
City of Jacksonville in order to allow residential development along the
south airfield. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-88
|
|
|
Upon review
and consultation with JAA Staff, Airport Management, the TAC, FAA and FDOT as
well as Public input, industrial park development was recommended. Development of an industrial park negates
several of the issues associated with future development including
"through the fence operations" and the location of the Gun Club.
Further, industrial park development according to FAA is a compatible land
use, and is anticipated to create on-going revenue streams, attract both
aviation and non-aviation businesses, and provide a buffer between on- and
off-airport development. |
Despite
interest in the development of a residential fly-in community, such a concept
would decrease the property footprint and potential future developable areas
at the Airport. Moreover, this concept
limits revenue generation primarily to aircraft maintenance, storage and fuel
sales in addition to require JAA to take legislative action to relocate the
Gun Club as well as overcome FAA objections. Therefore, it is recommended
that the southern development zone be reserved for future industrial and
commerce park development over the twenty-year planning period. |
Potential Environmental Impacts |
The South
Development, proposed in the southern section of the Airport contains a
forested wetland and suitable gopher tortoise habitat. The proposed development will likely have
impact to the forested wetland, forested upland, shrub and brushland, and
associated wildlife that utilize these habitats. The proposed development has the potential
to impact wading birds and other wetland dependent species. It also has the potential to impact the
gopher tortoise and its habitat and trees.
Based upon the results of the literature review and preliminary
environmental survey, gopher tortoise and their burrows were observed at the
proposed project site. |
The East
Commerce/Industrial Park is proposed in an undeveloped area of the Airport
that contains forested wetlands and uplands. Like the South Development,
proposed east side development based upon the literature review identified
that plant communities in this area have a low potential to provide suitable
habitat for protected species. |
The West
Industrial Development area is located in a disturbed area near existing
wetlands and uplands. Since development has already occured contiguous to the
proposed West Industrial Park parcel, based upon the literature review,
limited wildlife habitats exist and existing plant species were unlikely to
accommodate protected species. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-90
|
|
Regulatory Requirements |
It is
anticipated that an environmental assessment will be required in conjunction
with the East Commerce Park and South Industrial Park development options according
to preliminary survey and literature review.
Provided that suitable mitigation for the environmental impacts
associated with both the south and east development is proposed then it would
likely result in a Finding of No Significant Impacts (FONSI). |
However, it
is anticipated that the West Industrial Park development will require a
Categorical Exclusion rather than an EA since proposed development is already
located on disturbed soil which is not conducive habitat for protected
species. |
State and Federal Permits |
An ERP is
required to meet stormwater runoff treatment, water quality, and wetland
protection regulations. The ERP application also serves as an application for
a COE Section 404 permit. |
Should the
results of the environmental assessment determine the presence of gopher
tortoise and their habitat or the presence of other protected species,
species-specific surveys maybe required to meet federal and state protected
species regulatory requirements.
Mitigation and permits maybe required to compensate for impact to
protected species by the United States Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) for
federally protected species.
Similarly, permits and mitigation maybe be required by the Florida
Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission (FWC) for state protected
species. |
An ERP
permit would be required to meet stormwater runoff treatment, water quality,
and wetland protection regulations. The ERP application also serves as an
application for a COE Section 404 permit.
|
Should the results
of the environmental assessment determine the presence of protected species
within the proposed development area then species-specific surveys maybe be
required to meet federal and state protected species regulatory requirement. An FWC permit and mitigation maybe required
in order to compensate for impacts to state protected species and an FWS
permit and mitigation maybe required to compensate for impacts to federally
protected species. |
City of Jacksonville Concurrency |
Based upon
information obtained from the City of Jacksonville's Planning Department,
portions of Herlong Road and Normandy Boulevard exceed their current capacity
based upon existing and planned |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-91
|
|
development. Therefore, action is being taken by the
City to improve overall capacity in an effort to alleviate congestion and
accommodate growth within the west region of Jacksonville. Since members of the City of Jacksonville
participated in the development of the preferred alternative, it was
recommended that JAA work with COJ to reserve capacity on both Normandy and
Herlong to accommodate mid and long-term demand. In an effort to accommodate future demand,
it is recommended that prior to development of the commerce and industrial
parks that a roadway study be performed prior to design. This will allow both the City of
Jacksonville and JAA to address future demand in and around the airport
facilities. |
SUPPORT FACILITIES |
Support
facilities are based upon the recommended Airfield Alternative development in
relation to airside and landside requirements. Components of the support facilities
identified for development at HEG are described in the following. |
Roadways, Ground Access and
Signage |
With the
development of the Midfield and South Side complexes, ground access to these
areas from major highways and arterial roadways will be critical for their
expansion. Proposed roadway connectors
to the Midfield hangar/FBO area include connecting existing roadway
infrastructure with Normandy Boulevard via the South Development area, which
can be accessed directly from a dedicated roadway. Associated roadway signage
complementary to these developments will be provided. |
Airport Maintenance Hangar |
The aircraft
maintenance facility for the storage of airport support vehicles, including
mowers and other equipment, is to be located adjacent to the terminal
facilities between the washrack and self-fueling facility within fenced area
adjacent to terminal building. It is
estimated that this facility will be approximately 60 x 100 feet. |
Security and Fencing |
Existing
portions of the airfield periphery are currently unsecured in terms fencing.
Adequate airfield perimeter fencing ensures that only airport employees and
other authorized personnel have access. Those areas of airport property that
currently lie within dense forest areas on the southeast side of the airfield
may not be able to be fully fenced due to topographical constraints. Consequently, circuitous |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-92
|
|
fencing around
these areas should be considered. |
Fuel Storage |
Existing fuel
storage facilities are underground tanks located adjacent to the terminal
facilities near the terminal automobile parking. It is the intent of the airport management
to relocate fuel facilities east of
the terminal facility adjacent to the northeast ramp to facilitate
operations. |
Electrical Vault |
The
electrical vault provides an access point into which airfield lighting,
signage, navigational aids and other essential equipment are connected. The existing electrical vault, located on
the north side of the airfield adjacent to the west apron, is insufficient to
support development in the midfield and southern portions on the airfield. In
addition as part of proposed development, the location of the electrical
vault is located with the taxilane object free area. Therefore as part of
airfield development, the electrical vault, non-directional beacon and AWOS
are recommended for relocation. |
Air Traffic Control Tower |
As stated
earlier, HEG is an uncontrolled airfield since it does not have an FAA or contract
control tower. Typically, a contract ATCT is warranted when there are
significant operations and mix of operations and is based upon a cost-benefit
ratio. The Federal Contract Tower (FCT) program provides air traffic control
services to FAA Level I VFR towers. A
Level I tower has an approximate traffic density of 0 to 34.99 operations an
hour. Services provided by an FCT are
identical to those provided by an FAA-staffed tower. However, unlike Federal
ATCTs, the Airport Sponsor is responsible for the funding and construction of
the ATCT facility. Proposed locations
for an ATCT at HEG include: |
. Adjacent to the Midfield Development Area – this site provides a centralized location for
monitoring all runway operations, including ramp movements, as well as
activity on the more distant Runway 11-29. |
. On or Near the Existing Terminal Building – this location provides adjacency benefits to most
of the airport’s larger aircraft operations, but is distant from operations
occurring on Runway 11-29. |
. Adjacent to the North Landside Development Area – similar to the adjacency benefits previously
mentioned, a control tower situated near the North Landside Development Area
may cause lineof-site issues resulting from the new hangar development. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-93 |
|
Herlong
Airport’s candidacy for a control tower would require a series of further
analyses including a separate Cost/Benefit Analysis and if warranted, a tower
sighting study. However, the need for
a tower will ultimately justify the means for constructing one, either contract
or FAA. As such, further investigation
apart from this master plan update will need to be conducted into the
feasibility of a control tower at HEG. |
CONCLUSIONS |
The Airport
development plans described above outline the necessary development and facility
improvements to not only meet the forecast demand presented in Chapter 4,
but to ultimately ensure competitiveness and financial viability of the
Airport, and provide the Airport and surrounding community with the greatest
overall benefit considering the goals of the HEG. |
The process
utilized in assessing airside and landside development concepts involved an
analysis of long-term requirements and growth potential. Current Airport design standards were
reflected in the analysis of runway and taxiway needs, with consideration
given to the safety areas required by the FAA in runway approaches. As design
standards are further modified in the future, revisions may need to be made
in the plan, which could affect future development options. |
Although an
ILS system was recommended as part of the airfield development, discussions
with FAA revealed that support of ILS systems is waning as a result of new
technology. Thus, in order to provide
the option for a precision instrument approach, a Lateral Performance with
Vertical Guidance (LPV) approach is recommended for Runway 25 due to wind and
existing traffic patterns. LPV
approaches are designed to fully exploit the tighter satellite signal
protection limits from the Wide Area Augmentation Systems (WAAS). This
approach combines the LNAV/VNAV vertical accuracy with lateral guidance
similar to the typical Instrument Landing System. The use of LPV approaches
capitalizes on the inherent accuracy of the WAAS signal and will result in
lower approach minimums. There are currently seven LPV approach locations in
the U.S., and production will continue until all qualified (based upon
visibility minimums and operational requirements) airports have an LPV
approach at each runway end. An LPV approach requires high intensity runway
lighting and a MALSR to allow the approach visibility to decrease to less
than 3/4 statute mile. |
In addition,
the use of an LPV system rather than the traditional ILS system provides the
airport with greater flexibility and does not require the relocation of the
airport perimeter road since no ground equipment other than the MALSRs are
required. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-94
|
|
Also at the time of this writing, airport management
has received interest from private parties regarding development of a Blimp
Hangar at HEG. As a result, the
recommended development shows a 20,000 SF (80 x 250 foot) and 25 foot high
storage hangar and 2,569 SY (23,119 sf) apron between Taxiway D and ultimate
Taxiway G. Access to the airfield
would be provided via Taxiway C. Since
this location was determined to be dry with no evident environmental impacts,
the airport or user has the option of expanding the facilities southeast to
run parallel to Taxiway D. Figure
5-16 provides a graphical presentation of the recommended development
over the twenty year planning period. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-95
|
|
|
However, as
any good long-range planning tool, the final master-planning concept should
remain flexible to unique opportunities that may be presented to the
Airport. It should also be kept in
mind that changes in market conditions such as changes in operations or fleet
mix may dictate the acceleration or delay of projects. |
The remaining
portions of the Master Plan will be directed towards the preparation and
phasing of a detailed implementation program, and an evaluation of funding
options currently available to the HEG. A detailed review of the projects,
including construction costs and phasing, is provided in Chapter 7,
Implementation Plan. |
|
Airport Alternatives Analysis 5-97
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Airport Plans set is at the heart of the master
plan document. The updated information presented in this Master Plan report is
pictorially summarized in the set of drawings that make up the Airport Plans
set. Major improvements outlined in the preferred concepts for land use, GA
terminal area, and other major functional areas on the Airport are
incorporated into the updated Airport Layout Plan (ALP). The ALP presents a
group of drawings that serve as the primary tool to guide growth at HEG for
the 20-year planning period and beyond. The various drawings depict the
recommendations contained within this Master Plan Update with regard to
aviation development for the short-, intermediate-, and long-term at the
Airport. |
In order to provide uniformity in the development of
the Airport Plans set and to simplify agency review of the documents, the
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) requests that planners follow a general
format for the presentation of specified information. The recommended format
is outlined in the FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5070-6B, “Airport Master
Plans” and AC 150/5300-13 Change 10, “Airport Design.” The ALP set
for Herlong Airport was prepared in conformance with FAA established
criteria. |
The ALP set includes the following individual
drawing sheets: |
4
Cover Sheet (Sheet 1) 4
Airport Layout Plan Set (Sheet 2) 4
Data Sheet (Sheet 3) 4
General Aviation Terminal Area Drawing
(Sheet 4) 4 Inner
Portion of Runway 7/25 Approach Surface Drawing (Sheet 5) 4
Inner Portion of Runway 11/29 Approach
Surface Drawing (Sheet 6) 4 Inner Portion of Runway 7U/25U (Turf Runway) Approach Surface Drawing
(Sheet 7) 4 Airport
Airspace Drawings (Sheets 8) 4 On-Airport Land Use Plan (2005 Noise Contour) (Sheet 9) 4
On-Airport Land Use Plan (2025 Noise
Contour) (Sheet 10) 4 Airport
Property Map (Sheets 11 and 12) |
Additionally, both a location and a vicinity map of
the airport are incorporated onto the title sheet, which also provides an
index on individual drawing sheets. These drawings are developed and produced
as a set on 24" by 36" using AutoCAD 2006 from an Aerial Photo, and
NAD 83 and NAVD 88 survey data. Reduced reproductions of the drawings are
included in this chapter herein for illustration purposes. The drawings
included in this chapter are for review and decision making purposes. A
full-size set of the drawings will be submitted to the FAA for approval. An
approved ALP is perhaps the single most |
|
Airport Layout Plan |
|
important
planning tool for an airport. The
drawings provide the airport management with an overall guidance on the
direction for future development possibilities, given existing external
constraints on a particular airport. |
COVER SHEET |
Sheet 1
serves as the ALP drawing set cover and provides basic information required
under the FAA ALP guidelines. Information to be provided on the Title Sheet
includes the project name, federal and state grant numbers, associated City
and State, sponsor name and logo, and the party responsible for preparing the
ALP set. |
AIRPORT LAYOUT DRAWING |
The ALP
drawing as shown in Sheet 2, and depicts all existing facilities as
well as proposed developments, to scale, over the 20-year master planning
time period. It provides clearance and
dimensional information required to show conformance with applicable FAA
design standards. The ALP also
reflects changes in the physical features on the Airport and critical land
use changes near the Airport that may impact navigable airspace or the
ability of the Airport to operate. The
features of the ALP include, but are not limited to: runways, taxiways, hold
aprons, lighting, navigational aids, terminal facilities, hangars, other
airport buildings, aircraft parking areas, automobile parking, and airport
access elements. |
Key
dimensional criteria are included for the airfield geometry. This includes, but is not limited to, the
size of the runways and various taxiways, runway safety areas and runway
object free areas, building restriction lines, and navigational aid critical
areas, and other dimensional data recommended by the FAA. Airport
coordinates, runway end elevations, runway high and low points, true azimuths
for each runway, are also included on the drawing set. |
Included on
the ALP sheet are various data tables required in the FAA checklist. These tables include: Airport Data Table
and Runway Data Table, Building Data Table.
In addition to the tables, this sheet contains the IFR, VFR, and
All-Weather Windroses and wind data tables. |
Based upon
discussions with the Jacksonville Aviation Authority (JAA), major airfield
improvements include an extension to Runway 7-25 and associated pavement
overruns, development of a 2,000-foot parallel turf runway, the conversion of
the closed runways to taxiways, as well as pavement extensions to Taxiways A
and E. In addition, a number of aviation storage and business facilities are
recommended including T-Hangar, box, corporate and conventional hangar
development, as well as non-aviation development including a commerce park
and industrial park. Due to
environmental and terrain issues, the turf runway is recommended to be
constructed at a centerline to centerline separation of 400 feet. As a
result, a modification to design standards was requested. |
|
Airport Layout Plan |
|
GENERAL AVIATION TERMINAL AREA DRAWING |
The terminal
area plan for Herlong Airport has been updated to reflect existing and future
proposed development of terminal area and general aviation needs as
identified in previous chapters of this study. The Terminal Area drawing
graphically depicts the recommendations relating to the development of the
airport GA terminal area, including apron parking facilities, aircraft
storage, expansion of the Airport Terminal Facilities and the construction of
an airport storage/maintenance area. |
Sheet 4 shows the existing and long-term development plan
for this area based in the improvements proposed on the ALP sheet. The
terminal concept focuses on development of general aviation facilities over
the 20-year planning period. |
INNER APPROACH ZONE PROFILES |
The RPZ and
Approach Profile drawing shows both plan and profile views for each runway’s
RPZ and approaches as shown on the ALP. The purpose of these plans is to
locate and document existing objects, which represent obstructions to
navigable airspace and the existing and proposed approach slopes for each
runway. Additionally, the drawing shows the ground profile and terrain
features along the extended centerline at each runway end. The Inner Portion of the Approach Surface
Drawings for Runways 7, 25, 11, 29, 7U and 25U are shown in Sheets 5, 6
and 7, respectively. Since HEG is not equipped with an air traffic
control tower, the centerline separation between the primary runway and
proposed turf runway (7U/25U) was increased to 700 feet, which allows each runway
to operate independently. |
A GPS
instrument approach is recommended for both Runway 25 and 7. Obstructions to the inner approach surface
of each runway have been identified as trees, which are recommended to be cut
down or removed to accommodate the approach.
In addition, approach and departure procedures related to Runway 7
will also likely require coordination with the FAA to limit potential
airspace conflicts with Cecil Airport. |
AIRPORT AIRSPACE DRAWING |
The
Airport Airspace Drawing reflects
obstructions affecting navigable airspace as defined in Federal Aviation
Regulations (FAR) Part 77. Part 77 was
adopted by the FAA to enhance the safe operation of aircraft in the airspace
around an airport. Sheet 8 illustrates the airspace contours
consistent with the imaginary surfaces as defined above. These contours are shown in 50-foot
intervals as denoted on the plan sheets. Subpart C of FAR Part 77 establishes
standards for determining obstructions to air |
|
Airport Layout Plan |
|
navigation.
These regulations enable the establishment of imaginary surfaces, which no
object, manmade or natural, should penetrate.
FAR Part 77 surfaces are utilized in zoning and land use planning
adjacent to an airport to protect the navigable airspace from encroachment by
hazards that would potentially affect the safety of airport operations. |
The FAR Part
77 Imaginary Surfaces Plan depicts the physical features of the area around
the airport including existing obstructions that penetrate the surfaces. The specific imaginary surfaces, which
should be protected from obstructions, include: |
Primary
Surface - A rectangular area
symmetrically located about each runway centerline and extending a distance
of 200 feet beyond each runway threshold.
Width of the Primary Surface is based on the type of approach a
particular runway has, while the elevation is the same as that of the runway
centerline at all points. |
Horizontal
Surface – A level oval-shaped area
situated 150 feet above the airport elevation, extending 5,000 or 10,000 feet
outward, depending on the runway category and approach procedure available. |
Conical
Surface - Extends outward for a
distance of 4,000 feet beginning at the outer edge of the Horizontal Surface,
and sloping upward at a ratio of 20:1. |
Approach
Surfaces - These surfaces begin at
the end of the Primary Surface (200 feet beyond the runway threshold) and
slope upward at a ratio determined by the runway category and type of
approach available to the runway. The
width and elevation of the inner end conforms to that of the Primary Surface
while approach surface length and width of the outer end are governed by the
runway category and approach procedure available. |
Transitional
Surface - A sloping area beginning
at the edges of the Primary and Approach Surfaces and sloping upward and
outward at a ratio of 7:1 until it intersects the Horizontal Surface. |
AIRPORT LAND USE DRAWING |
The land use
drawing depicts the existing and recommended use of the land on and in the
immediate surroundings of the airport. The land uses shown on the plan were
developed from data gathered from the most recent Master Plan Update as well
as discussions with the Jacksonville Aviation Authority and the City of
Jacksonville Planning Department. In addition,
the drawings consider the land use controls in the 60 to 65 LDN contour based
upon the current rewrite of the City of Jacksonville Zoning Code. This
information has been utilized to develop the future land use of property
within the airport environs and to minimize the need for future land
acquisitions and easements. |
|
Airport Layout Plan |
|
The land use
drawings, Sheets 9 and 10, depict the existing and future land use of
all land in and within the vicinity of the Airport. The utilization of this
land is represented by several use categories, including aviation,
non-aviation, industrial and Commerce Park, which are labeled in the legend
of each drawing. The land use plans have been developed through coordination with
the City of Jacksonville to include existing city plans and ensure accuracy.
Additionally, the existing (2005) and future (2025) noise contours (60, 65,
70 and 75 DNL) as provided in Appendix D, Airport Noise Analysis,
have been superimposed on Sheets 8 and 9, respectively. This will give local authorities guidance
and help to ensure appropriate aviation-compatible zoning is maintained in
the future. |
AIRPORT PROPERTY MAP |
The Airport
Property Map (previously referred to as Exhibit A) defines the existing and
recommended future airport boundary for HEG in a graphical and tabular
form. The purpose of the drawing, as
shown in Sheets 11 and 12, provides information necessary to analyze
the current and future use of land acquired with federal funds. The existing
and recommended future airport property line is also identified. The property
map also identifies contiguous property.
However, based upon recommended development and future noise contours,
acquisition of property other than for avigation easements related to the
instrument approaches to Runway 25 and 7 is not required. |
For
reference, major airport facilities, both existing and proposed, are
presented in the background. Known metes and bounds data is depicted, but
have not been field verified as part of this study. |
SUMMARY |
The Airport
Plans Set is intended to depict in graphical format the airport’s capital
development program. Preliminary plans
were presented to the Jacksonville Airport Authority and airport management
staff for discussion and review. Based
upon discussions with the Technical Advisory Committee, City of Jacksonville
Planning Department and JAA staff, recommended development was incorporated
into the airport plans set to reflect development over the twenty-year
planning period. |
|
Airport Layout Plan |
|
|
|
PLAN IMPLEMENTATION AND CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN |
GENERAL |
The
primary objective of this chapter is to analyze the financial feasibility of
developing the projects included in the Capital Improvement Program (CIP) for
Herlong Airport (HEG). The preceding chapters, including the Demand/Capacity
Analysis, Facility Requirements and Alternatives Identification and
Development Plans identified existing and future demand as well as facilities
needed to accommodate current and projected service levels. As discussed in Chapter
5, Airport Concepts and Recommended Development, Airfield Concept
III combined with North Landside Developments II and III, Midfield Concept
II, and South Side Development Concept I were selected as the preferred
development plan for HEG. Therefore, projects included within the selected
alternative were considered in the development of the twenty-year capital
improvement program for HEG. |
It
is important to note that airport capital improvements are typically financed
through state and federally imposed user taxes and from funds generated from
airport operations. Typically, airports such as HEG will receive FAA GA
Entitlement Grants (under AIR-21) in the amount of $150,000 per year.
Discretionary funds are distributed based upon established FAA priorities (as
shown in Appendix G, FAA Project Priority Rates) that are
related to achieving capacity, safety and noise compatibility objectives as
directed by Congress. |
Typical
projects eligible for discretionary funding include: new runways, taxiways
and non-exclusive aprons, navigational aids, primary access roads, etc. In
addition, the sequencing of key projects in the Capital Improvement Program
recognizes that permitting, utility infrastructure, environmental planning
studies, drainage plans, and similar work must first be funded before actual
design and construction of certain larger facilities projects can proceed
(such as runway improvements, taxiways, hangar construction and others). As a
result, priority FAA project costs are eligible up to 95 percent (until FY
2008 at which time it reverts back to 90 percent), of which the remaining 5
percent (10 percent) is typically shared between the FDOT and Airport Sponsor.
Under the Vision 100 program, the federal match for AIP eligible projects
increased temporarily from 90 percent to 95 percent. However unless
re-instated, this program will expire in fiscal year (FY) 2008. Based upon
current airport funding reform documentation, released on March 5, 2007, the
federal match for AIP eligible projects for small airports will revert to 90 percent from 95
percent, |
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 1 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
for
all but the smallest GA airports. As a
result, 90 percent was used to determine estimated federal funding on future
AIP eligible projects throughout the twenty year planning period. |
Projects
where federal funding is unavailable, FDOT may provide up to 50 percent
funding. The remaining 50 percent of
the project cost must be provided by the Airport Sponsor or from another
funding source including private investment.
While projects may be eligible for FAA and/or FDOT funds, historically
General Aviation (GA) airports like HEG receive lower priority for these
funds which limits the projects that can be feasibly developed. |
The
implementation plan presented herein describes the staging of proposed
improvements, based upon need, prerequisite projects and anticipated funding,
provides the basic financial requirements of each, and identifies various
means of funding these improvements.
It is the intent of this implementation plan to provide general
financial guidance to Herlong Airport and JAA staff in making policy
decisions regarding the recommended development of the Airport over the
20-year planning period. |
FUNDING SOURCES |
Funding Sources |
Airport
development is funded by four main funding sources. These include federal, state, local
(sponsor) and private funding sources. Public grants and airport revenue
bonds provide most of the capital funding, while user charges generally cover
an airport’s operating expenses and the debt service for airport bonds. |
Typically,
airport capital improvements are generally financed from state and federally
imposed user taxes, and from funds generated from airport operations,
including fuel taxes, space-leasing fees and other similar sources. Airport
capital improvements are not funded from tax levies on the general
public. However, the Airport Capital
Improvement Program and Airport Operating Budget are combined to provide an
estimate of total revenue and expenditures at the Airport. Therefore, airport management in developing
the Airport Capital Improvement Program must consider the phasing and funding
of key projects, such as runway improvements, taxiways, hangar construction,
etc. in relation to preliminary site preparation. Site preparation, which includes environmental,
utility infrastructure, permitting, drainage plans and other similar work,
must be completed prior to design and construction. To address this issue, a 20 percent
contingency fee was added to the overall cost of each project. |
Federal Funding |
In
1982, the passage of the Federal Airport and Airway Improvement Act enabled
the federal government to provide financial assistance to airports in support
of its broad objective to assist in the development of a nationwide system of
public-use airports adequate to meet projected growth of civil aviation. The Act |
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 2 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
provides
funds for airport planning and development projects at airports included in
the National Plan of Integrated Airport Systems (NPIAS) in the form of the
Airport Improvement Program (AIP) grants.
|
User
fees collected under the Airport and Airway Trust Fund Act provide a source
of revenues used to fund AIP projects. Congress and the FAA decide the
apportionment of these revenues and categorize them into two broad
categories: Entitlements and Discretionary.
Entitlement funding are divided among primary airports, General
Aviation, cargo service airports and state block grants based on aviation
activity and service levels. Discretionary funds are distributed based on
established FAA priorities to any eligible airport and assist the FAA in
achieving its capacity, safety and noise compatibility objectives. However,
GA airport projects score lower in the FAA priority system than projects for
commercial service airports. These
projects may include: |
. New runways,
taxiways and non-exclusive use aprons |
. Reconstruction
of runways, taxiways and non-exclusive aprons |
. Navigation
Aids |
. Federal air
traffic control towers (ATCT) |
. Passenger
terminal buildings (non-revenue areas only) |
. Primary
airport access roads, and |
. Land acquisition |
The
1999 reauthorization of AIP legislation (AIR 21) set aside, for the first time,
GA entitlement funding specifically reserved for GA airports. Eligible airports, based upon annual
operations, may receive up to $150,000 per year for eligible FAA projects or
20 percent of the 5-year cost of the need listed in the most recently published
NPIAS. However, the distribution of
funding for non-primary commercial service, general aviation and reliever
airports is based not on annual operations but rather on the Airport's
service area and/or population compared to similar airports within the 50
States, District of Columbia and Puerto Rico as stated within Title 49 U.S.C.
Section 47114(d). |
In
addition to AIP grants, the FAA may also provide funding to airports via FAA
Facilities and Equipment (F&E) spending. F&E is not part of the AIP
program; however, these funds primarily support FAA constructed and
maintained facilities such as runway instrumentation, weather reporting
devices, and air traffic control facilities. The FAA funds the entire cost of
an F&E project with no requirement for a local matching share. |
State Funding |
The
Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) annually funds a state-sponsored
airport development program supported by statewide aviation fuel taxes. The program generates over $100 million per
year. The FDOT assists publicly-owned Florida airports that are under public
operational and developmental control. To be eligible for funds, an airport
must have an approved airport master plan/layout plan and the project must be
consistent with the airport’s role defined in the Florida Aviation System
Plan. FDOT’s |
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 3 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
grant
program includes four major categories:
airport planning, airport improvement, land acquisition and airport
economic development. In general, only
capital projects on airport property and any services that lead to capital
projects are eligible, such as planning and design services. Eligible off-airport projects normally
include purchases of mitigation land, noise mitigation, purchase of aviation
easements, and certain access projects. |
The
FDOT will participate in projects not funded with FAA monies typically on a
50-50 to 80-20 basis, depending upon the nature and eligibility requirements
of the project as well as airport use and ownership, whether GA or commercial
service. According to the Florida
Aviation Project Handbook, FDOT, July 2002, general aviation airports can
receive up to 80 percent of project costs if federal funding is not
available. Commercial Service airports, on the other hand, may receive up to
50 percent. Although HEG is designated
as a general aviation airport, it is owned and operated by the Jacksonville
Aviation Authority. Therefore, according to the FDOT District 2
representative, funding is based upon the Commercial Service Airport
requirements, which is one-half of the local share when federal funding is
available or up to 50 percent of project costs when federal funding is not
available. Typically, projects funded
through this aviation development program have been developed on a
pay-as-you-go basis. |
Funding from the FDOT is dependent upon
the airport including its proposed near term projects in the FDOT five-year
work program as well as in the Joint Automated Capital Improvement Program
(JACIP), a cooperative funding program mechanism used by FAA and FDOT to
coordinate annual funding and programming of Florida airport projects. FDOT funding is programmed six (6) years
into the future. Project funding is also locked to the programmed projects
two (2) years into the future. Thus,
no new funding can be added unless after the six (6) year point. This funding schedule makes FDOT funding
less responsive to emerging market needs.
The current six (6) year FDOT work program is included in Table 7 |
1. FDOT is
holding $500,000 in funds for 2011 and 2012 in reserve for HEG that have not
been assigned to a specific project. |
In
addition to the projects outlined in the FDOT Work Program, JAA has compiled
a list of projects based upon development outlined in the previous master
plan update as well as existing demand.
The joint automated capital improvement program (JACIP) for Herlong
Airport, as shown in Table 7-2, outlines anticipated cost estimates
and funding sources for planned projects at HEG through the year 2020. Both the FAA and FDOT encourage each
airport requesting project funding using federal and state funds to maintain
a current version of their financial plan in the JACIP database. Updates must include specific projects for
which the airport requests funding. |
The
FDOT encourages airports to use the findings outlined in their most recent
master plan update or ALP update to populate the JACIP databases. Airports
may not have exact cost estimates beyond the five year time period, but rough
estimates of future project costs are acceptable for long-range
planning. |
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 4 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 5 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 6 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 7 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Local (Sponsor) Funding |
JAA is
anticipated to fund the local match of the project costs with through the
airport general fund or through alternative funding sources. The JAA share of
funding is anticipated to come from two sources: JAA annual net remaining
revenues and unrestricted cash flow.
Net remaining revenues refers to revenues produced from leases, fuel
sales etc. at Herlong Airport.
Whereas, unrestricted cash flow refers to funding from alternate
sources, either through the JAA general fund, private investment, etc. The ability
of JAA to spend airport earnings and reserves for capital projects at Cecil
Field, Herlong, Craig and JIA is controlled |
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 8 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
by the
Signatory Airline Agreement, the Bond Resolution and by the strategic
direction of the JAA Board. However, the Signatory Airlines, commercial
service airlines operating from JIA that have a Signatory Airport Agreement
with JAA, have no responsibility to pay for costs attributed to Excluded Cost
Centers. Excluded cost centers include ground transportation, non-aviation
and specific aviation facilities, Craig Airport, Herlong Airport and Cecil
Field. As a result, JAA uses the
balances of its funds after operating expenses and required transfers are
made to pay the sponsor's share of capital improvements at the Excluded Cost
Centers. In addition, revenues obtained from airport improvements will also
be used to facilitate the capital improvements at the Airport. |
Revenues
that HEG generates now and in the future are anticipated to be obtained
primarily from lease agreements, fuel flowage rates and license agreement
fees. Additional revenues will come
from miscellaneous revenues and charges as well as option fees. Option fees at airports such as HEG
typically refer to lease hold options. Lease hold options can consist of
tenants leasing land but owning the facilities with the option of the
facility reverting back to the airport after a specified time, or the tenant
leases a facility or piece of land with the option to purchase. |
The planned
construction of new T-hangars and box hangar space as well as anticipated
land leases associated with corporate and conventional hangar development
will provide a portion of the local revenues necessary to implement the
overall Master Plan development program.
Therefore, successful marketing and development of HEG and the
proposed business parks by JAA will likely increase the financial
sustainability of the airport. |
Any
anticipated funding shortfalls specifically within the short to mid-term will
require JAA to provide additional funding or to find alternative funding
sources. In addition, the portion of
FAA Discretionary funding available will depend upon the priority rating (50
or higher) of the project. Therefore,
the financial feasibility of each project must be considered at the time of
the grant application in order to determine project eligibility and
implementation. |
Other Funding Sources |
Several
federal and state assistance funding sources (other than FAA and FDOT
Aviation) are available to JAA. Some of these include: |
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 9 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
. These funds have limited dollar available to
airports and specific funding requirements that limit their usefulness to
most development projects. |
Third Party/Private Development |
In addition,
capital improvement projects benefiting only a private tenant or group of
private tenants, normally will not garner funding from the FAA, FDOT, or the
airport sponsor. However, projects
that serve aviation functions and generate revenue can attract private
investment. The potential for private funding was considered within this
implementation plan, and many projects, especially hangar development on the
airfield, are likely to be funded by private entities. |
FINANCIAL
FEASIBILITY |
Capital Improvement
Plan |
The
Capital Improvement Program (CIP), including the development schedule and
project cost summaries, is presented in the following sections for each
development phase. Improvements
presented in the CIP for each period assume the maximum anticipated federal
and state participation based upon the FAA National Priority Rating. Using
the National Priority System as shown in Appendix G, as well as the
current airport JACIP as shown in Table 7-2, the funding feasibility
of planned projects was determined. |
The
Cash Flow Analysis section of this chapter addresses in general terms the
financial feasibility of this development program. Cost projections are based on constant 2006
dollars and include estimated engineering fees and contingencies. Further, conservative funding assumptions
based upon historic data were used to determine the anticipated federal,
state, local and third party/private participation associated with the cash
flow analysis. The projections, however, should be used for planning purposes
only and do not imply that funding for these projects will necessarily be
available. Each year indicates the
initiation of design and/or environmental efforts as identified in the
tables. It is assumed however based
upon anticipated funding that construction would be undertaken either in the
following year or over a multi year period. |
Program Phasing and
Cost Estimates |
An
initial development schedule for the proposed improvements was prepared based
upon facility requirements, which were determined by the operational
forecasts. Since actual activity
levels realized at the airport may vary, it is important that staging of
these proposed improvement projects remain sensitive to such variations. The
project development schedule throughout the planning period was refined
through discussions with Airport management and JAA. As a result, project timelines were
established in order of priority during each short-, intermediate-, and
long-term phase. |
The
resulting list of prioritized improvements was determined based upon the
urgency of need, ease of implementation, logic of project sequencing, and
Airport staff input. The objective was
to establish an |
|
Implementation Plan 7
- 10 |
August 2007 Final
Report |
|
efficient
order for project development and implementation that satisfied the forecast
aviation activity for HEG and the needs expressed by airport staff. The
development schedule is divided into three general stages: the short-term
(2006-2010), the intermediate-term (2011-2015) and the long-term
(2016-2026). |
Cost
estimates were developed for each project from 2006 through 2026. The projected costs were based on the preliminary
layouts developed as part of the Alternatives Analysis. Estimated quantities of major items, such
as pavement or fill material, were used in conjunction with unit cost values
to determine construction cost for mobilization, drainage (where applicable),
and engineering services.
Additionally, a contingency amount of 20 percent of the estimated
construction cost was added to account for items that are unknown at this
time. |
It should be noted that the CIP cost
estimates are provided in 2006 dollars, and anticipated federal (including GA
Entitlement and Discretionary Funding), state, local and private/third party
participation is based upon the FAA funding priority level (see Appendix G)
as well as maximum funding participation |
(i.e.
90 percent federal and 5 percent state and 5 percent local or 50 percent
state and 50 percent local). Further, the short, mid and long-term CIP
incorporates the projects within the FDOT Work Program (Table 7-1).
Projects phased within the CIP may differ from the existing JACIP and work
program based upon changing needs and facility requirements at the airport as
identified in Tables 7-3 through 7-6. Projects without probable FAA or
FDOT funding may have to be deferred. |
Based
upon the FAA National Priority Rankings, projects with a priority ranking of
less than 70 would be unlikely to obtain FAA discretionary funding. Further, improvements to Runway 11/29 and
associated taxiways were also deemed ineligible for discretionary funding
since Runway 7/25 alone accommodates the wind coverage requirements. The state funding for eligible projects was
determined to be only 50 percent since HEG is part of the Jacksonville
Aviation System which includes Jacksonville International Airport. Finally,
non-aviation development and large (10,000 SF or larger) aviation hangars and
buildings are expected to be constructed by a private third party. Lastly,
any runway construction, either an extension or new construction, typically
requires that an environmental assessment be performed prior to design and
construction. However, based upon
recent changes to FAA Order 1051.E, if the development is anticipated to have
no environmental impacts and does not increase the DNL contours by greater
than 1.5 DNL, then the airport could apply for a Categorical Exclusion rather
than conducting an Environmental Assessment (EA). Based upon initial
findings, it appears that the extension of Runway 7 and the construction of
the Turf (utility) Runway (7U/25U) are candidates for categorical exclusions. Still, since the decision to allow a
categorical exclusion rather than a full environmental assessment rests with
the FAA, a cost estimate for the more costly environmental assessment was
used in the CIP and Cash Flow Analysis.
If an EA is not required, the associated money could be reprogrammed
to a different eligible project. |
Short-Term
Developments |
As
previously stated, FDOT funding is programmed six (6) years into the future,
and is locked to the programmed projects two (2) years into the future. Thus, typically, no new funding can be
added unless |
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 11 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
after
the six (6) year cycle. However, based upon the needs of the community and
JAA, this master plan has identified several projects that will be required
within the short and early mid-term.
Therefore, Tables 7-4, Short-Term Capital Improvement
Financial Feasibility Plan (2006-2010), and 7-5, Mid-Term
Capital Improvement Financial Feasibility Plan (2011-2015), identify
projects currently included in the FDOT Work Program and non-FDOT funded
projects. Projects which are not programmed with FDOT funding are shown as
funded with federal funds, if eligible, or local funding only. |
However,
since FAA and FDOT funding will be required for eligible projects currently
not included in the FDOT Work Program, Tables 7-3A, Proposed
Short-Term Capital Improvement Funding, 7-4A, Intermediate Term
Proposed Capital Improvement Project Funding, and Table 7-5A, Long-Term
Proposed Capital Improvement Project Funding, will provide CIP cost
estimates in 2006 dollars. In
addition, anticipated federal, state, local and private funding will be based
upon the FAA funding priority level in addition to maximum funding
participation. The projects listed in Tables
7-3 and 7-3A are shown in order by priority. Anticipated FDOT and
FAA funding are based upon project eligibility and requested funding within
June 2007 FDOT Work Program. |
Intermediate-Term
Developments |
Tables
7-4 and 7-4A provide a
CIP for projects anticipated to occur between 2011 and 2015, and primarily
include midfield development. Table
7-4 identifies the current project funding as provided in the June 2007
FDOT Work Program. Table 7-4A
outlines anticipated federal, state, local and private funding that could be
obtained assuming maximum funding participation. It is important to note that priorities for
these developments could change as this timeframe draws near, especially
since another master plan update will be undertaken during this period. |
Long-Term Developments
|
A
CIP was also prepared for the long-term period (2016-2026). It is assumed that a priority for these
developments will be assigned as the timeframe draws near, especially since a
Master Plan Update is planned during the intermediate term. A full listing of projects needed from 2016
until 2026 is given in Table 7-5 based upon historical annual FDOT
participation of $500,000. Table 7-5A provides anticipated funding
based upon project eligibility and maximum FAA and FDOT funding anticipated
(i.e. 90% and 5%, respectively). During this long-term period, routine
pavement maintenance, smaller equipment purchases, and a Master Plan Update
are also planned. These projects are expected to cost approximately $80
million over the ten-year period. |
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 12 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 13 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 14 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 15 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 16 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 17 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 18 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 19 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 20 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 21 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 22 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 23 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 24 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 25 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
CIP Summary |
Because both
AIP and FDOT funding for Herlong Airport will most likely be limited, the
Master Plan provides a financially feasible plan based upon probable FAA,
FDOT and JAA funding as shown in Table 7-6. The difference between the
eligible project funding as shown in Table 7-6A and the financially
feasible project funding is an indication of the private outside funding that
Herlong must identify if all projects identified in the Master Plan are to be
undertaken. |
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 26 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
In
identifying additional projects related to forecast demand, changes to the
Herlong Airport JACIP are required. Table 7-7 identifies existing
projects within the March 2007 JACIP as well as new projects recommended
within this master plan update for the twenty-year planning period. |
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 27 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 28 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 29 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 30 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 31 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
CASH FLOW ANALYSIS |
In
addition to future capital improvements, consideration also must be given to
maintaining the airport's continued operation. In an effort to maintain a safe and
efficient airfield, JAA will continue to assist HEG in meeting the needs of
its users over the long-term period.
As noted, major structural projects, including runways, taxiways,
aprons, and other improvements could include federal funding provided the
project scores high enough in the FAA NPIAS priority system to gain limited
FAA discretionary funding. The FAA's
GA Entitlement funding per year provides $150,000 per year for capital
improvement projects. |
A
stipulation for federal funding requires that the airport sponsor keep the
airport facilities in operation for at least 20 years from the date of the
last federal grant. Therefore, in
addition to projected capital improvements, airport maintenance and operating
costs must be considered in determining available funding for the local share
of the proposed development. Ideally,
the airport's revenues should be structured to reduce the burden of operating
expenses on the airport sponsor as well as fund a portion of the capital
plan. |
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 32 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Based
upon operating revenues and expenses obtained from JAA, a projected cash flow
analysis was developed which included the cost of capital improvements as
well as anticipated revenue associated with such development (i.e. additional
revenues associated with hangar development).
The financial feasibility assessment focused on the initial ten years
of the planning period. The overall
purpose was to assess JAA's ability to fund the previously recommended
capital development plans through the year 2016. This assessment assumes the maximum
discretionary AIP funding is received for those projects meeting AIP
eligibility and priority requirements of 50 or higher. As part of the cash flow analysis, historic
funding participation from FDOT and JAA's General Fund were applied. Based upon historic data, the average
annual breakdown of funding for projects at HEG is as follows: |
FAA GA
Entitlement: $150,000 |
FDOT:
$500,000 |
JAA
General Fund: $500,000 |
Source:
JAA Management, 2006 |
As
a result, JAA is responsible for finding other funding sources, including
FDOT, to fund proposed projects through the planning period. |
Projected Operating
Revenues and Expenses |
The
financial analysis was based upon assumptions and forecasts already contained
in the master plan update. However, based upon the current situation facing
the aviation industry, including increased fuel costs, security requirements,
and the impact of new technology (i.e. LAAS and WAAS systems), some
modifications were made. Most revenue
and expense categories are assumed to increase from the base year. Growth estimates are based upon the
relationships between existing and programmed facilities and operational
forecasts. For instance, while hangar rental revenues were exclusively linked
to hangar space available, fuel sales were directly related to a factor that
combines growth rates for airport operations and aircraft size. |
In
addition fuel flowage fees and other income and all expense categories were
directly related to the growth in airport operations. Further, additional
revenue associated with the development of non-aviation facilities were also
included in the cash flow analysis. |
Airport Rates and
Charges |
Using the methodology outlined in the
FDOT Florida Airport Financial Resource Guide and Master Plan Guidebook,
leases, rates and charges at HEG were established in accordance with aviation
and non-aviation categories as follows: |
•
Aviation - The aviation
category includes full service FBOs, specialty FBOs, non-FBOs (e.g. corporate
hangars), and any other commercial and non-commercial aeronautical aviation
activity. |
|
Implementation Plan 7
- 33 |
August 2007 Final
Report |
|
• Non-aviation - the non-aviation category
includes all non-aeronautical uses of the airport land including restaurants,
non-aviation related storage, offices, commercial/industrial parks, and other
related facilities. |
By
establishing a base rental and other fees at HEG, the consultant can ensure
that revenues will be available to offset the cost of maintaining, operating
and developing the airport over the proposed twenty year planning period. Although it is unlikely and unnecessary
that HEG will become totally self-sufficient, it is recommended that aviation
and non-aviation revenue improvements to increase the utility of the airfield
to paying customers will likely cover at the least operating expenses and a
portion of airport capital improvements in the future. The types of improvements, including
necessary land acquisitions, via purchase, easements or other means, were
conceived to assist JAA to achieve this goal within the planning period. |
Operating Revenues and
Expenses |
Operating revenues at HEG are derived
from a variety of sources including: lease revenues from the rent of
hangars/aviation leases, storage/warehouse buildings and land leases;
forestry revenues resulting from the harvesting of timber; and aviation
related revenues including fuel flowage and tie-downs. Operating Revenues for 2006, as shown in Table
7-8, was obtained from JAA staff.
This information was used as a baseline for future operating revenue
at HEG through the twenty year planning period as shown in Table 710,
Forecast Operating Revenues and Expenses. |
|
Implementation Plan 7
- 34 |
August 2007 Final
Report |
|
In order to
forecast future revenues and expenses related to not only increased
operations but also anticipated revenues and expenses related to projected
building and hangar development as outlined in the CIP, the following
assumptions as shown in Table 7-9 were developed based upon data
obtained from airport management and similarly sized airports in the region: |
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 35 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 36 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Concessions |
Projections
of revenues associated with concessions through the year 2026 was based upon
existing concession revenues divided by 2006 GA operations to provide a ratio
of $0.02. Applying this ratio to
forecast GA operations through the year 2025 resulted in $1,753 or 0.03
percent of total anticipated revenues. |
Fees and Charges |
In 2006,
revenues associated with fees and charges were estimated to represent .14% of
total revenues in 2006. Using the projection of $0.03 per general aviation
operation resulted in a projection of $2,154 or 0.04 percent of total
projected revenues in 2025. |
Fuel Flowage Fees (also known as Sale of Utilities) |
In fiscal
year 2006 (October 2005 through September 2006), fuel sales represented
$583,995.68 of total utility revenues with the remaining $78,000 associated
with the sale of utilities.
Projections of fuel flowage revenues were determined by obtaining a
ratio of fuel flowage revenue to operation for the year 2006. Based upon this
information, $3.00 a gallon was applied to the fuel demand forecast over the
twenty-year planning period to determine fuel flowage revenue through the
year 2025. |
Wages and Benefits |
Wages and
benefits are directly related to the number of employees currently assigned
to the airport. Increases in wages and benefits were attributed to an
increase in the number of employees to keep pace with planned
development. |
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 37 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Services and Supplies |
Projections
of services and supplies through the twenty year planning period is based
upon the ratio of existing services and supplies as shown in 2006 to general
aviation operations. Using a rate of
$0.95 per general aviation operation has resulted in a growth of expenses
from $60,633 in 2006 to $67,086 in 2015. |
Repairs and Maintenance |
Based upon
anticipated growth, $2,500.00 dollars per year was added to the repairs and
maintenance budget through the year 2025 to cover on-airport maintenance. |
Promotions and Advertising |
Promotions
and advertising were maintained throughout the year 2025 since it is provided
in year 2006 dollars. It is
anticipated that promotions and advertising will increase by the CPI. |
Training |
Training
costs are directly related to the ratio of existing expenses for 2006 to the
number of HEG employees. Using a ratio
of $152.46 per employee resulted in a training expense of $1,932 in 2015. |
Cost of Goods - Fuel |
Projection of
Fuel Flowage costs were determined by obtaining a ratio of fuel flowage
expenses for 2006 divided by general aviation operations. This resulted in a
rate of $9.12 per general aviation operation, which provides a projection of
$646,149 by the year 2015. |
Most of the
improvements included in the short-term plan are airside related,
specifically focusing on aviation related development along the north side of
the airfield. This development is
expected to enhance revenue collection. Thus, it is anticipated that revenues
will increase in constant dollars from $1.6 million in 2006 to $2.7 million
in 2015. Long-term development is
clearly focused on revenue generating projects including non-aviation land
leases and aviation related storage facilities. Based upon anticipated increases in
operations and demand, aircraft and non-aviation lease revenues are expected
to represent approximately 44 percent of total airport revenues. |
Cash Flow Assessment |
The first
step in this financial assessment was to compile information related to
historical income and expenditures at HEG. Using this data as a starting
point, future revenue and expenditures were then estimated through 2016. Historically, FDOT and JAA have each
provided only $500,000 per year to development projects at HEG. Thus, applying the GA Entitlement Funding
of $150,000, FDOT and JAA historical funding, anticipated Federal
Discretionary, in addition to private funding, JAA will require alternative
funding sources to accommodate proposed development. These funding short-falls are outlined in Table
7-10, Twenty Year Financial Forecast. |
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 38 |
August 2007 Final Report |
Table
7-10 presents the
projected net operating surplus/(deficit) for HEG. The data is based upon HEG’s calendar year,
and starting values were obtained from the Jacksonville Aviation Authority
Finance Department. In addition to the
funding obtained from day-to-day operations, the Airport is currently using
three (federal grants, state grants, and loans) other sources of funding that
allow it to finance the current Capital Improvement Program. |
|
|
Implementation Plan 7 - 39 |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan & CIP |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan & CIP |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan & CIP |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
|
Implementation Plan & CIP |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
CONCLUSIONS |
HEG
is an economic catalyst for the City of Jacksonville, Duval County and
surrounding areas and provides essential aviation services to meet community
demand; therefore, it is important that the Airport be able to undertake the
CIP discussed herein so that it can continue to provide these necessary
services to the community. Based on the general financial assessment
presented in this section, the JAA will need to consider all potential
funding sources in order to undertake the identified projects throughout the
planning period. Based upon anticipated development over the twenty year
planning period, a summary of projected funding is provided in Table 7-11.
|
As discussed
earlier, the actual implementation schedule for the capital projects
identified in the CIP may need to be adjusted according to development
triggers and the actual demand experienced.
As JAA seeks to move forward with these developments, more detailed
financial analyses will be required to take into account the actual financial
situation at that time. The actual
funding for specific projects will be determined as implementation becomes
more imminent, and will depend on JAA's development schedule, availability of
funding, its financial health, and the overall local economic conditions. |
|
Implementation Plan & CIP 7-44 |
August 2007 Final
Report |
|
|
|
BACKGROUND |
Introduction |
Within the
Jacksonville Aviation System, Herlong Airport (HEG) caters to recreational
general aviation (GA) operations and is promoted as “Jacksonville’s premier
general aviation recreational and sport flying airport”. The airport is a
prime recreational site for small private planes, hot air balloons,
skydiving, gliders and other small or experimental aircraft. HEG supports the
Jacksonville Aviation System by accommodating sport aeronautical operations,
thereby serving as a reliever airport to Jacksonville International Airport. |
In 2006, the
Jacksonville Aviation Authority (JAA) undertook an update to the Herlong
Master Plan. One of the primary reasons for the update is based upon the
Federal Aviation Administration requirements associated with airports
receiving development grants to conduct periodic updates to their airport
development plans. In addition, Duval County is experiencing a tremendous
increase in residential relocation that has resulted in an increase in
construction of residential and commercial developments around the airport. |
Goals and Issues |
The goal of
the master plan update is to define current and future aviation demand at
HEG, the means and alternatives for addressing this demand, the role of the
airport in the local, regional and national aviation system, and the need for
and financial feasibility of new infrastructure and airport facilities. The
primary objective of the master plan update is to create a 20-year
development program that will maintain a safe, efficient, economical, and
environmentally acceptable airport facility for the JAA, City of
Jacksonville, and Duval County. |
A Technical Advisory Committee (TAC), consisting of
community leaders, aviation users and members of JAA Staff, was formed to
gain input into the role of the airport as well as long-term demand. The TAC
studied some of the following items: |
.
Future activity, including aircraft
fleet mix and its impact on facilities. |
.
Development options at HEG to meet
long-range needs (20+ years). |
.
Integration of a turf runway and runway
length analysis to accommodate existing and future |
demand.
|
. Options for revenue diversification including aviation and
non-aviation development; and |
|
|
. Development of the airport so that it continues to
be compatible with surrounding airspace and land use. |
Three TAC
meetings were held, and public input was achieved through an Open House and
the Southwest Citizens Planning Advisory Committee (CPAC). Input from the Public and TAC contributed
to the development of the final master plan recommendations. |
Based upon these meetings, the following suggestions
were made to JAA: |
.
Future
development should be based upon aviation and non-aviation demand; |
.
An
extension of Runway 7-25 is needed to serve General Aviation (GA) and small |
business jets; |
.
A
turf runway, parallel to Runway 7-25, should be constructed to accommodate
existing |
sport and experimental aircraft operations; |
.
Airport
land use planning should be coordinated with the City of Jacksonville; and, |
. On-airport development should consider both aviation
and non-aviation development. |
Factors Influencing the Master
Plan |
While a variety of factors impact the aviation
industry as a whole, this Master Plan Update evaluated |
several local and national trends which may
influence future activity at HEG including: |
.
The
impacts of September 11, 2001; |
.
Fuel
prices and regional aviation activity; |
.
Anticipated
changes in GA fleet mix, including the introduction of new technology; and, |
. Socioeconomic conditions in the region and their
influence on the level of airport operations. |
EXISTING FACILITIES |
The
collection and study of information relating to HEG and the surrounding
community provided the basis for the study’s development. An inventory of existing conditions was
collected to provide insight into how changes, at both the airport and in the
surrounding region, impact the type and level of aviation services
provided. Facility information from
each of the airport’s functional areas, airfield and landside, was compiled
to prepare a realistic long-term development plan. |
Airfield Area |
The airport has two active runways: |
.
Runway
7-25: the primary runway, which is 4,000 ft x 100 ft |
. Runway 11-29: the secondary runway, which is 3,501
ft x 100 ft |
Both Runways 7-25 and 11-29 are
designated to accommodate aircraft meeting ARC B-II design criteria.
Moreover, the same Runway Safety Area (RSA) and Object Free Area (OFA)
standards are applicable to both runways.
Issues associated with the runway environment at HEG include
operational limitations by jet aircraft and the unauthorized use of the turf
between Taxiway A and |
The
runway system at HEG is supported by Taxiways A through E which provide
access to the general aviation areas, fixed based operator (FBO) facilities,
and various hangar facilities. HEG is
also equipped with two closed runways, which are used for limited aviation
(i.e. access to existing hangars) and non-aviation activities (i.e.
motorcycle training). |
|
Runway
7-25 for light aircraft operations. These activities initiated both a runway
length analysis and turf runway evaluation. |
|
Landside Area |
The FBO
terminal facility at HEG is located on the north side of the airfield. The Jacksonville Aviation Authority serves
as the airport’s FBO and provides terminal, hangar space, aircraft parking
tie-down areas, and fueling facilities.
Currently, a total of 111 public auto parking spaces are available for
visitors and tenants. |
Several
types of hangar facilities exist at the airport, including t-hangars,
conventional hangars, and bulk hangar space. In addition to hangar space, JAA
also provides land leases to private business owners. Aircraft storage and
lease revenue in conjunction with fuel sales are currently the primary
sources of operating revenues at HEG. |
The terminal
area aircraft parking apron encompasses approximately 32,100 square yards,
which is divided into the East and West aprons as well as apron adjacent to
the terminal for transient parking. Both the East and West aprons can
collectively accommodate 95 aircraft and also provide direct access to
adjacent hangar facilities. The transient aircraft parking apron can
accommodate up to six (6) aircraft simultaneously. |
Surface
access to the airport is provided by the Herlong Airport Entrance Road which
connects to Normandy Boulevard, an arterial highway that connects to
Interstate I-295. |
AVIATION FORECASTS |
Historic Demand |
The
historical number of based aircraft and aircraft operations not only
demonstrates the impact HEG has on the Jacksonville market, but it also
provides the foundation for aviation activity forecasts. Table 1 shows
historic based aircraft and aircraft operations between 1995 and 2005. |
|
|
Since HEG
does not have an air traffic control tower on site, the consultant used fuel
flowage information, aircraft operation counts obtained from the FBO staff,
Jacksonville ARTCC data as well as a sample week of operations during the
historic peak month, to obtain the historic annual operations for 2005. The
discrepancy between the base year 2005 annual operations and previous years
may be attributed to the cost of operating an aircraft, i.e. maintenance,
fuel, storage, etc., as well as the long-term impacts of new security
procedures resulting from the September 11 Terrorist Attacks. |
Aviation Demand Forecast |
This element of the Master Plan Update used updated
projections of aviation activity as a basis for future facility planning at
HEG. This analysis drew upon the most current industry information as well as
information provided by the FAA, Florida Department of Transportation and
Florida Aviation System Plan to define future levels of activity at HEG. Further, applying local socioeconomic and
demographic factors to the projections of activity as well as the limitations
imposed by available land development and funding provided realistic planning
level projections for the following types of activity: |
.
Operations and Operational Fleet Mix |
.
Based Aircraft and Based Aircraft Fleet
Mix |
.
Local and Itinerant Operations |
. Military Operations |
. Instrument
Operations |
|
|
.
Peak Activity |
These findings were presented to JAA, the TAC, and
the CPAC for their consideration and comment. Further, after considering the
impacts of 9/11, Very Light Jet (VLJ) aircraft, and the airport's role within
the Jacksonville Aviation System, a preferred forecast of activity was
formulated. Based upon this input,
anticipated projections of activity were provided through 2025. |
AIRPORT
CAPACITY AND FACILITY REQUIREMENTS |
Demand/Capacity Analysis |
The
demand/capacity analysis examined the capability of HEG’s airfield system to
fully support existing activity. It also determined the airfield’s ability to
meet future demand without causing significant or unacceptable delay or a
decrease in the quality of service offered at the airport. |
While
elements of the FAA’s traditional method for assessing airfield capacity were
used in this analysis, JAA also considered the cost of capacity improvements
versus the expected benefit from imposing alternative courses of action. Thus, the Annual Service Volume (ASV) at HEG
was determined to provide a means of estimating the operational limitations
of the airfield with increased levels of activity as shown in Figure 1.
|
|
|
Figure 1 Airfield Capacity |
|
Source: The LPA Group, Inc. 2006 |
Capacity
planning guidelines suggest that planning for additional capacity should
occur when activity levels reach 60 percent of the airfield’s annual service
volume. Throughout the planning
period, HEG’s airfield capacity is expected to be well below these
thresholds. |
Facility Requirements |
The Master
Plan Update evaluated all facilities at HEG, including runway length, general
aviation ramps, hangars, the roadway access system, automobile parking,
airfield facilities, and support facilities to determine improvements
necessary to accommodate existing and anticipated demand. |
Key improvements included: |
.
the need to address turf runway demand;
|
.
the need to extend the primary runway; |
.
the need to provide additional aircraft
storage facilities; |
.
the need to relocate the airport access
road and automobile parking; |
.
the need to rehabilitate the closed
runways as taxiways; and |
.
the need to provide alternative land
areas for commercial aviation and non-aviation |
development.
|
|
|
The study
also considered other facility needs at HEG including airfield lighting improvements,
support facilities, and documentation that should be developed in accordance
with FDOT and FAA requirements. Table
3 summarizes facility requirements by operational area. |
|
|
ALTERNATIVES ANALYSIS |
Airfield Improvements |
Based on determinations of facility needs, an
alternatives analysis was conducted to visualize the development of needed
improvements. These findings were
presented to the CPAC and the general public through an open house for
further input and discussion. Each of
the alternatives presented was reviewed based on the following parameters: |
.
Safety and reliability; |
.
Cost; |
.
Compatibility with JAA system role
expectations; |
.
Constructability; |
.
Environmental impacts; |
.
Land-use compatibility; |
.
Noise; and, |
. Operational impacts. |
Input from
the CPAC and the general public contributed to the refinement of the
alternatives analysis. Thus, the preferred development concept incorporates
not only anticipated demand but also considered the surrounding environment
and goals of the community. |
The Herlong Technical Advisory Committee identified
the necessity to provide a usable runway length of at least 4,500 feet and
the construction of a parallel turf runway.
This development requires the following: |
.
Extend Runway 7-25 1,000 feet including
stopways to accommodate turbine and light jet |
aircraft; |
.
Construct parallel turf runway to
Runway 7-25 to serve sport and glider air traffic; |
.
Rehabilitate closed runways as
taxiways; and |
. Implement precision approach to Runways 25 and 7 |
Associated
with the proposed improvements include the extension of parallel Taxiway A,
the construction of Taxiway E, airport signage and lighting improvements,
pavement rehabilitation, apron expansion and construction as well as surface
access improvements. This alternative
resulted in the least impact to the surrounding areas, avoids any serious
environmental impacts, and effectively utilizes existing airport property
while accommodating aviation demand. |
General Aviation/Airport Support
Facilities |
The
preferred development concept for the North GA area addresses the need to
provide variable hangar space to accommodate the changing fleet mix expected
at HEG over the planning horizon. This concept also resolves the problem
associated with public parking and airport access by realigning automobile
parking spaces and relocating the airport entrance road from Normandy
Boulevard. |
|
|
The airport’s
goal of diversifying revenue streams is also addressed in the preferred
concept with the provision to develop an industrial park on the south side
and a commerce park on the east side of the airfield. This proposal also
satisfies the airport’s goal of creating suitable land use adjacencies and
compatibility between aviation and non-aviation development as well as
providing a buffer between aviation operations and residential development. |
Enhancement to airport support facilities are
directly related to other airport improvements. As a |
result, the following facilities will be relocated
and/or replaced: |
.
Underground fuel tanks – replace and
relocate above-ground. |
.
AWOS – replace existing equipment with
updated AWOS-3, and |
. Electrical vault – relocate to midfield, just east of Taxiway C,
adjacent to AWOS. |
Figure 2 below depicts the preferred overall development
concept for HEG. |
IMPLEMENTATION PLAN AND CIP |
Based upon
anticipated demand and associated facility needs at HEG, an implementation
plan was developed to provide general phasing and financial guidance to JAA
and airport staff in making policy decisions over the 20 year planning
period. The implementation plan stages
the proposed improvements based on the interrelationships of individual
projects and from the input received from airport staff. The plan also establishes the basic
finances for each development item and identifies potential funding sources
available. |
With the assistance of JAA staff, a list of
improvements was prioritized based upon: |
.
Urgency; |
.
Ease of Implementation; and, |
. Logic of Project Sequencing |
Capital Development Plan and
Phasing |
The proposed project schedule is divided into three
general stages: the short-term (2006-2010), intermediate-term (2011-2015),
and long-term (2016-2025). Major
recommended development over the twenty-year planning period consists of the
following projects: |
.
Apron rehabilitation, expansion and
construction; |
.
Hangar rehabilitation and construction;
|
.
Runway and Taxiway improvements; |
.
Navigational Aid improvements; |
.
Entrance Road relocation; |
.
Airfield utility and drainage
improvements; |
.
Fenceline relocation; |
.
Commerce Park Development; and |
. Industrial Park Development. |
|
|
Figure 2, Preferred Airport Development |
|
Source: The LPA Group, Inc. 2006 |
|
Executive Summary x |
August 2007 Final Report |
|
Anticipated
project costs in the short, intermediate and long-term planning period are
summarized in Table 4. |
Funding Sources |
To meet the anticipated need of $144 Million in
improvements, JAA will have access to a variety of |
funding sources in addition to revenue generated
from operating activities. These sources include: |
.
Airport Improvement Program (Federal
Government) |
.
Florida Department of Transportation
(FDOT) |
.
Jacksonville Aviation Authority |
.
Private Capital Investments, and |
.
Other federal, state and regional
assistance programs |
While
significant portions of the improvements are eligible through the federal
government’s Airport Improvement Program (AIP), FAA does not provide the same
priority to general aviation (GA) airports as commercial service airports. The current AIP legislation considers a
weighted split of project costs determined by a ratio of federal share to
local share, represented by a 95 percent and 5 percent share,
respectively. The distribution of
funding eligibility and the share breakdown is currently available through
2007, after which it will revert back to a 90 percent and 10 percent share
between the federal government, state and local authorities unless changed
during the Congressional Reauthorization of AIP expected in 2007-2008. Table
5 summarizes the projected eligible AIP funding for HEG and the projected
share of cost. |
|
Executive Summary xi
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
As part of
the Jacksonville Aviation System, HEG is eligible for funding through the
JAA’s general fund. This eligibility is in accordance with JAA’s own
determination of project priority among all airports within the Jacksonville
system. Because both AIP and FDOT
funding for Herlong Airport will most likely be limited, the Master Plan also
provides a financially feasible plan based upon probable FAA, FDOT and JAA
funding. This funding is summarized in
Table 6. |
Historically,
FDOT and JAA each provide, on average, $500,000 annually to fund various
on-airport improvements. The FAA also
provides $150,000 annually through the GA Entitlement Program. FAA
Discretionary funding is based upon an FAA project priority score of 70 or
greater (i.e. primary runway improvements, safety improvements, fence line
relocations, etc.). |
The
difference between the eligible project funding and the financially feasible
project funding is an indication of the private outside funding that Herlong
must identify if all projects in the Master Plan are to be undertaken. |
|
Executive Summary xii
|
August 2007 Final Report |
|
SUMMARY |
This Master Plan Update balances needed airport
improvements with the goals of both JAA and the community thus providing a
consensus on how to best meet future demand.
The master plan process included extensive coordination, technical
evaluations and community participation.
The resulting plan for airport development provides for the future
needs of the airport and community as a whole. |
|
Executive Summary xiii
|
August 2007 Final Report |
䘀椀最甀爀攀........................... |
.....................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................... |
............................... |
.................................... |
........
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... |
.............................................................................................................. |